1 systemd System and Service Manager
3 CHANGES WITH 246 in spe:
4 * The fs.suid_dumpable sysctl is set to 2 / "suidsafe". This allows
5 systemd-coredump to save core files for suid processes. When saving
6 the core file, systemd-coredump will use the effective uid and gid of
7 the process that faulted.
9 * "systemctl list-units" and "systemctl list-machines" no longer hide
10 their first output column with --no-legend. To hide the first column,
15 * A new tool "systemd-repart" has been added, that operates as an
16 idempotent declarative repartitioner for GPT partition tables.
17 Specifically, a set of partitions that must or may exist can be
18 configured via drop-in files, and during every boot the partition
19 table on disk is compared with these files, creating missing
20 partitions or growing existing ones based on configurable relative
21 and absolute size constraints. The tool is strictly incremental,
22 i.e. does not delete, shrink or move partitions, but only adds and
23 grows them. The primary use-case is OS images that ship in minimized
24 form, that on first boot are grown to the size of the underlying
25 block device or augmented with additional partitions. For example,
26 the root partition could be extended to cover the whole disk, or a
27 swap or /home partitions could be added on first boot. It can also be
28 used for systems that use an A/B update scheme but ship images with
29 just the A partition, with B added on first boot. The tool is
30 primarily intended to be run in the initrd, shortly before
31 transitioning into the host OS, but can also be run after the
32 transition took place. It automatically discovers the disk backing
33 the root file system, and should hence not require any additional
34 configuration besides the partition definition drop-ins. If no
35 configuration drop-ins are present, no action is taken.
37 * A new component "userdb" has been added, along with a small daemon
38 "systemd-userdb.service" and a client tool "userdbctl". The framework
39 allows defining rich user and group records in a JSON format,
40 extending on the classic "struct passwd" and "struct group"
41 structures. Various components in systemd have been updated to
42 process records in this format, including systemd-logind and
43 pam-systemd. The user records are intended to be extensible, and
44 allow setting various resource management, security and runtime
45 parameters that shall be applied to processes and sessions of the
46 user as they log in. This facility is intended to allow associating
47 such metadata directly with user/group records so that they can be
48 produced, extended and consumed in unified form. We hope that
49 eventually frameworks such as sssd will generate records this way, so
50 that for the first time resource management and various other
51 per-user settings can be configured in LDAP directories and then
52 provided to systemd (specifically to systemd-logind and pam-system)
53 to apply on login. For further details see:
55 https://systemd.io/USER_RECORD
56 https://systemd.io/GROUP_RECORD
57 https://systemd.io/USER_GROUP_API
59 * A small new service systemd-homed.service has been added, that may be
60 used to securely manage home directories with built-in encryption.
61 The complete user record data is unified with the home directory,
62 thus making home directories naturally migratable. Its primary
63 back-end is based on LUKS volumes, but fscrypt, plain directories,
64 and other storage schemes are also supported. This solves a couple of
65 problems we saw with traditional ways to manage home directories, in
66 particular when it comes to encryption. For further discussion of
67 this, see the video of Lennart's talk at AllSystemsGo! 2019:
69 https://media.ccc.de/v/ASG2019-164-reinventing-home-directories
71 For further details about the format and expectations on home
72 directories this new daemon makes, see:
74 https://systemd.io/HOME_DIRECTORY
76 * systemd-journald is now multi-instantiable. In addition to the main
77 instance systemd-journald.service there's now a template unit
78 systemd-journald@.service, with each instance defining a new named
79 log 'namespace' (whose name is specified via the instance part of the
80 unit name). A new unit file setting LogNamespace= has been added,
81 taking such a namespace name, that assigns services to the specified
82 log namespaces. As each log namespace is serviced by its own
83 independent journal daemon, this functionality may be used to improve
84 performance and increase isolation of applications, at the price of
85 losing global message ordering. Each instance of journald has a
86 separate set of configuration files, with possibly different disk
87 usage limitations and other settings.
89 journalctl now takes a new option --namespace= to show logs from a
90 specific log namespace. The sd-journal.h API gained
91 sd_journal_open_namespace() for opening the log stream of a specific
92 log namespace. systemd-journald also gained the ability to exit on
93 idle, which is useful in the context of log namespaces, as this means
94 log daemons for log namespaces can be activated automatically on
95 demand and will stop automatically when no longer used, minimizing
98 * When systemd-tmpfiles copies a file tree using the 'C' line type it
99 will now label every copied file according to the SELinux database.
101 * When systemd/PID 1 detects it is used in the initrd it will now boot
102 into initrd.target rather than default.target by default. This should
103 make it simpler to build initrds with systemd as for many cases the
104 only difference between a host OS image and an initrd image now is
105 the presence of the /etc/initrd-release file.
107 * A new kernel command line option systemd.cpu_affinity= is now
108 understood. It's equivalent to the CPUAffinity= option in
109 /etc/systemd/system.conf and allows setting the CPU mask for PID 1
110 itself and the default for all other processes.
112 * When systemd/PID 1 is reloaded (with systemctl daemon-reload or
113 equivalent), the SELinux database is now reloaded, ensuring that
114 sockets and other file system objects are generated taking the new
115 database into account.
117 * systemd/PID 1 accepts a new "systemd.show-status=error" setting, and
118 "quiet" has been changed to imply that instead of
119 "systemd.show-status=auto". In this mode, only messages about errors
120 and significant delays in boot are shown on the console.
122 * The sd-event.h API gained native support for the new Linux "pidfd"
123 concept. This permits watching processes using file descriptors
124 instead of PID numbers, which fixes a number of races and makes
125 process supervision more robust and efficient. All of systemd's
126 components will now use pidfds if the kernel supports it for process
127 watching, with the exception of PID 1 itself, unfortunately. We hope
128 to move PID 1 to exclusively using pidfds too eventually, but this
129 requires some more kernel work first. (Background: PID 1 watches
130 processes using waitid() with the P_ALL flag, and that does not play
131 together nicely with pidfds yet.)
133 * Closely related to this, the sd-event.h API gained two new calls
134 sd_event_source_send_child_signal() (for sending a signal to a
135 watched process) and sd_event_source_get_child_process_own() (for
136 marking a process so that it is killed automatically whenever the
137 event source watching it is freed).
139 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring Token Bucket Filter
140 (TBF) parameters in its qdisc configuration support. Similarly,
141 support for Stochastic Fairness Queuing (SFQ), Controlled-Delay
142 Active Queue Management (CoDel), and Fair Queue (FQ) has been added.
144 * systemd-networkd gained support for Intermediate Functional Block
145 (IFB) network devices.
147 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring multi-path IP routes,
148 using the new MultiPathRoute= setting in the [Route] section.
150 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 client has been updated to support a new
151 SendDecline= option. If enabled, duplicate address detection is done
152 after a DHCP offer is received from the server. If a conflict is
153 detected, the address is declined. The DHCPv4 client also gained
154 support for a new RouteMTUBytes= setting that allows to configure the
155 MTU size to be used for routes generated from DHCPv4 leases.
157 * The PrefixRoute= setting in systemd-networkd's [Address] section of
158 .network files has been deprecated, and replaced by AddPrefixRoute=,
159 with its sense inverted.
161 * The Gateway= setting of [Route] sections of .network files gained
162 support for a special new value "_dhcp". If set, the configured
163 static route uses the gateway host configured via DHCP.
165 * New User= and SuppressPrefixLength= settings have been implemented
166 for the [RoutingPolicyRule] section of .network files to configure
167 source routing based on UID ranges and prefix length, respectively.
169 * sd-bus gained a new API call sd_bus_message_sensitive() that marks a
170 D-Bus message object as "sensitive". Those objects are erased from
171 memory when they are freed. This concept is intended to be used for
172 messages that contain security sensitive data. A new flag
173 SD_BUS_VTABLE_SENSITIVE has been introduced as well to mark methods
174 in sd-bus vtables, causing any incoming and outgoing messages of
175 those methods to be implicitly marked as "sensitive".
177 * sd-bus gained a new API call sd_bus_message_dump() for dumping the
178 contents of a message (or parts thereof) to standard output for
181 * systemd-sysusers gained support for creating users with the primary
182 group named differently than the user.
184 * systemd-resolved's DNS-over-TLS support gained SNI validation.
186 * systemd-growfs (i.e. the x-systemd.growfs mount option in /etc/fstab)
187 gained support for growing XFS partitions. Previously it supported
188 only ext4 and btrfs partitions.
190 * The support for /etc/crypttab gained a new x-initrd.attach option. If
191 set, the specified encrypted volume is unlocked already in the
192 initrd. This concept corresponds to the x-initrd.mount option in
195 * systemd-cryptsetup gained native support for unlocking encrypted
196 volumes utilizing PKCS#11 smartcards, i.e. for example to bind
197 encryption of volumes to YubiKeys. This is exposed in the new
198 pkcs11-uri= option in /etc/crypttab.
200 * The /etc/fstab support in systemd now supports two new mount options
201 x-systemd.{required,wanted}-by=, for explicitly configuring the units
202 that the specified mount shall be pulled in by, in place of
203 the usual local-fs.target/remote-fs.target.
205 * The https://systemd.io/ web site has been relaunched, directly
206 populated with most of the documentation included in the systemd
207 repository. systemd also acquired a new logo, thanks to Tobias
210 * systemd-udevd gained support for managing "alternative" network
211 interface names, as supported by new Linux kernels. For the first
212 time this permits assigning multiple (and longer!) names to a network
213 interface. systemd-udevd will now by default assign the names
214 generated via all supported naming schemes to each interface. This
215 may be further tweaked with .link files and the AlternativeName= and
216 AlternativeNamesPolicy= settings. Other components of systemd have
217 been updated to support the new alternative names wherever
218 appropriate. For example, systemd-nspawn will now generate
219 alternative interface names for the host-facing side of container
220 veth links based on the full container name without truncation.
222 * systemd-nspawn interface naming logic has been updated in another way
223 too: if the main interface name (i.e. as opposed to new-style
224 "alternative" names) based on the container name is truncated, a
225 simple hashing scheme is used to give different interface names to
226 multiple containers whose names all begin with the same prefix. Since
227 this changes the primary interface names pointing to containers if
228 truncation happens, the old scheme may still be requested by
229 selecting an older naming scheme, via the net.naming-scheme= kernel
232 * PrivateUsers= in service files now works in services run by the
233 systemd --user per-user instance of the service manager.
235 * A new per-service sandboxing option ProtectClock= has been added that
236 locks down write access to the system clock. It takes away device
237 node access to /dev/rtc as well as the system calls that set the
238 system clock and the CAP_SYS_TIME and CAP_WAKE_ALARM capabilities.
239 Note that this option does not affect access to auxiliary services
240 that allow changing the clock, for example access to
243 * The systemd-id128 tool gained a new "show" verb for listing or
244 resolving a number of well-known UUIDs/128bit IDs, currently mostly
245 GPT partition table types.
247 * The Discoverable Partitions Specification has been updated to support
248 /var and /var/tmp partition discovery. Support for this has been
249 added to systemd-gpt-auto-generator. For details see:
251 https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS
253 * "systemctl list-unit-files" has been updated to show a new column
254 with the suggested enablement state based on the vendor preset files
255 for the respective units.
257 * "systemctl" gained a new option "--with-dependencies". If specified
258 commands such as "systemctl status" or "systemctl cat" will now show
259 all specified units along with all units they depend on.
261 * networkctl gained support for showing per-interface logs in its
264 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained support for specifying the maximum
265 operational state to wait for, and to wait for interfaces to
268 * The [Match] section of .link and .network files now supports a new
269 option PermanentMACAddress= which may be used to check against the
270 permanent MAC address of a network device even if a randomized MAC
273 * The [TrafficControlQueueingDiscipline] section in .network files has
274 been renamed to [NetworkEmulator] with the "NetworkEmulator" prefix
275 dropped from the individual setting names.
277 * Any .link and .network files that have an empty [Match] section (this
278 also includes empty and commented-out files) will now be
279 rejected. systemd-udev and systemd-networkd started warning about
280 such files in version 243.
282 * systemd-logind will now validate access to the operation of changing
283 the virtual terminal via a PolicyKit action. By default, only users
284 with at least one session on a local VT are granted permission.
286 * When systemd sets up PAM sessions that invoked service processes
287 shall run in, the pam_setcred() API is now invoked, thus permitting
288 PAM modules to set additional credentials for the processes.
290 * portablectl attach/detach verbs now accept --now and --enable options
291 to combine attachment with enablement and invocation, or detachment
292 with stopping and disablement.
294 * UPGRADE ISSUE: a bug where some jobs were trimmed as redundant was
295 fixed, which in turn exposed bugs in unit configuration of services
296 which have Type=oneshot and should only run once, but do not have
297 RemainAfterExit=yes set. Without RemainAfterExit=yes, a one-shot
298 service may be started again after exiting successfully, for example
299 as a dependency in another transaction. Affected services included
300 some internal systemd services (most notably
301 systemd-vconsole-setup.service, which was updated to have
302 RemainAfterExit=yes), and plymouth-start.service. Please ensure that
303 plymouth has been suitably updated or patched before upgrading to
304 this systemd release. See
305 https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1807771 for some
306 additional discussion.
308 Contributions from: AJ Bagwell, Alin Popa, Andreas Rammhold, Anita
309 Zhang, Ansgar Burchardt, Antonio Russo, Arian van Putten, Ashley Davis,
310 Balint Reczey, Bart Willems, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Charles
311 (Chas) Williams, cheese1, Chris Down, Chris Murphy, Christian Ehrhardt,
312 Christian Göttsche, cvoinf, Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Rusek,
313 Daniel Shahaf, Dann Frazier, Dan Streetman, Dariusz Gadomski, David
314 Michael, Dimitri John Ledkov, Emmanuel Bourg, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
315 ezst036, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Florian Klink, Franck
316 Bui, Fran Dieguez, Frantisek Sumsal, Greg "GothAck" Miell, Guilhem
317 Lettron, Guillaume Douézan-Grard, Hans de Goede, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Iain
318 Lane, James Buren, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jérémy Rosen, Jin
319 Park, Jun'ichi Nomura, Kai Krakow, Kevin Kuehler, Kevin P. Fleming,
320 Lennart Poettering, Leonid Bloch, Leonid Evdokimov, lothrond, Luca
321 Boccassi, Lukas K, Lynn Kirby, Mario Limonciello, Mark Deneen, Matthew
322 Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Mike Auty, Mike
323 Gilbert, mtron, nabijaczleweli, Naïm Favier, Nate Jones, Norbert Lange,
324 Oliver Giles, Paul Davey, Paul Menzel, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Rafa
325 Couto, Raphael, rhn, Robert Scheck, Rocka, Romain Naour, Ryan Attard,
326 Sascha Dewald, Shengjing Zhu, Slava Kardakov, Spencer Michaels, Sylvain
327 Plantefeve, Stanislav Angelovič, Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas
328 Schmitt, Timo Schlüßler, Timo Wilken, Tobias Bernard, Tobias Klauser,
329 Tobias Stoeckmann, Topi Miettinen, tsia, WataruMatsuoka, Wieland
330 Hoffmann, Wilhelm Schuster, Will Fleming, xduugu, Yong Cong Sin, Yuri
331 Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeyu
338 * Support for the cpuset cgroups v2 controller has been added.
339 Processes may be restricted to specific CPUs using the new
340 AllowedCPUs= setting, and to specific memory NUMA nodes using the new
341 AllowedMemoryNodes= setting.
343 * The signal used in restart jobs (as opposed to e.g. stop jobs) may
344 now be configured using a new RestartKillSignal= setting. This
345 allows units which signals to request termination to implement
346 different behaviour when stopping in preparation for a restart.
348 * "systemctl clean" may now be used also for socket, mount, and swap
351 * systemd will also read configuration options from the EFI variable
352 SystemdOptions. This may be used to configure systemd behaviour when
353 modifying the kernel command line is inconvenient, but configuration
354 on disk is read too late, for example for the options related to
355 cgroup hierarchy setup. 'bootctl systemd-efi-options' may be used to
356 set the EFI variable.
358 * systemd will now disable printk ratelimits in early boot. This should
359 allow us to capture more logs from the early boot phase where normal
360 storage is not available and the kernel ring buffer is used for
361 logging. Configuration on the kernel command line has higher priority
362 and overrides the systemd setting.
364 systemd programs which log to /dev/kmsg directly use internal
365 ratelimits to prevent runaway logging. (Normally this is only used
366 during early boot, so in practice this change has very little
369 * Unit files now support top level dropin directories of the form
370 <unit_type>.d/ (e.g. service.d/) that may be used to add configuration
371 that affects all corresponding unit files.
373 * systemctl gained support for 'stop --job-mode=triggering' which will
374 stop the specified unit and any units which could trigger it.
376 * Unit status display now includes units triggering and triggered by
377 the unit being shown.
379 * The RuntimeMaxSec= setting is now supported by scopes, not just
380 .service units. This is particularly useful for PAM sessions which
381 create a scope unit for the user login. systemd.runtime_max_sec=
382 setting may used with the pam_systemd module to limit the duration
383 of the PAM session, for example for time-limited logins.
385 * A new @pkey system call group is now defined to make it easier to
386 whitelist memory protection syscalls for containers and services
387 which need to use them.
389 * systemd-udevd: removed the 30s timeout for killing stale workers on
390 exit. systemd-udevd now waits for workers to finish. The hard-coded
391 exit timeout of 30s was too short for some large installations, where
392 driver initialization could be prematurely interrupted during initrd
393 processing if the root file system had been mounted and init was
394 preparing to switch root. If udevd is run without systemd and workers
395 are hanging while udevd receives an exit signal, udevd will now exit
396 when udev.event_timeout is reached for the last hanging worker. With
397 systemd, the exit timeout can additionally be configured using
398 TimeoutStopSec= in systemd-udevd.service.
400 * udev now provides a program (fido_id) that identifies FIDO CTAP1
401 ("U2F")/CTAP2 security tokens based on the usage declared in their
402 report and descriptor and outputs suitable environment variables.
403 This replaces the externally maintained whitelists of all known
404 security tokens that were used previously.
406 * Automatically generated autosuspend udev rules for whitelisted
407 devices have been imported from the Chromium OS project. This should
408 improve power saving with many more devices.
410 * udev gained a new "CONST{key}=value" setting that allows matching
411 against system-wide constants without forking a helper binary.
412 Currently "arch" and "virt" keys are supported.
414 * udev now opens CDROMs in non-exclusive mode when querying their
415 capabilities. This should fix issues where other programs trying to
416 use the CDROM cannot gain access to it, but carries a risk of
417 interfering with programs writing to the disk, if they did not open
418 the device in exclusive mode as they should.
420 * systemd-networkd does not create a default route for IPv4 link local
421 addressing anymore. The creation of the route was unexpected and was
422 breaking routing in various cases, but people who rely on it being
423 created implicitly will need to adjust. Such a route may be requested
424 with DefaultRouteOnDevice=yes.
426 Similarly, systemd-networkd will not assign a link-local IPv6 address
427 when IPv6 link-local routing is not enabled.
429 * Receive and transmit buffers may now be configured on links with
430 the new RxBufferSize= and TxBufferSize= settings.
432 * systemd-networkd may now advertise additional IPv6 routes. A new
433 [IPv6RoutePrefix] section with Route= and LifetimeSec= options is
436 * systemd-networkd may now configure "next hop" routes using the
437 [NextHop] section and Gateway= and Id= settings.
439 * systemd-networkd will now retain DHCP config on restarts by default
440 (but this may be overridden using the KeepConfiguration= setting).
441 The default for SendRelease= has been changed to true.
443 * The DHCPv4 client now uses the OPTION_INFORMATION_REFRESH_TIME option
444 received from the server.
446 The client will use the received SIP server list if UseSIP=yes is
449 The client may be configured to request specific options from the
450 server using a new RequestOptions= setting.
452 The client may be configured to send arbitrary options to the server
453 using a new SendOption= setting.
455 A new IPServiceType= setting has been added to configure the "IP
456 service type" value used by the client.
458 * The DHCPv6 client learnt a new PrefixDelegationHint= option to
459 request prefix hints in the DHCPv6 solicitation.
461 * The DHCPv4 server may be configured to send arbitrary options using
462 a new SendOption= setting.
464 * The DHCPv4 server may now be configured to emit SIP server list using
465 the new EmitSIP= and SIP= settings.
467 * systemd-networkd and networkctl may now renew DHCP leases on demand.
468 networkctl has a new 'networkctl renew' verb.
470 * systemd-networkd may now reconfigure links on demand. networkctl
471 gained two new verbs: "reload" will reload the configuration, and
472 "reconfigure DEVICE…" will reconfigure one or more devices.
474 * .network files may now match on SSID and BSSID of a wireless network,
475 i.e. the access point name and hardware address using the new SSID=
476 and BSSID= options. networkctl will display the current SSID and
477 BSSID for wireless links.
479 .network files may also match on the wireless network type using the
480 new WLANInterfaceType= option.
482 * systemd-networkd now includes default configuration that enables
483 link-local addressing when connected to an ad-hoc wireless network.
485 * systemd-networkd may configure the Traffic Control queueing
486 disciplines in the kernel using the new
487 [TrafficControlQueueingDiscipline] section and Parent=,
488 NetworkEmulatorDelaySec=, NetworkEmulatorDelayJitterSec=,
489 NetworkEmulatorPacketLimit=, NetworkEmulatorLossRate=,
490 NetworkEmulatorDuplicateRate= settings.
492 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new w+ setting to append to files.
494 * systemd-analyze dump will now report when the memory configuration in
495 the kernel does not match what systemd has configured (usually,
496 because some external program has modified the kernel configuration
499 * systemd-analyze gained a new --base-time= switch instructs the
500 'calendar' verb to resolve times relative to that timestamp instead
503 * journalctl --update-catalog now produces deterministic output (making
504 reproducible image builds easier).
506 * A new devicetree-overlay setting is now documented in the Boot Loader
509 * The default value of the WatchdogSec= setting used in systemd
510 services (the ones bundled with the project itself) may be set at
511 configuration time using the -Dservice-watchdog= setting. If set to
512 empty, the watchdogs will be disabled.
514 * systemd-resolved validates IP addresses in certificates now when GnuTLS
517 * libcryptsetup >= 2.0.1 is now required.
519 * A configuration option -Duser-path= may be used to override the $PATH
520 used by the user service manager. The default is again to use the same
521 path as the system manager.
523 * The systemd-id128 tool gained a new switch "-u" (or "--uuid") for
524 outputting the 128bit IDs in UUID format (i.e. in the "canonical
527 * Service units gained a new sandboxing option ProtectKernelLogs= which
528 makes sure the program cannot get direct access to the kernel log
529 buffer anymore, i.e. the syslog() system call (not to be confused
530 with the API of the same name in libc, which is not affected), the
531 /proc/kmsg and /dev/kmsg nodes and the CAP_SYSLOG capability are made
532 inaccessible to the service. It's recommended to enable this setting
533 for all services that should not be able to read from or write to the
534 kernel log buffer, which are probably almost all.
536 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alcaro, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey,
537 Bastien Nocera, Baybal Ni, Benjamin Bouvier, Benjamin Gilbert, Carlo
538 Teubner, cbzxt, Chen Qi, Chris Down, Christian Rebischke, Claudio
539 Zumbo, ClydeByrdIII, crashfistfight, Cyprien Laplace, Daniel Edgecumbe,
540 Daniel Gorbea, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Stuart, Dan Streetman, David
541 Pedersen, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominique Martinet, Donald
542 A. Cupp Jr, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabian Henneke, Filipe Brandenburger,
543 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Haochen
544 Tong, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Iwan Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Kundrát, Jan
545 Synacek, Jan Tojnar, Jay Strict, Jérémy Rosen, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson,
546 Jonas Jelten, Jonas Thelemann, Justin Trudell, J. Xing, Kai-Heng Feng,
547 Kenneth D'souza, Kevin Becker, Kevin Kuehler, Lennart Poettering,
548 Léonard Gérard, Lorenz Bauer, Luca Boccassi, Maciej Stanczew, Mario
549 Limonciello, Marko Myllynen, Mark Stosberg, Martin Wilck, matthiasroos,
550 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tretter, Michal Sekletar,
551 Michal Sekletár, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Mike Kazantsev, Nicolas
552 Douma, nikolas, Norbert Lange, pan93412, Pascal de Bruijn, Paul Menzel,
553 Pavel Hrdina, Peter Wu, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle,
554 Renaud Métrich, Riccardo Schirone, RoadrunnerWMC, Ronan Pigott, Ryan
555 Attard, Sebastian Wick, Serge, Siddharth Chandrasekara, Steve Ramage,
556 Steve Traylen, Susant Sahani, Thibault Nélis, Tim Teichmann, Tom
557 Fitzhenry, Tommy J, Torsten Hilbrich, Vito Caputo, ypf791, Yu Watanabe,
558 Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
564 * This release enables unprivileged programs (i.e. requiring neither
565 setuid nor file capabilities) to send ICMP Echo (i.e. ping) requests
566 by turning on the "net.ipv4.ping_group_range" sysctl of the Linux
567 kernel for the whole UNIX group range, i.e. all processes. This
568 change should be reasonably safe, as the kernel support for it was
569 specifically implemented to allow safe access to ICMP Echo for
570 processes lacking any privileges. If this is not desirable, it can be
571 disabled again by setting the parameter to "1 0".
573 * Previously, filters defined with SystemCallFilter= would have the
574 effect that any calling of an offending system call would terminate
575 the calling thread. This behaviour never made much sense, since
576 killing individual threads of unsuspecting processes is likely to
577 create more problems than it solves. With this release the default
578 action changed from killing the thread to killing the whole
579 process. For this to work correctly both a kernel version (>= 4.14)
580 and a libseccomp version (>= 2.4.0) supporting this new seccomp
581 action is required. If an older kernel or libseccomp is used the old
582 behaviour continues to be used. This change does not affect any
583 services that have no system call filters defined, or that use
584 SystemCallErrorNumber= (and thus see EPERM or another error instead
585 of being killed when calling an offending system call). Note that
586 systemd documentation always claimed that the whole process is
587 killed. With this change behaviour is thus adjusted to match the
590 * On 64 bit systems, the "kernel.pid_max" sysctl is now bumped to
591 4194304 by default, i.e. the full 22bit range the kernel allows, up
592 from the old 16bit range. This should improve security and
593 robustness, as PID collisions are made less likely (though certainly
594 still possible). There are rumours this might create compatibility
595 problems, though at this moment no practical ones are known to
596 us. Downstream distributions are hence advised to undo this change in
597 their builds if they are concerned about maximum compatibility, but
598 for everybody else we recommend leaving the value bumped. Besides
599 improving security and robustness this should also simplify things as
600 the maximum number of allowed concurrent tasks was previously bounded
601 by both "kernel.pid_max" and "kernel.threads-max" and now effectively
602 only a single knob is left ("kernel.threads-max"). There have been
603 concerns that usability is affected by this change because larger PID
604 numbers are harder to type, but we believe the change from 5 digits
605 to 7 digits doesn't hamper usability.
607 * MemoryLow= and MemoryMin= gained hierarchy-aware counterparts,
608 DefaultMemoryLow= and DefaultMemoryMin=, which can be used to
609 hierarchically set default memory protection values for a particular
610 subtree of the unit hierarchy.
612 * Memory protection directives can now take a value of zero, allowing
613 explicit opting out of a default value propagated by an ancestor.
615 * systemd now defaults to the "unified" cgroup hierarchy setup during
616 build-time, i.e. -Ddefault-hierarchy=unified is now the build-time
617 default. Previously, -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid was the default. This
618 change reflects the fact that cgroupsv2 support has matured
619 substantially in both systemd and in the kernel, and is clearly the
620 way forward. Downstream production distributions might want to
621 continue to use -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid (or even =legacy) for
622 their builds as unfortunately the popular container managers have not
623 caught up with the kernel API changes.
625 * Man pages are not built by default anymore (html pages were already
626 disabled by default), to make development builds quicker. When
627 building systemd for a full installation with documentation, meson
628 should be called with -Dman=true and/or -Dhtml=true as appropriate.
629 The default was changed based on the assumption that quick one-off or
630 repeated development builds are much more common than full optimized
631 builds for installation, and people need to pass various other
632 options to when doing "proper" builds anyway, so the gain from making
633 development builds quicker is bigger than the one time disruption for
636 Two scripts are created in the *build* directory to generate and
637 preview man and html pages on demand, e.g.:
639 build/man/man systemctl
640 build/man/html systemd.index
642 * libidn2 is used by default if both libidn2 and libidn are installed.
643 Please use -Dlibidn=true if libidn is preferred.
645 * The D-Bus "wire format" of the CPUAffinity= attribute is changed on
646 big-endian machines. Before, bytes were written and read in native
647 machine order as exposed by the native libc __cpu_mask interface.
648 Now, little-endian order is always used (CPUs 0–7 are described by
649 bits 0–7 in byte 0, CPUs 8–15 are described by byte 1, and so on).
650 This change fixes D-Bus calls that cross endianness boundary.
652 The presentation format used for CPUAffinity= by "systemctl show" and
653 "systemd-analyze dump" is changed to present CPU indices instead of
654 the raw __cpu_mask bitmask. For example, CPUAffinity=0-1 would be
655 shown as CPUAffinity=03000000000000000000000000000… (on
656 little-endian) or CPUAffinity=00000000000000300000000000000… (on
657 64-bit big-endian), and is now shown as CPUAffinity=0-1, matching the
658 input format. The maximum integer that will be printed in the new
659 format is 8191 (four digits), while the old format always used a very
660 long number (with the length varying by architecture), so they can be
661 unambiguously distinguished.
663 * /usr/sbin/halt.local is no longer supported. Implementation in
664 distributions was inconsistent and it seems this functionality was
667 To replace this functionality, users should:
668 - either define a new unit and make it a dependency of final.target
669 (systemctl add-wants final.target my-halt-local.service)
670 - or move the shutdown script to /usr/lib/systemd/system-shutdown/
671 and ensure that it accepts "halt", "poweroff", "reboot", and
672 "kexec" as an argument, see the description in systemd-shutdown(8).
674 * When a [Match] section in .link or .network file is empty (contains
675 no match patterns), a warning will be emitted. Please add any "match
676 all" pattern instead, e.g. OriginalName=* or Name=* in case all
677 interfaces should really be matched.
679 * A new setting NUMAPolicy= may be used to set process memory
680 allocation policy. This setting can be specified in
681 /etc/systemd/system.conf and hence will set the default policy for
682 PID1. The default policy can be overridden on a per-service
683 basis. The related setting NUMAMask= is used to specify NUMA node
684 mask that should be associated with the selected policy.
686 * PID 1 will now listen to Out-Of-Memory (OOM) events the kernel
687 generates when processes it manages are reaching their memory limits,
688 and will place their units in a special state, and optionally kill or
691 * The service manager will now expose bus properties for the IO
692 resources used by units. This information is also shown in "systemctl
693 status" now (for services that have IOAccounting=yes set). Moreover,
694 the IO accounting data is included in the resource log message
695 generated whenever a unit stops.
697 * Units may now configure an explicit time-out to wait for when killed
698 with SIGABRT, for example when a service watchdog is hit. Previously,
699 the regular TimeoutStopSec= time-out was applied in this case too —
700 now a separate time-out may be set using TimeoutAbortSec=.
702 * Services may now send a special WATCHDOG=trigger message with
703 sd_notify() to trigger an immediate "watchdog missed" event, and thus
704 trigger service termination. This is useful both for testing watchdog
705 handling, but also for defining error paths in services, that shall
706 be handled the same way as watchdog events.
708 * There are two new per-unit settings IPIngressFilterPath= and
709 IPEgressFilterPath= which allow configuration of a BPF program
710 (usually by specifying a path to a program uploaded to /sys/fs/bpf/)
711 to apply to the IP packet ingress/egress path of all processes of a
712 unit. This is useful to allow running systemd services with BPF
713 programs set up externally.
715 * systemctl gained a new "clean" verb for removing the state, cache,
716 runtime or logs directories of a service while it is terminated. The
717 new verb may also be used to remove the state maintained on disk for
718 timer units that have Persistent= configured.
720 * During the last phase of shutdown systemd will now automatically
721 increase the log level configured in the "kernel.printk" sysctl so
722 that any relevant loggable events happening during late shutdown are
723 made visible. Previously, loggable events happening so late during
724 shutdown were generally lost if the "kernel.printk" sysctl was set to
725 high thresholds, as regular logging daemons are terminated at that
726 time and thus nothing is written to disk.
728 * If processes terminated during the last phase of shutdown do not exit
729 quickly systemd will now show their names after a short time, to make
730 debugging easier. After a longer time-out they are forcibly killed,
733 * journalctl (and the other tools that display logs) will now highlight
734 warnings in yellow (previously, both LOG_NOTICE and LOG_WARNING where
735 shown in bright bold, now only LOG_NOTICE is). Moreover, audit logs
736 are now shown in blue color, to separate them visually from regular
737 logs. References to configuration files are now turned into clickable
738 links on terminals that support that.
740 * systemd-journald will now stop logging to /var/log/journal during
741 shutdown when /var/ is on a separate mount, so that it can be
742 unmounted safely during shutdown.
744 * systemd-resolved gained support for a new 'strict' DNS-over-TLS mode.
746 * systemd-resolved "Cache=" configuration option in resolved.conf has
747 been extended to also accept the 'no-negative' value. Previously,
748 only a boolean option was allowed (yes/no), having yes as the
749 default. If this option is set to 'no-negative', negative answers are
750 not cached while the old cache heuristics are used positive answers.
751 The default remains unchanged.
753 * The predictable naming scheme for network devices now supports
754 generating predictable names for "netdevsim" devices.
756 Moreover, the "en" prefix was dropped from the ID_NET_NAME_ONBOARD
759 Those two changes form a new net.naming-policy-scheme= entry.
760 Distributions which want to preserve naming stability may want to set
761 the -Ddefault-net-naming-scheme= configuration option.
763 * systemd-networkd now supports MACsec, nlmon, IPVTAP and Xfrm
766 * systemd-networkd's bridge FDB support now allows configuration of a
767 destination address for each entry (Destination=), as well as the
768 VXLAN VNI (VNI=), as well as an option to declare what an entry is
769 associated with (AssociatedWith=).
771 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 support now understands a new MaxAttempts=
772 option for configuring the maximum number of DHCP lease requests. It
773 also learnt a new BlackList= option for blacklisting DHCP servers (a
774 similar setting has also been added to the IPv6 RA client), as well
775 as a SendRelease= option for configuring whether to send a DHCP
776 RELEASE message when terminating.
778 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 stacks can now be configured
779 separately in the [DHCPv4] and [DHCPv6] sections.
781 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support will now optionally create an
782 implicit host route to the DNS server specified in the DHCP lease, in
783 addition to the routes listed explicitly in the lease. This should
784 ensure that in multi-homed systems DNS traffic leaves the systems on
785 the interface that acquired the DNS server information even if other
786 routes such as default routes exist. This behaviour may be turned on
787 with the new RoutesToDNS= option.
789 * systemd-networkd's VXLAN support gained a new option
790 GenericProtocolExtension= for enabling VXLAN Generic Protocol
791 Extension support, as well as IPDoNotFragment= for setting the IP
792 "Don't fragment" bit on outgoing packets. A similar option has been
793 added to the GENEVE support.
795 * In systemd-networkd's [Route] section you may now configure
796 FastOpenNoCookie= for configuring per-route TCP fast-open support, as
797 well as TTLPropagate= for configuring Label Switched Path (LSP) TTL
798 propagation. The Type= setting now supports local, broadcast,
799 anycast, multicast, any, xresolve routes, too.
801 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section learnt a new option
802 DefaultRouteOnDevice= for automatically configuring a default route
803 onto the network device.
805 * systemd-networkd's bridging support gained two new options ProxyARP=
806 and ProxyARPWifi= for configuring proxy ARP behaviour as well as
807 MulticastRouter= for configuring multicast routing behaviour. A new
808 option MulticastIGMPVersion= may be used to change bridge's multicast
809 Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) version.
811 * systemd-networkd's FooOverUDP support gained the ability to configure
812 local and peer IP addresses via Local= and Peer=. A new option
813 PeerPort= may be used to configure the peer's IP port.
815 * systemd-networkd's TUN support gained a new setting VnetHeader= for
816 tweaking Generic Segment Offload support.
818 * networkctl gained a new "delete" command for removing virtual network
819 devices, as well as a new "--stats" switch for showing device
822 * networkd.conf gained a new setting SpeedMeter= and
823 SpeedMeterIntervalSec=, to measure bitrate of network interfaces. The
824 measured speed may be shown by 'networkctl status'.
826 * "networkctl status" now displays MTU and queue lengths, and more
827 detailed information about VXLAN and bridge devices.
829 * systemd-networkd's .network and .link files gained a new Property=
830 setting in the [Match] section, to match against devices with
831 specific udev properties.
833 * systemd-networkd's tunnel support gained a new option
834 AssignToLoopback= for selecting whether to use the loopback device
835 "lo" as underlying device.
837 * systemd-networkd's MACAddress= setting in the [Neighbor] section has
838 been renamed to LinkLayerAddress=, and it now allows configuration of
841 * systemd-networkd's handling of the kernel's disable_ipv6 sysctl is
842 simplified: systemd-networkd will disable the sysctl (enable IPv6) if
843 IPv6 configuration (static or DHCPv6) was found for a given
844 interface. It will not touch the sysctl otherwise.
846 * The order of entries is $PATH used by the user manager instance was
847 changed to put bin/ entries before the corresponding sbin/ entries.
848 It is recommended to not rely on this order, and only ever have one
849 binary with a given name in the system paths under /usr.
851 * A new tool systemd-network-generator has been added that may generate
852 .network, .netdev and .link files from IP configuration specified on
853 the kernel command line in the format used by Dracut.
855 * The CriticalConnection= setting in .network files is now deprecated,
856 and replaced by a new KeepConfiguration= setting which allows more
857 detailed configuration of the IP configuration to keep in place.
859 * systemd-analyze gained a few new verbs:
861 - "systemd-analyze timestamp" parses and converts timestamps. This is
862 similar to the existing "systemd-analyze calendar" command which
863 does the same for recurring calendar events.
865 - "systemd-analyze timespan" parses and converts timespans (i.e.
866 durations as opposed to points in time).
868 - "systemd-analyze condition" will parse and test ConditionXYZ=
871 - "systemd-analyze exit-status" will parse and convert exit status
872 codes to their names and back.
874 - "systemd-analyze unit-files" will print a list of all unit
875 file paths and unit aliases.
877 * SuccessExitStatus=, RestartPreventExitStatus=, and
878 RestartForceExitStatus= now accept exit status names (e.g. "DATAERR"
879 is equivalent to "65"). Those exit status name mappings may be
880 displayed with the systemd-analyze exit-status verb describe above.
882 * systemd-logind now exposes a per-session SetBrightness() bus call,
883 which may be used to securely change the brightness of a kernel
884 brightness device, if it belongs to the session's seat. By using this
885 call unprivileged clients can make changes to "backlight" and "leds"
886 devices securely with strict requirements on session membership.
887 Desktop environments may use this to generically make brightness
888 changes to such devices without shipping private SUID binaries or
889 udev rules for that purpose.
891 * "udevadm info" gained a --wait-for-initialization switch to wait for
892 a device to be initialized.
894 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now look for resumeflags= on
895 the kernel command line, which is similar to rootflags= and may be
896 used to configure device timeout for the hibernation device.
898 * sd-event learnt a new API call sd_event_source_disable_unref() for
899 disabling and unref'ing an event source in a single function. A
900 related call sd_event_source_disable_unrefp() has been added for use
901 with gcc's cleanup extension.
903 * The sd-id128.h public API gained a new definition
904 SD_ID128_UUID_FORMAT_STR for formatting a 128bit ID in UUID format
907 * "busctl introspect" gained a new switch --xml-interface for dumping
908 XML introspection data unmodified.
910 * PID 1 may now show the unit name instead of the unit description
911 string in its status output during boot. This may be configured in
912 the StatusUnitFormat= setting in /etc/systemd/system.conf or the
913 kernel command line option systemd.status_unit_format=.
915 * PID 1 now understands a new option KExecWatchdogSec= in
916 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set a watchdog timeout for kexec reboots.
917 Previously watchdog functionality was only available for regular
918 reboots. The new setting defaults to off, because we don't know in
919 the general case if the watchdog will be reset after kexec (some
920 drivers do reset it, but not all), and the new userspace might not be
921 configured to handle the watchdog.
923 Moreover, the old ShutdownWatchdogSec= setting has been renamed to
924 RebootWatchdogSec= to more clearly communicate what it is about. The
925 old name is still accepted for compatibility.
927 * The systemd.debug_shell kernel command line option now optionally
928 takes a tty name to spawn the debug shell on, which allows a
929 different tty to be selected than the built-in default.
931 * Service units gained a new ExecCondition= setting which will run
932 before ExecStartPre= and either continue execution of the unit (for
933 clean exit codes), stop execution without marking the unit failed
934 (for exit codes 1 through 254), or stop execution and fail the unit
935 (for exit code 255 or abnormal termination).
937 * A new service systemd-pstore.service has been added that pulls data
938 from /sys/fs/pstore/ and saves it to /var/lib/pstore for later
941 * timedatectl gained new verbs for configuring per-interface NTP
942 service configuration for systemd-timesyncd.
944 * "localectl list-locales" won't list non-UTF-8 locales anymore. It's
945 2019. (You can set non-UTF-8 locales though, if you know their name.)
947 * If variable assignments in sysctl.d/ files are prefixed with "-" any
948 failures to apply them are now ignored.
950 * systemd-random-seed.service now optionally credits entropy when
951 applying the seed to the system. Set $SYSTEMD_RANDOM_SEED_CREDIT to
952 true for the service to enable this behaviour, but please consult the
953 documentation first, since this comes with a couple of caveats.
955 * systemd-random-seed.service is now a synchronization point for full
956 initialization of the kernel's entropy pool. Services that require
957 /dev/urandom to be correctly initialized should be ordered after this
960 * The systemd-boot boot loader has been updated to optionally maintain
961 a random seed file in the EFI System Partition (ESP). During the boot
962 phase, this random seed is read and updated with a new seed
963 cryptographically derived from it. Another derived seed is passed to
964 the OS. The latter seed is then credited to the kernel's entropy pool
965 very early during userspace initialization (from PID 1). This allows
966 systems to boot up with a fully initialized kernel entropy pool from
967 earliest boot on, and thus entirely removes all entropy pool
968 initialization delays from systems using systemd-boot. Special care
969 is taken to ensure different seeds are derived on system images
970 replicated to multiple systems. "bootctl status" will show whether
971 a seed was received from the boot loader.
973 * bootctl gained two new verbs:
975 - "bootctl random-seed" will generate the file in ESP and an EFI
976 variable to allow a random seed to be passed to the OS as described
979 - "bootctl is-installed" checks whether systemd-boot is currently
982 * bootctl will warn if it detects that boot entries are misconfigured
983 (for example if the kernel image was removed without purging the
986 * A new document has been added describing systemd's use and support
987 for the kernel's entropy pool subsystem:
989 https://systemd.io/RANDOM_SEEDS
991 * When the system is hibernated the swap device to write the
992 hibernation image to is now automatically picked from all available
993 swap devices, preferring the swap device with the highest configured
994 priority over all others, and picking the device with the most free
995 space if there are multiple devices with the highest priority.
997 * /etc/crypttab support has learnt a new keyfile-timeout= per-device
998 option that permits selecting the timeout how long to wait for a
999 device with an encryption key before asking for the password.
1001 * IOWeight= has learnt to properly set the IO weight when using the
1002 BFQ scheduler officially found in kernels 5.0+.
1004 * A new mailing list has been created for reporting of security issues:
1005 systemd-security@redhat.com. For mode details, see
1006 https://systemd.io/CONTRIBUTING#security-vulnerability-reports.
1008 Contributions from: Aaron Barany, Adrian Bunk, Alan Jenkins, Albrecht
1009 Lohofener, Andrej Valek, Anita Zhang, Arian van Putten, Balint Reczey,
1010 Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benjamin Robin, camoz, Chen Qi, Chris
1011 Chiu, Chris Down, Christian Göttsche, Christian Kellner, Clinton Roy,
1012 Connor Reeder, Daniel Black, Daniel Lublin, Daniele Medri, Dan
1013 Streetman, Dave Reisner, Dave Ross, David Art, David Tardon, Debarshi
1014 Ray, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominick Grift, Donald Buczek, Douglas
1015 Christman, Eric DeVolder, EtherGraf, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Feldwor,
1016 Felix Riemann, Florian Dollinger, Francesco Pennica, Franck Bui,
1017 Frantisek Sumsal, Franz Pletz, frederik, Hans de Goede, Iago López
1018 Galeiras, Insun Pyo, Ivan Shapovalov, Iwan Timmer, Jack, Jakob
1019 Unterwurzacher, Jan Chren, Jan Klötzke, Jan Losinski, Jan Pokorný, Jan
1020 Synacek, Jan-Michael Brummer, Jeka Pats, Jeremy Soller, Jérémy Rosen,
1021 Jiri Pirko, Joe Lin, Joerg Behrmann, Joe Richey, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson,
1022 Johannes Christ, Johannes Schmitz, Jonathan Rouleau, Jorge Niedbalski,
1023 Jörg Thalheim, Kai Krakow, Kai Lüke, Karel Zak, Kashyap Chamarthy,
1024 Krayushkin Konstantin, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luca
1025 Boccassi, Luís Ferreira, Marc-André Lureau, Markus Felten, Martin Pitt,
1026 Matthew Leeds, Mattias Jernberg, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
1027 Michael Prokop, Michael Stapelberg, Michael Zhivich, Michal Koutný,
1028 Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Milan Broz, Miroslav Lichvar, mpe85,
1029 Mr-Foo, Network Silence, Oliver Harley, pan93412, Paul Menzel, pEJipE,
1030 Peter A. Bigot, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle, Robert
1031 Scheck, Roberto Santalla, Ronan Pigott, root, RussianNeuroMancer,
1032 Sebastian Jennen, shinygold, Shreyas Behera, Simon Schricker, Susant
1033 Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Theo Ouzhinski, Thiebaud
1034 Weksteen, Thomas Haller, Thomas Weißschuh, Tomas Mraz, Tommi Rantala,
1035 Topi Miettinen, VD-Lycos, ven, Vladimir Yerilov, Wieland Hoffmann,
1036 William A. Kennington III, William Wold, Xi Ruoyao, Yuri Chornoivan,
1037 Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei
1039 – Camerino, 2019-09-03
1043 * In .link files, MACAddressPolicy=persistent (the default) is changed
1044 to cover more devices. For devices like bridges, tun, tap, bond, and
1045 similar interfaces that do not have other identifying information,
1046 the interface name is used as the basis for persistent seed for MAC
1047 and IPv4LL addresses. The way that devices that were handled
1048 previously is not changed, and this change is about covering more
1049 devices then previously by the "persistent" policy.
1051 MACAddressPolicy=random may be used to force randomized MACs and
1052 IPv4LL addresses for a device if desired.
1054 Hint: the log output from udev (at debug level) was enhanced to
1055 clarify what policy is followed and which attributes are used.
1056 `SYSTEMD_LOG_LEVEL=debug udevadm test-builtin net_setup_link /sys/class/net/<name>`
1057 may be used to view this.
1059 Hint: if a bridge interface is created without any slaves, and gains
1060 a slave later, then now the bridge does not inherit slave's MAC.
1061 To inherit slave's MAC, for example, create the following file:
1063 # /etc/systemd/network/98-bridge-inherit-mac.link
1068 MACAddressPolicy=none
1071 * The .device units generated by systemd-fstab-generator and other
1072 generators do not automatically pull in the corresponding .mount unit
1073 as a Wants= dependency. This means that simply plugging in the device
1074 will not cause the mount unit to be started automatically. But please
1075 note that the mount unit may be started for other reasons, in
1076 particular if it is part of local-fs.target, and any unit which
1077 (transitively) depends on local-fs.target is started.
1079 * networkctl list/status/lldp now accept globbing wildcards for network
1080 interface names to match against all existing interfaces.
1082 * The $PIDFILE environment variable is set to point the absolute path
1083 configured with PIDFile= for processes of that service.
1085 * The fallback DNS server list was augmented with Cloudflare public DNS
1086 servers. Use `-Ddns-servers=` to set a different fallback.
1088 * A new special target usb-gadget.target will be started automatically
1089 when a USB Device Controller is detected (which means that the system
1090 is a USB peripheral).
1092 * A new unit setting CPUQuotaPeriodSec= assigns the time period
1093 relatively to which the CPU time quota specified by CPUQuota= is
1096 * A new unit setting ProtectHostname= may be used to prevent services
1097 from modifying hostname information (even if they otherwise would
1098 have privileges to do so).
1100 * A new unit setting NetworkNamespacePath= may be used to specify a
1101 namespace for service or socket units through a path referring to a
1102 Linux network namespace pseudo-file.
1104 * The PrivateNetwork= setting and JoinsNamespaceOf= dependencies now
1105 have an effect on .socket units: when used the listening socket is
1106 created within the configured network namespace instead of the host
1109 * ExecStart= command lines in unit files may now be prefixed with ':'
1110 in which case environment variable substitution is
1111 disabled. (Supported for the other ExecXYZ= settings, too.)
1113 * .timer units gained two new boolean settings OnClockChange= and
1114 OnTimezoneChange= which may be used to also trigger a unit when the
1115 system clock is changed or the local timezone is
1116 modified. systemd-run has been updated to make these options easily
1117 accessible from the command line for transient timers.
1119 * Two new conditions for units have been added: ConditionMemory= may be
1120 used to conditionalize a unit based on installed system
1121 RAM. ConditionCPUs= may be used to conditionalize a unit based on
1122 installed CPU cores.
1124 * The @default system call filter group understood by SystemCallFilter=
1125 has been updated to include the new rseq() system call introduced in
1128 * A new time-set.target has been added that indicates that the system
1129 time has been set from a local source (possibly imprecise). The
1130 existing time-sync.target is stronger and indicates that the time has
1131 been synchronized with a precise external source. Services where
1132 approximate time is sufficient should use the new target.
1134 * "systemctl start" (and related commands) learnt a new
1135 --show-transaction option. If specified brief information about all
1136 jobs queued because of the requested operation is shown.
1138 * systemd-networkd recognizes a new operation state 'enslaved', used
1139 (instead of 'degraded' or 'carrier') for interfaces which form a
1140 bridge, bond, or similar, and an new 'degraded-carrier' operational
1141 state used for the bond or bridge master interface when one of the
1142 enslaved devices is not operational.
1144 * .network files learnt the new IgnoreCarrierLoss= option for leaving
1145 networks configured even if the carrier is lost.
1147 * The RequiredForOnline= setting in .network files may now specify a
1148 minimum operational state required for the interface to be considered
1149 "online" by systemd-networkd-wait-online. Related to this
1150 systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new option --operational-state=
1151 to configure the same, and its --interface= option was updated to
1152 optionally also take an operational state specific for an interface.
1154 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new setting --any for waiting
1155 for only one of the requested interfaces instead of all of them.
1157 * systemd-networkd now implements L2TP tunnels.
1159 * Two new .network settings UseAutonomousPrefix= and UseOnLinkPrefix=
1160 may be used to cause autonomous and onlink prefixes received in IPv6
1161 Router Advertisements to be ignored.
1163 * New MulticastFlood=, NeighborSuppression=, and Learning= .network
1164 file settings may be used to tweak bridge behaviour.
1166 * The new TripleSampling= option in .network files may be used to
1167 configure CAN triple sampling.
1169 * A new .netdev settings PrivateKeyFile= and PresharedKeyFile= may be
1170 used to point to private or preshared key for a WireGuard interface.
1172 * /etc/crypttab now supports the same-cpu-crypt and
1173 submit-from-crypt-cpus options to tweak encryption work scheduling
1176 * systemd-tmpfiles will now take a BSD file lock before operating on a
1177 contents of directory. This may be used to temporarily exclude
1178 directories from aging by taking the same lock (useful for example
1179 when extracting a tarball into /tmp or /var/tmp as a privileged user,
1180 which might create files with really old timestamps, which
1181 nevertheless should not be deleted). For further details, see:
1183 https://systemd.io/TEMPORARY_DIRECTORIES
1185 * systemd-tmpfiles' h line type gained support for the
1186 FS_PROJINHERIT_FL ('P') file attribute (introduced in kernel 4.5),
1187 controlling project quota inheritance.
1189 * sd-boot and bootctl now implement support for an Extended Boot Loader
1190 (XBOOTLDR) partition, that is intended to be mounted to /boot, in
1191 addition to the ESP partition mounted to /efi or /boot/efi.
1192 Configuration file fragments, kernels, initrds and other EFI images
1193 to boot will be loaded from both the ESP and XBOOTLDR partitions.
1194 The XBOOTLDR partition was previously described by the Boot Loader
1195 Specification, but implementation was missing in sd-boot. Support for
1196 this concept allows using the sd-boot boot loader in more
1197 conservative scenarios where the boot loader itself is placed in the
1198 ESP but the kernels to boot (and their metadata) in a separate
1201 * A system may now be booted with systemd.volatile=overlay on the
1202 kernel command line, which causes the root file system to be set up
1203 an overlayfs mount combining the root-only root directory with a
1204 writable tmpfs. In this setup, the underlying root device is not
1205 modified, and any changes are lost at reboot.
1207 * Similar, systemd-nspawn can now boot containers with a volatile
1208 overlayfs root with the new --volatile=overlay switch.
1210 * systemd-nspawn can now consume OCI runtime bundles using a new
1211 --oci-bundle= option. This implementation is fully usable, with most
1212 features in the specification implemented, but since this a lot of
1213 new code and functionality, this feature should most likely not
1214 be used in production yet.
1216 * systemd-nspawn now supports various options described by the OCI
1217 runtime specification on the command-line and in .nspawn files:
1218 --inaccessible=/Inaccessible= may be used to mask parts of the file
1219 system tree, --console=/--pipe may be used to configure how standard
1220 input, output, and error are set up.
1222 * busctl learned the `emit` verb to generate D-Bus signals.
1224 * systemd-analyze cat-config may be used to gather and display
1225 configuration spread over multiple files, for example system and user
1226 presets, tmpfiles.d, sysusers.d, udev rules, etc.
1228 * systemd-analyze calendar now takes an optional new parameter
1229 --iterations= which may be used to show a maximum number of iterations
1230 the specified expression will elapse next.
1232 * The sd-bus C API gained support for naming method parameters in the
1235 * systemd-logind gained D-Bus APIs to specify the "reboot parameter"
1236 the reboot() system call expects.
1238 * journalctl learnt a new --cursor-file= option that points to a file
1239 from which a cursor should be loaded in the beginning and to which
1240 the updated cursor should be stored at the end.
1242 * ACRN hypervisor and Windows Subsystem for Linux (WSL) are now
1243 detected by systemd-detect-virt (and may also be used in
1244 ConditionVirtualization=).
1246 * The behaviour of systemd-logind may now be modified with environment
1247 variables $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_FIRMWARE_SETUP,
1248 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_MENU, and
1249 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_ENTRY. They cause logind to either
1250 skip the relevant operation completely (when set to false), or to
1251 create a flag file in /run/systemd (when set to true), instead of
1252 actually commencing the real operation when requested. The presence
1253 of /run/systemd/reboot-to-firmware-setup,
1254 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-menu, and
1255 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-entry, may be used by alternative
1256 boot loader implementations to replace some steps logind performs
1257 during reboot with their own operations.
1259 * systemctl can be used to request a reboot into the boot loader menu
1260 or a specific boot loader entry with the new --boot-load-menu= and
1261 --boot-loader-entry= options to a reboot command. (This requires a
1262 boot loader that supports this, for example sd-boot.)
1264 * kernel-install will no longer unconditionally create the output
1265 directory (e.g. /efi/<machine-id>/<kernel-version>) for boot loader
1266 snippets, but will do only if the machine-specific parent directory
1267 (i.e. /efi/<machine-id>/) already exists. bootctl has been modified
1268 to create this parent directory during sd-boot installation.
1270 This makes it easier to use kernel-install with plugins which support
1271 a different layout of the bootloader partitions (for example grub2).
1273 * During package installation (with `ninja install`), we would create
1274 symlinks for getty@tty1.service, systemd-networkd.service,
1275 systemd-networkd.socket, systemd-resolved.service,
1276 remote-cryptsetup.target, remote-fs.target,
1277 systemd-networkd-wait-online.service, and systemd-timesyncd.service
1278 in /etc, as if `systemctl enable` was called for those units, to make
1279 the system usable immediately after installation. Now this is not
1280 done anymore, and instead calling `systemctl preset-all` is
1281 recommended after the first installation of systemd.
1283 * A new boolean sandboxing option RestrictSUIDSGID= has been added that
1284 is built on seccomp. When turned on creation of SUID/SGID files is
1287 * The NoNewPrivileges= and the new RestrictSUIDSGID= options are now
1288 implied if DynamicUser= is turned on for a service. This hardens
1289 these services, so that they neither can benefit from nor create
1290 SUID/SGID executables. This is a minor compatibility breakage, given
1291 that when DynamicUser= was first introduced SUID/SGID behaviour was
1292 unaffected. However, the security benefit of these two options is
1293 substantial, and the setting is still relatively new, hence we opted
1294 to make it mandatory for services with dynamic users.
1296 Contributions from: Adam Jackson, Alexander Tsoy, Andrey Yashkin,
1297 Andrzej Pietrasiewicz, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey, Beniamino Galvani,
1298 Ben Iofel, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Chris, Chris Morin,
1299 Christopher Wong, Claudius Ellsel, Clemens Gruber, dana, Daniel Black,
1300 Davide Cavalca, David Michael, David Rheinsberg, emersion, Evgeny
1301 Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal,
1302 Giacinto Cifelli, Hans de Goede, Hugo Kindel, Ignat Korchagin, Insun
1303 Pyo, Jan Engelhardt, Jonas Dorel, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathon Kowalski,
1304 Jörg Sommer, Jörg Thalheim, Jussi Pakkanen, Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart
1305 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luís Ferreira, Martin Pitt, Matthias
1306 Klumpp, Michael Biebl, Michael Niewöhner, Michael Olbrich, Michal
1307 Sekletar, Mike Lothian, Paul Menzel, Piotr Drąg, Riccardo Schirone,
1308 Robin Elvedi, Roman Kulikov, Ronald Tschalär, Ross Burton, Ryan
1309 Gonzalez, Sebastian Krzyszkowiak, Stephane Chazelas, StKob, Susant
1310 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Szabolcs Fruhwald, Taro Yamada, Theo
1311 Ouzhinski, Thomas Haller, Tobias Jungel, Tom Yan, Tony Asleson, Topi
1312 Miettinen, unixsysadmin, Van Laser, Vesa Jääskeläinen, Yu, Li-Yu,
1313 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
1315 — Warsaw, 2019-04-11
1319 * The default locale can now be configured at compile time. Otherwise,
1320 a suitable default will be selected automatically (one of C.UTF-8,
1321 en_US.UTF-8, and C).
1323 * The version string shown by systemd and other tools now includes the
1324 git commit hash when built from git. An override may be specified
1325 during compilation, which is intended to be used by distributions to
1326 include the package release information.
1328 * systemd-cat can now filter standard input and standard error streams
1329 for different syslog priorities using the new --stderr-priority=
1332 * systemd-journald and systemd-journal-remote reject entries which
1333 contain too many fields (CVE-2018-16865) and set limits on the
1334 process' command line length (CVE-2018-16864).
1336 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is set by pam_systemd
1339 * A new network device NamePolicy "keep" is implemented for link files,
1340 and used by default in 99-default.link (the fallback configuration
1341 provided by systemd). With this policy, if the network device name
1342 was already set by userspace, the device will not be renamed again.
1343 This matches the naming scheme that was implemented before
1344 systemd-240. If naming-scheme < 240 is specified, the "keep" policy
1345 is also enabled by default, even if not specified. Effectively, this
1346 means that if naming-scheme >= 240 is specified, network devices will
1347 be renamed according to the configuration, even if they have been
1348 renamed already, if "keep" is not specified as the naming policy in
1349 the .link file. The 99-default.link file provided by systemd includes
1350 "keep" for backwards compatibility, but it is recommended for user
1351 installed .link files to *not* include it.
1353 The "kernel" policy, which keeps kernel names declared to be
1354 "persistent", now works again as documented.
1356 * kernel-install script now optionally takes the paths to one or more
1357 initrd files, and passes them to all plugins.
1359 * The mincore() system call has been dropped from the @system-service
1360 system call filter group, as it is pretty exotic and may potentially
1361 used for side-channel attacks.
1363 * -fPIE is dropped from compiler and linker options. Please specify
1364 -Db_pie=true option to meson to build position-independent
1365 executables. Note that the meson option is supported since meson-0.49.
1367 * The fs.protected_regular and fs.protected_fifos sysctls, which were
1368 added in Linux 4.19 to make some data spoofing attacks harder, are
1369 now enabled by default. While this will hopefully improve the
1370 security of most installations, it is technically a backwards
1371 incompatible change; to disable these sysctls again, place the
1372 following lines in /etc/sysctl.d/60-protected.conf or a similar file:
1374 fs.protected_regular = 0
1375 fs.protected_fifos = 0
1377 Note that the similar hardlink and symlink protection has been
1378 enabled since v199, and may be disabled likewise.
1380 * The files read from the EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now
1381 parse backslashes inside quotes literally, matching the behaviour of
1384 * udevadm trigger, udevadm control, udevadm settle and udevadm monitor
1385 now automatically become NOPs when run in a chroot() environment.
1387 * The tmpfiles.d/ "C" line type will now copy directory trees not only
1388 when the destination is so far missing, but also if it already exists
1389 as a directory and is empty. This is useful to cater for systems
1390 where directory trees are put together from multiple separate mount
1391 points but otherwise empty.
1393 * A new function sd_bus_close_unref() (and the associated
1394 sd_bus_close_unrefp()) has been added to libsystemd, that combines
1395 sd_bus_close() and sd_bus_unref() in one.
1397 * udevadm control learnt a new option for --ping for testing whether a
1398 systemd-udevd instance is running and reacting.
1400 * udevadm trigger learnt a new option for --wait-daemon for waiting
1401 systemd-udevd daemon to be initialized.
1403 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alberts Muktupāvels, Alex Mayer,
1404 Ayman Bagabas, Beniamino Galvani, Burt P, Chris Down, Chris Lamb, Chris
1405 Morin, Christian Hesse, Claudius Ellsel, dana, Daniel Axtens, Daniele
1406 Medri, Dave Reisner, David Santamaría Rogado, Diego Canuhe, Dimitri
1407 John Ledkov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Filipe
1408 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, govwin, Hans de Goede,
1409 James Hilliard, Jan Engelhardt, Jani Uusitalo, Jan Janssen, Jan
1410 Synacek, Jonathan McDowell, Jonathan Roemer, Jonathon Kowalski, Joost
1411 Heitbrink, Jörg Thalheim, Lance, Lennart Poettering, Louis Taylor,
1412 Lucas Werkmeister, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
1413 marvelousblack, Michael Biebl, Michael Sloan, Michal Sekletar, Mike
1414 Auty, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Neil Brown, Niklas Hambüchen,
1415 Patrick Williams, Paul Seyfert, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Roger
1416 James, Ronnie P. Thomas, Ryan Gonzalez, Sam Morris, Stephan Edel,
1417 Stephan Gerhold, Susant Sahani, Taro Yamada, Thomas Haller, Topi
1418 Miettinen, YiFei Zhu, YmrDtnJu, YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
1419 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zsergeant77, Дамјан Георгиевски
1421 — Berlin, 2019-02-14
1425 * NoNewPrivileges=yes has been set for all long-running services
1426 implemented by systemd. Previously, this was problematic due to
1427 SELinux (as this would also prohibit the transition from PID1's label
1428 to the service's label). This restriction has since been lifted, but
1429 an SELinux policy update is required.
1430 (See e.g. https://github.com/fedora-selinux/selinux-policy/pull/234.)
1432 * DynamicUser=yes is dropped from systemd-networkd.service,
1433 systemd-resolved.service and systemd-timesyncd.service, which was
1434 enabled in v239 for systemd-networkd.service and systemd-resolved.service,
1435 and since v236 for systemd-timesyncd.service. The users and groups
1436 systemd-network, systemd-resolve and systemd-timesync are created
1437 by systemd-sysusers again. Distributors or system administrators
1438 may need to create these users and groups if they not exist (or need
1439 to re-enable DynamicUser= for those units) while upgrading systemd.
1440 Also, the clock file for systemd-timesyncd may need to move from
1441 /var/lib/private/systemd/timesync/clock to /var/lib/systemd/timesync/clock.
1443 * When unit files are loaded from disk, previously systemd would
1444 sometimes (depending on the unit loading order) load units from the
1445 target path of symlinks in .wants/ or .requires/ directories of other
1446 units. This meant that unit could be loaded from different paths
1447 depending on whether the unit was requested explicitly or as a
1448 dependency of another unit, not honouring the priority of directories
1449 in search path. It also meant that it was possible to successfully
1450 load and start units which are not found in the unit search path, as
1451 long as they were requested as a dependency and linked to from
1452 .wants/ or .requires/. The target paths of those symlinks are not
1453 used for loading units anymore and the unit file must be found in
1456 * A new service type has been added: Type=exec. It's very similar to
1457 Type=simple but ensures the service manager will wait for both fork()
1458 and execve() of the main service binary to complete before proceeding
1459 with follow-up units. This is primarily useful so that the manager
1460 propagates any errors in the preparation phase of service execution
1461 back to the job that requested the unit to be started. For example,
1462 consider a service that has ExecStart= set to a file system binary
1463 that doesn't exist. With Type=simple starting the unit would be
1464 considered instantly successful, as only fork() has to complete
1465 successfully and the manager does not wait for execve(), and hence
1466 its failure is seen "too late". With the new Type=exec service type
1467 starting the unit will fail, as the manager will wait for the
1468 execve() and notice its failure, which is then propagated back to the
1471 NOTE: with the next release 241 of systemd we intend to change the
1472 systemd-run tool to default to Type=exec for transient services
1473 started by it. This should be mostly safe, but in specific corner
1474 cases might result in problems, as the systemd-run tool will then
1475 block on NSS calls (such as user name look-ups due to User=) done
1476 between the fork() and execve(), which under specific circumstances
1477 might cause problems. It is recommended to specify "-p Type=simple"
1478 explicitly in the few cases where this applies. For regular,
1479 non-transient services (i.e. those defined with unit files on disk)
1480 we will continue to default to Type=simple.
1482 * The Linux kernel's current default RLIMIT_NOFILE resource limit for
1483 userspace processes is set to 1024 (soft) and 4096
1484 (hard). Previously, systemd passed this on unmodified to all
1485 processes it forked off. With this systemd release the hard limit
1486 systemd passes on is increased to 512K, overriding the kernel's
1487 defaults and substantially increasing the number of simultaneous file
1488 descriptors unprivileged userspace processes can allocate. Note that
1489 the soft limit remains at 1024 for compatibility reasons: the
1490 traditional UNIX select() call cannot deal with file descriptors >=
1491 1024 and increasing the soft limit globally might thus result in
1492 programs unexpectedly allocating a high file descriptor and thus
1493 failing abnormally when attempting to use it with select() (of
1494 course, programs shouldn't use select() anymore, and prefer
1495 poll()/epoll, but the call unfortunately remains undeservedly popular
1496 at this time). This change reflects the fact that file descriptor
1497 handling in the Linux kernel has been optimized in more recent
1498 kernels and allocating large numbers of them should be much cheaper
1499 both in memory and in performance than it used to be. Programs that
1500 want to take benefit of the increased limit have to "opt-in" into
1501 high file descriptors explicitly by raising their soft limit. Of
1502 course, when they do that they must acknowledge that they cannot use
1503 select() anymore (and neither can any shared library they use — or
1504 any shared library used by any shared library they use and so on).
1505 Which default hard limit is most appropriate is of course hard to
1506 decide. However, given reports that ~300K file descriptors are used
1507 in real-life applications we believe 512K is sufficiently high as new
1508 default for now. Note that there are also reports that using very
1509 high hard limits (e.g. 1G) is problematic: some software allocates
1510 large arrays with one element for each potential file descriptor
1511 (Java, …) — a high hard limit thus triggers excessively large memory
1512 allocations in these applications. Hopefully, the new default of 512K
1513 is a good middle ground: higher than what real-life applications
1514 currently need, and low enough for avoid triggering excessively large
1515 allocations in problematic software. (And yes, somebody should fix
1518 * The fs.nr_open and fs.file-max sysctls are now automatically bumped
1519 to the highest possible values, as separate accounting of file
1520 descriptors is no longer necessary, as memcg tracks them correctly as
1521 part of the memory accounting anyway. Thus, from the four limits on
1522 file descriptors currently enforced (fs.file-max, fs.nr_open,
1523 RLIMIT_NOFILE hard, RLIMIT_NOFILE soft) we turn off the first two,
1524 and keep only the latter two. A set of build-time options
1525 (-Dbump-proc-sys-fs-file-max=false and -Dbump-proc-sys-fs-nr-open=false)
1526 has been added to revert this change in behaviour, which might be
1527 an option for systems that turn off memcg in the kernel.
1529 * When no /etc/locale.conf file exists (and hence no locale settings
1530 are in place), systemd will now use the "C.UTF-8" locale by default,
1531 and set LANG= to it. This locale is supported by various
1532 distributions including Fedora, with clear indications that upstream
1533 glibc is going to make it available too. This locale enables UTF-8
1534 mode by default, which appears appropriate for 2018.
1536 * The "net.ipv4.conf.all.rp_filter" sysctl will now be set to 2 by
1537 default. This effectively switches the RFC3704 Reverse Path filtering
1538 from Strict mode to Loose mode. This is more appropriate for hosts
1539 that have multiple links with routes to the same networks (e.g.
1540 a client with a Wi-Fi and Ethernet both connected to the internet).
1542 Consult the kernel documentation for details on this sysctl:
1543 https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt
1545 * CPUAccounting=yes no longer enables the CPU controller when using
1546 kernel 4.15+ and the unified cgroup hierarchy, as required accounting
1547 statistics are now provided independently from the CPU controller.
1549 * Support for disabling a particular cgroup controller within a sub-tree
1550 has been added through the DisableControllers= directive.
1552 * cgroup_no_v1=all on the kernel command line now also implies
1553 using the unified cgroup hierarchy, unless one explicitly passes
1554 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=0 on the kernel command line.
1556 * The new "MemoryMin=" unit file property may now be used to set the
1557 memory usage protection limit of processes invoked by the unit. This
1558 controls the cgroup v2 memory.min attribute. Similarly, the new
1559 "IODeviceLatencyTargetSec=" property has been added, wrapping the new
1560 cgroup v2 io.latency cgroup property for configuring per-service I/O
1563 * systemd now supports the cgroup v2 devices BPF logic, as counterpart
1564 to the cgroup v1 "devices" cgroup controller.
1566 * systemd-escape now is able to combine --unescape with --template. It
1567 also learnt a new option --instance for extracting and unescaping the
1568 instance part of a unit name.
1570 * sd-bus now provides the sd_bus_message_readv() which is similar to
1571 sd_bus_message_read() but takes a va_list object. The pair
1572 sd_bus_set_method_call_timeout() and sd_bus_get_method_call_timeout()
1573 has been added for configuring the default method call timeout to
1574 use. sd_bus_error_move() may be used to efficiently move the contents
1575 from one sd_bus_error structure to another, invalidating the
1576 source. sd_bus_set_close_on_exit() and sd_bus_get_close_on_exit() may
1577 be used to control whether a bus connection object is automatically
1578 flushed when an sd-event loop is exited.
1580 * When processing classic BSD syslog log messages, journald will now
1581 save the original time-stamp string supplied in the new
1582 SYSLOG_TIMESTAMP= journal field. This permits consumers to
1583 reconstruct the original BSD syslog message more correctly.
1585 * StandardOutput=/StandardError= in service files gained support for
1586 new "append:…" parameters, for connecting STDOUT/STDERR of a service
1587 to a file, and appending to it.
1589 * The signal to use as last step of killing of unit processes is now
1590 configurable. Previously it was hard-coded to SIGKILL, which may now
1591 be overridden with the new KillSignal= setting. Note that this is the
1592 signal used when regular termination (i.e. SIGTERM) does not suffice.
1593 Similarly, the signal used when aborting a program in case of a
1594 watchdog timeout may now be configured too (WatchdogSignal=).
1596 * The XDG_SESSION_DESKTOP environment variable may now be configured in
1597 the pam_systemd argument line, using the new desktop= switch. This is
1598 useful to initialize it properly from a display manager without
1599 having to touch C code.
1601 * Most configuration options that previously accepted percentage values
1602 now also accept permille values with the '‰' suffix (instead of '%').
1604 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use OpenSSL instead of GnuTLS for
1607 * systemd-resolved's configuration file resolved.conf gained a new
1608 option ReadEtcHosts= which may be used to turn off processing and
1609 honoring /etc/hosts entries.
1611 * The "--wait" switch may now be passed to "systemctl
1612 is-system-running", in which case the tool will synchronously wait
1613 until the system finished start-up.
1615 * hostnamed gained a new bus call to determine the DMI product UUID.
1617 * On x86-64 systemd will now prefer using the RDRAND processor
1618 instruction over /dev/urandom whenever it requires randomness that
1619 neither has to be crypto-grade nor should be reproducible. This
1620 should substantially reduce the amount of entropy systemd requests
1621 from the kernel during initialization on such systems, though not
1622 reduce it to zero. (Why not zero? systemd still needs to allocate
1623 UUIDs and such uniquely, which require high-quality randomness.)
1625 * networkd gained support for Foo-Over-UDP, ERSPAN and ISATAP
1626 tunnels. It also gained a new option ForceDHCPv6PDOtherInformation=
1627 for forcing the "Other Information" bit in IPv6 RA messages. The
1628 bonding logic gained four new options AdActorSystemPriority=,
1629 AdUserPortKey=, AdActorSystem= for configuring various 802.3ad
1630 aspects, and DynamicTransmitLoadBalancing= for enabling dynamic
1631 shuffling of flows. The tunnel logic gained a new
1632 IPv6RapidDeploymentPrefix= option for configuring IPv6 Rapid
1633 Deployment. The policy rule logic gained four new options IPProtocol=,
1634 SourcePort= and DestinationPort=, InvertRule=. The bridge logic gained
1635 support for the MulticastToUnicast= option. networkd also gained
1636 support for configuring static IPv4 ARP or IPv6 neighbor entries.
1638 * .preset files (as read by 'systemctl preset') may now be used to
1639 instantiate services.
1641 * /etc/crypttab now understands the sector-size= option to configure
1642 the sector size for an encrypted partition.
1644 * Key material for encrypted disks may now be placed on a formatted
1645 medium, and referenced from /etc/crypttab by the UUID of the file
1646 system, followed by "=" suffixed by the path to the key file.
1648 * The "collect" udev component has been removed without replacement, as
1649 it is neither used nor maintained.
1651 * When the RuntimeDirectory=, StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
1652 LogsDirectory=, ConfigurationDirectory= settings are used in a
1653 service the executed processes will now receive a set of environment
1654 variables containing the full paths of these directories.
1655 Specifically, RUNTIME_DIRECTORY=, STATE_DIRECTORY, CACHE_DIRECTORY,
1656 LOGS_DIRECTORY, CONFIGURATION_DIRECTORY are now set if these options
1657 are used. Note that these options may be used multiple times per
1658 service in which case the resulting paths will be concatenated and
1659 separated by colons.
1661 * Predictable interface naming has been extended to cover InfiniBand
1662 NICs. They will be exposed with an "ib" prefix.
1664 * tmpfiles.d/ line types may now be suffixed with a '-' character, in
1665 which case the respective line failing is ignored.
1667 * .link files may now be used to configure the equivalent to the
1668 "ethtool advertise" commands.
1670 * The sd-device.h and sd-hwdb.h APIs are now exported, as an
1671 alternative to libudev.h. Previously, the latter was just an internal
1672 wrapper around the former, but now these two APIs are exposed
1675 * sd-id128.h gained a new function sd_id128_get_boot_app_specific()
1676 which calculates an app-specific boot ID similar to how
1677 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() generates an app-specific machine
1680 * A new tool systemd-id128 has been added that can be used to determine
1681 and generate various 128bit IDs.
1683 * /etc/os-release gained two new standardized fields DOCUMENTATION_URL=
1686 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now honor the "noresume"
1687 kernel command line option, in which case it will bypass resuming
1688 from any hibernated image.
1690 * The systemd-sleep.conf configuration file gained new options
1691 AllowSuspend=, AllowHibernation=, AllowSuspendThenHibernate=,
1692 AllowHybridSleep= for prohibiting specific sleep modes even if the
1693 kernel exports them.
1695 * portablectl is now officially supported and has thus moved to
1698 * bootctl learnt the two new commands "set-default" and "set-oneshot"
1699 for setting the default boot loader item to boot to (either
1700 persistently or only for the next boot). This is currently only
1701 compatible with sd-boot, but may be implemented on other boot loaders
1702 too, that follow the boot loader interface. The updated interface is
1703 now documented here:
1705 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_INTERFACE
1707 * A new kernel command line option systemd.early_core_pattern= is now
1708 understood which may be used to influence the core_pattern PID 1
1709 installs during early boot.
1711 * busctl learnt two new options -j and --json= for outputting method
1712 call replies, properties and monitoring output in JSON.
1714 * journalctl's JSON output now supports simple ANSI coloring as well as
1715 a new "json-seq" mode for generating RFC7464 output.
1717 * Unit files now support the %g/%G specifiers that resolve to the UNIX
1718 group/GID of the service manager runs as, similar to the existing
1719 %u/%U specifiers that resolve to the UNIX user/UID.
1721 * systemd-logind learnt a new global configuration option
1722 UserStopDelaySec= that may be set in logind.conf. It specifies how
1723 long the systemd --user instance shall remain started after a user
1724 logs out. This is useful to speed up repetitive re-connections of the
1725 same user, as it means the user's service manager doesn't have to be
1726 stopped/restarted on each iteration, but can be reused between
1727 subsequent options. This setting defaults to 10s. systemd-logind also
1728 exports two new properties on its Manager D-Bus objects indicating
1729 whether the system's lid is currently closed, and whether the system
1732 * systemd gained support for a generic boot counting logic, which
1733 generically permits automatic reverting to older boot loader entries
1734 if newer updated ones don't work. The boot loader side is implemented
1735 in sd-boot, but is kept open for other boot loaders too. For details
1738 https://systemd.io/AUTOMATIC_BOOT_ASSESSMENT
1740 * The SuccessAction=/FailureAction= unit file settings now learnt two
1741 new parameters: "exit" and "exit-force", which result in immediate
1742 exiting of the service manager, and are only useful in systemd --user
1743 and container environments.
1745 * Unit files gained support for a pair of options
1746 FailureActionExitStatus=/SuccessActionExitStatus= for configuring the
1747 exit status to use as service manager exit status when
1748 SuccessAction=/FailureAction= is set to exit or exit-force.
1750 * A pair of LogRateLimitIntervalSec=/LogRateLimitBurst= per-service
1751 options may now be used to configure the log rate limiting applied by
1752 journald per-service.
1754 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "timespan" for parsing and
1755 normalizing time span values (i.e. strings like "5min 7s 8us").
1757 * systemd-analyze also gained a new verb "security" for analyzing the
1758 security and sand-boxing settings of services in order to determine an
1759 "exposure level" for them, indicating whether a service would benefit
1760 from more sand-boxing options turned on for them.
1762 * "systemd-analyze syscall-filter" will now also show system calls
1763 supported by the local kernel but not included in any of the defined
1766 * .nspawn files now understand the Ephemeral= setting, matching the
1767 --ephemeral command line switch.
1769 * sd-event gained the new APIs sd_event_source_get_floating() and
1770 sd_event_source_set_floating() for controlling whether a specific
1771 event source is "floating", i.e. destroyed along with the even loop
1774 * Unit objects on D-Bus gained a new "Refs" property that lists all
1775 clients that currently have a reference on the unit (to ensure it is
1778 * The JoinControllers= option in system.conf is no longer supported, as
1779 it didn't work correctly, is hard to support properly, is legacy (as
1780 the concept only exists on cgroup v1) and apparently wasn't used.
1782 * Journal messages that are generated whenever a unit enters the failed
1783 state are now tagged with a unique MESSAGE_ID. Similarly, messages
1784 generated whenever a service process exits are now made recognizable,
1785 too. A tagged message is also emitted whenever a unit enters the
1786 "dead" state on success.
1788 * systemd-run gained a new switch --working-directory= for configuring
1789 the working directory of the service to start. A shortcut -d is
1790 equivalent, setting the working directory of the service to the
1791 current working directory of the invoking program. The new --shell
1792 (or just -S) option has been added for invoking the $SHELL of the
1793 caller as a service, and implies --pty --same-dir --wait --collect
1794 --service-type=exec. Or in other words, "systemd-run -S" is now the
1795 quickest way to quickly get an interactive in a fully clean and
1796 well-defined system service context.
1798 * machinectl gained a new verb "import-fs" for importing an OS tree
1799 from a directory. Moreover, when a directory or tarball is imported
1800 and single top-level directory found with the OS itself below the OS
1801 tree is automatically mangled and moved one level up.
1803 * systemd-importd will no longer set up an implicit btrfs loop-back
1804 file system on /var/lib/machines. If one is already set up, it will
1805 continue to be used.
1807 * A new generator "systemd-run-generator" has been added. It will
1808 synthesize a unit from one or more program command lines included in
1809 the kernel command line. This is very useful in container managers
1812 # systemd-nspawn -i someimage.raw -b systemd.run='"some command line"'
1814 This will run "systemd-nspawn" on an image, invoke the specified
1815 command line and immediately shut down the container again, returning
1816 the command line's exit code.
1818 * The block device locking logic is now documented:
1820 https://systemd.io/BLOCK_DEVICE_LOCKING
1822 * loginctl and machinectl now optionally output the various tables in
1823 JSON using the --output= switch. It is our intention to add similar
1824 support to systemctl and all other commands.
1826 * udevadm's query and trigger verb now optionally take a .device unit
1829 * systemd-udevd's network naming logic now understands a new
1830 net.naming-scheme= kernel command line switch, which may be used to
1831 pick a specific version of the naming scheme. This helps stabilizing
1832 interface names even as systemd/udev are updated and the naming logic
1835 * sd-id128.h learnt two new auxiliary helpers: sd_id128_is_allf() and
1836 SD_ID128_ALLF to test if a 128bit ID is set to all 0xFF bytes, and to
1837 initialize one to all 0xFF.
1839 * After loading the SELinux policy systemd will now recursively relabel
1840 all files and directories listed in
1841 /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/*.relabel (which should be simple
1842 newline separated lists of paths) in addition to the ones it already
1843 implicitly relabels in /run, /dev and /sys. After the relabelling is
1844 completed the *.relabel files (and /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/) are
1845 removed. This is useful to permit initrds (i.e. code running before
1846 the SELinux policy is in effect) to generate files in the host
1847 filesystem safely and ensure that the correct label is applied during
1848 the transition to the host OS.
1850 * KERNEL API BREAKAGE: Linux kernel 4.18 changed behaviour regarding
1851 mknod() handling in user namespaces. Previously mknod() would always
1852 fail with EPERM in user namespaces. Since 4.18 mknod() will succeed
1853 but device nodes generated that way cannot be opened, and attempts to
1854 open them result in EPERM. This breaks the "graceful fallback" logic
1855 in systemd's PrivateDevices= sand-boxing option. This option is
1856 implemented defensively, so that when systemd detects it runs in a
1857 restricted environment (such as a user namespace, or an environment
1858 where mknod() is blocked through seccomp or absence of CAP_SYS_MKNOD)
1859 where device nodes cannot be created the effect of PrivateDevices= is
1860 bypassed (following the logic that 2nd-level sand-boxing is not
1861 essential if the system systemd runs in is itself already sand-boxed
1862 as a whole). This logic breaks with 4.18 in container managers where
1863 user namespacing is used: suddenly PrivateDevices= succeeds setting
1864 up a private /dev/ file system containing devices nodes — but when
1865 these are opened they don't work.
1867 At this point it is recommended that container managers utilizing
1868 user namespaces that intend to run systemd in the payload explicitly
1869 block mknod() with seccomp or similar, so that the graceful fallback
1872 We are very sorry for the breakage and the requirement to change
1873 container configurations for newer kernels. It's purely caused by an
1874 incompatible kernel change. The relevant kernel developers have been
1875 notified about this userspace breakage quickly, but they chose to
1878 * PermissionsStartOnly= setting is deprecated (but is still supported
1879 for backwards compatibility). The same functionality is provided by
1880 the more flexible "+", "!", and "!!" prefixes to ExecStart= and other
1883 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is not set by
1884 pam_systemd anymore.
1886 * The naming scheme for network devices was changed to always rename
1887 devices, even if they were already renamed by userspace. The "kernel"
1888 policy was changed to only apply as a fallback, if no other naming
1891 * The requirements to build systemd is bumped to meson-0.46 and
1894 Contributions from: afg, Alan Jenkins, Aleksei Timofeyev, Alexander
1895 Filippov, Alexander Kurtz, Alexey Bogdanenko, Andreas Henriksson,
1896 Andrew Jorgensen, Anita Zhang, apnix-uk, Arkan49, Arseny Maslennikov,
1897 asavah, Asbjørn Apeland, aszlig, Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benedikt
1898 Morbach, Benjamin Berg, Bruce Zhang, Carlo Caione, Cedric Viou, Chen
1899 Qi, Chris Chiu, Chris Down, Chris Morin, Christian Rebischke, Claudius
1900 Ellsel, Colin Guthrie, dana, Daniel, Daniele Medri, Daniel Kahn
1901 Gillmor, Daniel Rusek, Daniel van Vugt, Dariusz Gadomski, Dave Reisner,
1902 David Anderson, Davide Cavalca, David Leeds, David Malcolm, David
1903 Strauss, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Torokhov, dj-kaktus,
1904 Dongsu Park, Elias Probst, Emil Soleyman, Erik Kooistra, Ervin Peters,
1905 Evgeni Golov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Faheel Ahmad,
1906 Faizal Luthfi, Felix Yan, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frank
1907 Schaefer, Frantisek Sumsal, Gautier Husson, Gianluca Boiano, Giuseppe
1908 Scrivano, glitsj16, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Harry Mallon, Harshit
1909 Jain, Helmut Grohne, Henry Tung, Hui Yiqun, imayoda, Insun Pyo, Iwan
1910 Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
1911 javitoom, Jérémy Nouhaud, Jeremy Su, Jiuyang Liu, João Paulo Rechi
1912 Vita, Joe Hershberger, Joe Rayhawk, Joerg Behrmann, Joerg Steffens,
1913 Jonas Dorel, Jon Ringle, Josh Soref, Julian Andres Klode, Jun Bo Bi,
1914 Jürg Billeter, Keith Busch, Khem Raj, Kirill Marinushkin, Larry
1915 Bernstone, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Li Song, Lorenz
1916 Hübschle-Schneider, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Ludwin Janvier,
1917 Lukáš Nykrýn, Luke Shumaker, mal, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcin
1918 Skarbek, Marco Trevisan (Treviño), Marian Cepok, Mario Hros, Marko
1919 Myllynen, Markus Grimm, Martin Pitt, Martin Sobotka, Martin Wilck,
1920 Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matthew Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
1921 Michael 'pbone' Pobega, Michael Scherer, Michal Koutný, Michal
1922 Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike Gilbert, Mike Palmer, Muhammet Kara, Neal
1923 Gompa, Neil Brown, Network Silence, Niklas Tibbling, Nikolas Nyby,
1924 Nogisaka Sadata, Oliver Smith, Patrik Flykt, Pavel Hrdina, Paweł
1925 Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reinhold Mueller,
1926 Renaud Métrich, Roman Gushchin, Ronny Chevalier, Rubén Suárez Alvarez,
1927 Ruixin Bao, RussianNeuroMancer, Ryutaroh Matsumoto, Saleem Rashid, Sam
1928 Morris, Samuel Morris, Sandy Carter, scootergrisen, Sébastien Bacher,
1929 Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shengyao Xue, Shih-Yuan Lee
1930 (FourDollars), Silvio Knizek, Sjoerd Simons, Stasiek Michalski, Stephen
1931 Gallagher, Steven Allen, Steve Ramage, Susant Sahani, Sven Joachim,
1932 Sylvain Plantefève, Tanu Kaskinen, Tejun Heo, Thiago Macieira, Thomas
1933 Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tim Ruffing, TJ, Tobias
1934 Jungel, Todd Walton, Tommi Rantala, Tomsod M, Tony Novak, Tore
1935 Anderson, Trevonn, Victor Laskurain, Victor Tapia, Violet Halo, Vojtech
1936 Trefny, welaq, William A. Kennington III, William Douglas, Wyatt Ward,
1937 Xiang Fan, Xi Ruoyao, Xuanwo, Yann E. Morin, YmrDtnJu, Yu Watanabe,
1938 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei, Zsolt Dollenstein
1940 — Warsaw, 2018-12-21
1944 * NETWORK INTERFACE DEVICE NAMING CHANGES: systemd-udevd's "net_id"
1945 builtin will name network interfaces differently than in previous
1946 versions for virtual network interfaces created with SR-IOV and NPAR
1947 and for devices where the PCI network controller device does not have
1948 a slot number associated.
1950 SR-IOV virtual devices are now named based on the name of the parent
1951 interface, with a suffix of "v<N>", where <N> is the virtual device
1952 number. Previously those virtual devices were named as if completely
1955 The ninth and later NPAR virtual devices will be named following the
1956 scheme used for the first eight NPAR partitions. Previously those
1957 devices were not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
1959 "net_id" will also generate names for PCI devices where the PCI
1960 network controller device does not have an associated slot number
1961 itself, but one of its parents does. Previously those devices were
1962 not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
1964 * AF_INET and AF_INET6 are dropped from RestrictAddressFamilies= in
1965 systemd-logind.service. Since v235, IPAddressDeny=any has been set to
1966 the unit. So, it is expected that the default behavior of
1967 systemd-logind is not changed. However, if distribution packagers or
1968 administrators disabled or modified IPAddressDeny= setting by a
1969 drop-in config file, then it may be necessary to update the file to
1970 re-enable AF_INET and AF_INET6 to support network user name services,
1973 * When the RestrictNamespaces= unit property is specified multiple
1974 times, then the specified types are merged now. Previously, only the
1975 last assignment was used. So, if distribution packagers or
1976 administrators modified the setting by a drop-in config file, then it
1977 may be necessary to update the file.
1979 * When OnFailure= is used in combination with Restart= on a service
1980 unit, then the specified units will no longer be triggered on
1981 failures that result in restarting. Previously, the specified units
1982 would be activated each time the unit failed, even when the unit was
1983 going to be restarted automatically. This behaviour contradicted the
1984 documentation. With this release the code is adjusted to match the
1987 * systemd-tmpfiles will now print a notice whenever it encounters
1988 tmpfiles.d/ lines referencing the /var/run/ directory. It will
1989 recommend reworking them to use the /run/ directory instead (for
1990 which /var/run/ is simply a symlinked compatibility alias). This way
1991 systemd-tmpfiles can properly detect line conflicts and merge lines
1992 referencing the same file by two paths, without having to access
1995 * systemctl disable/unmask/preset/preset-all cannot be used with
1996 --runtime. Previously this was allowed, but resulted in unintuitive
1997 behaviour that wasn't useful. systemctl disable/unmask will now undo
1998 both runtime and persistent enablement/masking, i.e. it will remove
1999 any relevant symlinks both in /run and /etc.
2001 * Note that all long-running system services shipped with systemd will
2002 now default to a system call whitelist (rather than a blacklist, as
2003 before). In particular, systemd-udevd will now enforce one too. For
2004 most cases this should be safe, however downstream distributions
2005 which disabled sandboxing of systemd-udevd (specifically the
2006 MountFlags= setting), might want to disable this security feature
2007 too, as the default whitelisting will prohibit all mount, swap,
2008 reboot and clock changing operations from udev rules.
2010 * sd-boot acquired new loader configuration settings to optionally turn
2011 off Windows and MacOS boot partition discovery as well as
2012 reboot-into-firmware menu items. It is also able to pick a better
2013 screen resolution for HiDPI systems, and now provides loader
2014 configuration settings to change the resolution explicitly.
2016 * systemd-resolved now supports DNS-over-TLS. It's still
2017 turned off by default, use DNSOverTLS=opportunistic to turn it on in
2018 resolved.conf. We intend to make this the default as soon as couple
2019 of additional techniques for optimizing the initial latency caused by
2020 establishing a TLS/TCP connection are implemented.
2022 * systemd-resolved.service and systemd-networkd.service now set
2023 DynamicUser=yes. The users systemd-resolve and systemd-network are
2024 not created by systemd-sysusers anymore.
2026 NOTE: This has a chance of breaking nss-ldap and similar NSS modules
2027 that embed a network facing module into any process using getpwuid()
2028 or related call: the dynamic allocation of the user ID for
2029 systemd-resolved.service means the service manager has to check NSS
2030 if the user name is already taken when forking off the service. Since
2031 the user in the common case won't be defined in /etc/passwd the
2032 lookup is likely to trigger nss-ldap which in turn might use NSS to
2033 ask systemd-resolved for hostname lookups. This will hence result in
2034 a deadlock: a user name lookup in order to start
2035 systemd-resolved.service will result in a host name lookup for which
2036 systemd-resolved.service needs to be started already. There are
2037 multiple ways to work around this problem: pre-allocate the
2038 "systemd-resolve" user on such systems, so that nss-ldap won't be
2039 triggered; or use a different NSS package that doesn't do networking
2040 in-process but provides a local asynchronous name cache; or configure
2041 the NSS package to avoid lookups for UIDs in the range `pkg-config
2042 systemd --variable=dynamicuidmin` … `pkg-config systemd
2043 --variable=dynamicuidmax`, so that it does not consider itself
2044 authoritative for the same UID range systemd allocates dynamic users
2047 * The systemd-resolve tool has been renamed to resolvectl (it also
2048 remains available under the old name, for compatibility), and its
2049 interface is now verb-based, similar in style to the other <xyz>ctl
2050 tools, such as systemctl or loginctl.
2052 * The resolvectl/systemd-resolve tool also provides 'resolvconf'
2053 compatibility. It may be symlinked under the 'resolvconf' name, in
2054 which case it will take arguments and input compatible with the
2055 Debian and FreeBSD resolvconf tool.
2057 * Support for suspend-then-hibernate has been added, i.e. a sleep mode
2058 where the system initially suspends, and after a timeout resumes and
2061 * networkd's ClientIdentifier= now accepts a new option "duid-only". If
2062 set the client will only send a DUID as client identifier.
2064 * The nss-systemd glibc NSS module will now enumerate dynamic users and
2065 groups in effect. Previously, it could resolve UIDs/GIDs to user
2066 names/groups and vice versa, but did not support enumeration.
2068 * journald's Compress= configuration setting now optionally accepts a
2069 byte threshold value. All journal objects larger than this threshold
2070 will be compressed, smaller ones will not. Previously this threshold
2071 was not configurable and set to 512.
2073 * A new system.conf setting NoNewPrivileges= is now available which may
2074 be used to turn off acquisition of new privileges system-wide
2075 (i.e. set Linux' PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS for PID 1 itself, and thus also
2076 for all its children). Note that turning this option on means setuid
2077 binaries and file system capabilities lose their special powers.
2078 While turning on this option is a big step towards a more secure
2079 system, doing so is likely to break numerous pre-existing UNIX tools,
2080 in particular su and sudo.
2082 * A new service systemd-time-sync-wait.service has been added. If
2083 enabled it will delay the time-sync.target unit at boot until time
2084 synchronization has been received from the network. This
2085 functionality is useful on systems lacking a local RTC or where it is
2086 acceptable that the boot process shall be delayed by external network
2089 * When hibernating, systemd will now inform the kernel of the image
2090 write offset, on kernels new enough to support this. This means swap
2091 files should work for hibernation now.
2093 * When loading unit files, systemd will now look for drop-in unit files
2094 extensions in additional places. Previously, for a unit file name
2095 "foo-bar-baz.service" it would look for dropin files in
2096 "foo-bar-baz.service.d/*.conf". Now, it will also look in
2097 "foo-bar-.service.d/*.conf" and "foo-.service.d/", i.e. at the
2098 service name truncated after all inner dashes. This scheme allows
2099 writing drop-ins easily that apply to a whole set of unit files at
2100 once. It's particularly useful for mount and slice units (as their
2101 naming is prefix based), but is also useful for service and other
2102 units, for packages that install multiple unit files at once,
2103 following a strict naming regime of beginning the unit file name with
2104 the package's name. Two new specifiers are now supported in unit
2105 files to match this: %j and %J are replaced by the part of the unit
2106 name following the last dash.
2108 * Unit files and other configuration files that support specifier
2109 expansion now understand another three new specifiers: %T and %V will
2110 resolve to /tmp and /var/tmp respectively, or whatever temporary
2111 directory has been set for the calling user. %E will expand to either
2112 /etc (for system units) or $XDG_CONFIG_HOME (for user units).
2114 * The ExecStart= lines of unit files are no longer required to
2115 reference absolute paths. If non-absolute paths are specified the
2116 specified binary name is searched within the service manager's
2117 built-in $PATH, which may be queried with 'systemd-path
2118 search-binaries-default'. It's generally recommended to continue to
2119 use absolute paths for all binaries specified in unit files.
2121 * Units gained a new load state "bad-setting", which is used when a
2122 unit file was loaded, but contained fatal errors which prevent it
2123 from being started (for example, a service unit has been defined
2124 lacking both ExecStart= and ExecStop= lines).
2126 * coredumpctl's "gdb" verb has been renamed to "debug", in order to
2127 support alternative debuggers, for example lldb. The old name
2128 continues to be available however, for compatibility reasons. Use the
2129 new --debugger= switch or the $SYSTEMD_DEBUGGER environment variable
2130 to pick an alternative debugger instead of the default gdb.
2132 * systemctl and the other tools will now output escape sequences that
2133 generate proper clickable hyperlinks in various terminal emulators
2134 where useful (for example, in the "systemctl status" output you can
2135 now click on the unit file name to quickly open it in the
2136 editor/viewer of your choice). Note that not all terminal emulators
2137 support this functionality yet, but many do. Unfortunately, the
2138 "less" pager doesn't support this yet, hence this functionality is
2139 currently automatically turned off when a pager is started (which
2140 happens quite often due to auto-paging). We hope to remove this
2141 limitation as soon as "less" learns these escape sequences. This new
2142 behaviour may also be turned off explicitly with the $SYSTEMD_URLIFY
2143 environment variable. For details on these escape sequences see:
2144 https://gist.github.com/egmontkob/eb114294efbcd5adb1944c9f3cb5feda
2146 * networkd's .network files now support a new IPv6MTUBytes= option for
2147 setting the MTU used by IPv6 explicitly as well as a new MTUBytes=
2148 option in the [Route] section to configure the MTU to use for
2149 specific routes. It also gained support for configuration of the DHCP
2150 "UserClass" option through the new UserClass= setting. It gained
2151 three new options in the new [CAN] section for configuring CAN
2152 networks. The MULTICAST and ALLMULTI interface flags may now be
2153 controlled explicitly with the new Multicast= and AllMulticast=
2156 * networkd will now automatically make use of the kernel's route
2157 expiration feature, if it is available.
2159 * udevd's .link files now support setting the number of receive and
2160 transmit channels, using the RxChannels=, TxChannels=,
2161 OtherChannels=, CombinedChannels= settings.
2163 * Support for UDPSegmentationOffload= has been removed, given its
2164 limited support in hardware, and waning software support.
2166 * networkd's .netdev files now support creating "netdevsim" interfaces.
2168 * PID 1 learnt a new bus call GetUnitByControlGroup() which may be used
2169 to query the unit belonging to a specific kernel control group.
2171 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "cat-config", which may be used to
2172 dump the contents of any configuration file, with all its matching
2173 drop-in files added in, and honouring the usual search and masking
2174 logic applied to systemd configuration files. For example use
2175 "systemd-analyze cat-config systemd/system.conf" to get the complete
2176 system configuration file of systemd how it would be loaded by PID 1
2177 itself. Similar to this, various tools such as systemd-tmpfiles or
2178 systemd-sysusers, gained a new option "--cat-config", which does the
2179 corresponding operation for their own configuration settings. For
2180 example, "systemd-tmpfiles --cat-config" will now output the full
2181 list of tmpfiles.d/ lines in place.
2183 * timedatectl gained three new verbs: "show" shows bus properties of
2184 systemd-timedated, "timesync-status" shows the current NTP
2185 synchronization state of systemd-timesyncd, and "show-timesync"
2186 shows bus properties of systemd-timesyncd.
2188 * systemd-timesyncd gained a bus interface on which it exposes details
2191 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_TIMEDATED_NTP_SERVICES is now
2192 understood by systemd-timedated. It takes a colon-separated list of
2193 unit names of NTP client services. The list is used by
2194 "timedatectl set-ntp".
2196 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --rlimit= switch for setting initial
2197 resource limits for the container payload. There's a new switch
2198 --hostname= to explicitly override the container's hostname. A new
2199 --no-new-privileges= switch may be used to control the
2200 PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS flag for the container payload. A new
2201 --oom-score-adjust= switch controls the OOM scoring adjustment value
2202 for the payload. The new --cpu-affinity= switch controls the CPU
2203 affinity of the container payload. The new --resolv-conf= switch
2204 allows more detailed control of /etc/resolv.conf handling of the
2205 container. Similarly, the new --timezone= switch allows more detailed
2206 control of /etc/localtime handling of the container.
2208 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --list switch, which will print a
2209 list of all currently known VM and container environments.
2211 * Support for "Portable Services" has been added, see
2212 doc/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md for details. Currently, the support is still
2213 experimental, but this is expected to change soon. Reflecting this
2214 experimental state, the "portablectl" binary is not installed into
2215 /usr/bin yet. The binary has to be called with the full path
2216 /usr/lib/systemd/portablectl instead.
2218 * journalctl's and systemctl's -o switch now knows a new log output
2219 mode "with-unit". The output it generates is very similar to the
2220 regular "short" mode, but displays the unit name instead of the
2221 syslog tag for each log line. Also, the date is shown with timezone
2222 information. This mode is probably more useful than the classic
2223 "short" output mode for most purposes, except where pixel-perfect
2224 compatibility with classic /var/log/messages formatting is required.
2226 * A new --dump-bus-properties switch has been added to the systemd
2227 binary, which may be used to dump all supported D-Bus properties.
2228 (Options which are still supported, but are deprecated, are *not*
2231 * sd-bus gained a set of new calls:
2232 sd_bus_slot_set_floating()/sd_bus_slot_get_floating() may be used to
2233 enable/disable the "floating" state of a bus slot object,
2234 i.e. whether the slot object pins the bus it is allocated for into
2235 memory or if the bus slot object gets disconnected when the bus goes
2236 away. sd_bus_open_with_description(),
2237 sd_bus_open_user_with_description(),
2238 sd_bus_open_system_with_description() may be used to allocate bus
2239 objects and set their description string already during allocation.
2241 * sd-event gained support for watching inotify events from the event
2242 loop, in an efficient way, sharing inotify handles between multiple
2243 users. For this a new function sd_event_add_inotify() has been added.
2245 * sd-event and sd-bus gained support for calling special user-supplied
2246 destructor functions for userdata pointers associated with
2247 sd_event_source, sd_bus_slot, and sd_bus_track objects. For this new
2248 functions sd_bus_slot_set_destroy_callback,
2249 sd_bus_slot_get_destroy_callback, sd_bus_track_set_destroy_callback,
2250 sd_bus_track_get_destroy_callback,
2251 sd_event_source_set_destroy_callback,
2252 sd_event_source_get_destroy_callback have been added.
2254 * The "net.ipv4.tcp_ecn" sysctl will now be turned on by default.
2256 * PID 1 will now automatically reschedule .timer units whenever the
2257 local timezone changes. (They previously got rescheduled
2258 automatically when the system clock changed.)
2260 * New documentation has been added to document cgroups delegation,
2261 portable services and the various code quality tools we have set up:
2263 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CGROUP_DELEGATION.md
2264 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md
2265 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CODE_QUALITY.md
2267 * The Boot Loader Specification has been added to the source tree.
2269 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION.md
2271 While moving it into our source tree we have updated it and further
2272 changes are now accepted through the usual github PR workflow.
2274 * pam_systemd will now look for PAM userdata fields systemd.memory_max,
2275 systemd.tasks_max, systemd.cpu_weight, systemd.io_weight set by
2276 earlier PAM modules. The data in these fields is used to initialize
2277 the session scope's resource properties. Thus external PAM modules
2278 may now configure per-session limits, for example sourced from
2279 external user databases.
2281 * socket units with Accept=yes will now maintain a "refused" counter in
2282 addition to the existing "accepted" counter, counting connections
2283 refused due to the enforced limits.
2285 * The "systemd-path search-binaries-default" command may now be use to
2286 query the default, built-in $PATH PID 1 will pass to the services it
2289 * A new unit file setting PrivateMounts= has been added. It's a boolean
2290 option. If enabled the unit's processes are invoked in their own file
2291 system namespace. Note that this behaviour is also implied if any
2292 other file system namespacing options (such as PrivateTmp=,
2293 PrivateDevices=, ProtectSystem=, …) are used. This option is hence
2294 primarily useful for services that do not use any of the other file
2295 system namespacing options. One such service is systemd-udevd.service
2296 where this is now used by default.
2298 * ConditionSecurity= gained a new value "uefi-secureboot" that is true
2299 when the system is booted in UEFI "secure mode".
2301 * A new unit "system-update-pre.target" is added, which defines an
2302 optional synchronization point for offline system updates, as
2303 implemented by the pre-existing "system-update.target" unit. It
2304 allows ordering services before the service that executes the actual
2305 update process in a generic way.
2307 * Systemd now emits warnings whenever .include syntax is used.
2309 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alessandro Casale,
2310 Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gartrell, Anssi Hannula, Arnaud Rebillout, Brian
2311 J. Murrell, Bruno Vernay, Chris Lamb, Chris Lesiak, Christian Brauner,
2312 Christian Hesse, Christian Rebischke, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Dao, Daniel
2313 Lin, Danylo Korostil, Davide Cavalca, David Tardon, Dimitri John
2314 Ledkov, Dmitriy Geels, Douglas Christman, Elia Geretto, emelenas, Emil
2315 Velikov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Feng Sun, Filipe
2316 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib, Giuseppe Scrivano, Guillem Jover,
2317 guixxx, Hannes Reinecke, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Henrique Dante de
2318 Almeida, Hiram van Paassen, Ian Miell, Igor Gnatenko, Ivan Shapovalov,
2319 Iwan Timmer, James Cowgill, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Jared Kazimir,
2320 Jérémy Rosen, João Paulo Rechi Vita, Joost Heitbrink, Jui-Chi Ricky
2321 Liang, Jürg Billeter, Kai-Heng Feng, Karol Augustin, Kay Sievers,
2322 Krzysztof Nowicki, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Leonard König,
2323 Long Li, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Werkmeister, Marcel Hoppe, Marc
2324 Kleine-Budde, Mario Limonciello, Martin Jansa, Martin Wilck, Mathieu
2325 Malaterre, Matteo F. Vescovi, Matthew McGinn, Matthias-Christian Ott,
2326 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Prokop, Michal Koutný, Michal
2327 Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Milan Broz, Milan Pässler,
2328 Mladen Pejaković, Muhammet Kara, Nicolas Boichat, Omer Katz, Paride
2329 Legovini, Paul Menzel, Paul Milliken, Pavel Hrdina, Peter A. Bigot,
2330 Peter D'Hoye, Peter Hutterer, Peter Jones, Philip Sequeira, Philip
2331 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Radostin Stoyanov, Ricardo Salveti de Araujo,
2332 Ronny Chevalier, Rosen Penev, Rubén Suárez Alvarez, Ryan Gonzalez,
2333 Salvo Tomaselli, Sebastian Reichel, Sergey Ptashnick, Sergio Lindo
2334 Mansilla, Stefan Schweter, Stephen Hemminger, Stuart Hayes, Susant
2335 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel,
2336 Tomasz Torcz, Vito Caputo, Will Dietz, Will Thompson, Wim van Mourik,
2337 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2339 — Berlin, 2018-06-22
2343 * The MemoryAccounting= unit property now defaults to on. After
2344 discussions with the upstream control group maintainers we learnt
2345 that the negative impact of cgroup memory accounting on current
2346 kernels is finally relatively minimal, so that it should be safe to
2347 enable this by default without affecting system performance. Besides
2348 memory accounting only task accounting is turned on by default, all
2349 other forms of resource accounting (CPU, IO, IP) remain off for now,
2350 because it's not clear yet that their impact is small enough to move
2351 from opt-in to opt-out. We recommend downstreams to leave memory
2352 accounting on by default if kernel 4.14 or higher is primarily
2353 used. On very resource constrained systems or when support for old
2354 kernels is a necessity, -Dmemory-accounting-default=false can be used
2355 to revert this change.
2357 * rpm scriptlets to update the udev hwdb and rules (%udev_hwdb_update,
2358 %udev_rules_update) and the journal catalog (%journal_catalog_update)
2359 from the upgrade scriptlets of individual packages now do nothing.
2360 Transfiletriggers have been added which will perform those updates
2361 once at the end of the transaction.
2363 Similar transfiletriggers have been added to execute any sysctl.d
2364 and binfmt.d rules. Thus, it should be unnecessary to provide any
2365 scriptlets to execute this configuration from package installation
2368 * systemd-sysusers gained a mode where the configuration to execute is
2369 specified on the command line, but this configuration is not executed
2370 directly, but instead it is merged with the configuration on disk,
2371 and the result is executed. This is useful for package installation
2372 scripts which want to create the user before installing any files on
2373 disk (in case some of those files are owned by that user), while
2374 still allowing local admin overrides.
2376 This functionality is exposed to rpm scriptlets through a new
2377 %sysusers_create_package macro. Old %sysusers_create and
2378 %sysusers_create_inline macros are deprecated.
2380 A transfiletrigger for sysusers.d configuration is now installed,
2381 which means that it should be unnecessary to call systemd-sysusers from
2382 package installation scripts, unless the package installs any files
2383 owned by those newly-created users, in which case
2384 %sysusers_create_package should be used.
2386 * Analogous change has been done for systemd-tmpfiles: it gained a mode
2387 where the command-line configuration is merged with the configuration
2388 on disk. This is exposed as the new %tmpfiles_create_package macro,
2389 and %tmpfiles_create is deprecated. A transfiletrigger is installed
2390 for tmpfiles.d, hence it should be unnecessary to call systemd-tmpfiles
2391 from package installation scripts.
2393 * sysusers.d configuration for a user may now also specify the group
2394 number, in addition to the user number ("u username 123:456"), or
2395 without the user number ("u username -:456").
2397 * Configution items for systemd-sysusers can now be specified as
2398 positional arguments when the new --inline switch is used.
2400 * The login shell of users created through sysusers.d may now be
2401 specified (previously, it was always /bin/sh for root and
2402 /sbin/nologin for other users).
2404 * systemd-analyze gained a new --global switch to look at global user
2405 configuration. It also gained a unit-paths verb to list the unit load
2406 paths that are compiled into systemd (which can be used with
2407 --systemd, --user, or --global).
2409 * udevadm trigger gained a new --settle/-w option to wait for any
2410 triggered events to finish (but just those, and not any other events
2411 which are triggered meanwhile).
2413 * The action that systemd-logind takes when the lid is closed and the
2414 machine is connected to external power can now be configured using
2415 HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= in logind.conf. Previously, this action
2416 was determined by HandleLidSwitch=, and, for backwards compatibility,
2417 is still is, if HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= is not explicitly set.
2419 * journalctl will periodically call sd_journal_process() to make it
2420 resilient against inotify queue overruns when journal files are
2421 rotated very quickly.
2423 * Two new functions in libsystemd — sd_bus_get_n_queued_read and
2424 sd_bus_get_n_queued_write — may be used to check the number of
2425 pending bus messages.
2427 * systemd gained a new
2428 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Manager.AttachProcessesToUnit dbus call
2429 which can be used to migrate foreign processes to scope and service
2430 units. The primary user for this new API is systemd itself: the
2431 systemd --user instance uses this call of the systemd --system
2432 instance to migrate processes if it itself gets the request to
2433 migrate processes and the kernel refuses this due to access
2434 restrictions. Thanks to this "systemd-run --scope --user …" works
2435 again in pure cgroup v2 environments when invoked from the user
2438 * A new TemporaryFileSystem= setting can be used to mask out part of
2439 the real file system tree with tmpfs mounts. This may be combined
2440 with BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths= to hide files or directories
2441 not relevant to the unit, while still allowing some paths lower in
2442 the tree to be accessed.
2444 ProtectHome=tmpfs may now be used to hide user home and runtime
2445 directories from units, in a way that is mostly equivalent to
2446 "TemporaryFileSystem=/home /run/user /root".
2448 * Non-service units are now started with KeyringMode=shared by default.
2449 This means that mount and swapon and other mount tools have access
2450 to keys in the main keyring.
2452 * /sys/fs/bpf is now mounted automatically.
2454 * QNX virtualization is now detected by systemd-detect-virt and may
2455 be used in ConditionVirtualization=.
2457 * IPAccounting= may now be enabled also for slice units.
2459 * A new -Dsplit-bin= build configuration switch may be used to specify
2460 whether bin and sbin directories are merged, or if they should be
2461 included separately in $PATH and various listings of executable
2462 directories. The build configuration scripts will try to autodetect
2463 the proper values of -Dsplit-usr= and -Dsplit-bin= based on build
2464 system, but distributions are encouraged to configure this
2467 * A new -Dok-color= build configuration switch may be used to change
2468 the colour of "OK" status messages.
2470 * UPGRADE ISSUE: serialization of units using JoinsNamespaceOf= with
2471 PrivateNetwork=yes was buggy in previous versions of systemd. This
2472 means that after the upgrade and daemon-reexec, any such units must
2475 * INCOMPATIBILITY: as announced in the NEWS for 237, systemd-tmpfiles
2476 will not exclude read-only files owned by root from cleanup.
2478 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alexander F Rødseth, Alexis Jeandet,
2479 Andika Triwidada, Andrei Gherzan, Ansgar Burchardt, antizealot1337,
2480 Batuhan Osman Taşkaya, Beniamino Galvani, Bill Yodlowsky, Caio Marcelo
2481 de Oliveira Filho, CuBiC, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mouritzen, Daniel
2482 Rusek, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John Ledkov, Douglas Christman, Evgeny
2483 Vereshchagin, Faalagorn, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib,
2484 Giacomo Longo, Gunnar Hjalmarsson, Hans de Goede, Hermann Gausterer,
2485 Iago López Galeiras, Jakub Filak, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
2486 Javier Martinez Canillas, Jérémy Rosen, Lennart Poettering, Lucas
2487 Werkmeister, Mao Huang, Marco Gulino, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt,
2488 MilhouseVH, Neal Gompa (ニール・ゴンパ), Oleander Reis, Olof Mogren,
2489 Patrick Uiterwijk, Peter Hutterer, Peter Portante, Piotr Drąg, Robert
2490 Antoni Buj Gelonch, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
2491 Fowler, SjonHortensius, snorreflorre, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
2492 Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Vito Caputo, Yu Watanabe,
2493 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић (Marko M. Kostić)
2495 — Warsaw, 2018-03-05
2499 * Some keyboards come with a zoom see-saw or rocker which until now got
2500 mapped to the Linux "zoomin/out" keys in hwdb. However, these
2501 keycodes are not recognized by any major desktop. They now produce
2502 Up/Down key events so that they can be used for scrolling.
2504 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-tmpfiles' "f" lines changed behaviour
2505 slightly: previously, if an argument was specified for lines of this
2506 type (i.e. the right-most column was set) this string was appended to
2507 existing files each time systemd-tmpfiles was run. This behaviour was
2508 different from what the documentation said, and not particularly
2509 useful, as repeated systemd-tmpfiles invocations would not be
2510 idempotent and grow such files without bounds. With this release
2511 behaviour has been altered to match what the documentation says:
2512 lines of this type only have an effect if the indicated files don't
2513 exist yet, and only then the argument string is written to the file.
2515 * FUTURE INCOMPATIBILITY: In systemd v238 we intend to slightly change
2516 systemd-tmpfiles behaviour: previously, read-only files owned by root
2517 were always excluded from the file "aging" algorithm (i.e. the
2518 automatic clean-up of directories like /tmp based on
2519 atime/mtime/ctime). We intend to drop this restriction, and age files
2520 by default even when owned by root and read-only. This behaviour was
2521 inherited from older tools, but there have been requests to remove
2522 it, and it's not obvious why this restriction was made in the first
2523 place. Please speak up now, if you are aware of software that reqires
2524 this behaviour, otherwise we'll remove the restriction in v238.
2526 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_OFFLINE is now understood by
2527 systemctl. It takes a boolean argument. If on, systemctl assumes it
2528 operates on an "offline" OS tree, and will not attempt to talk to the
2529 service manager. Previously, this mode was implicitly enabled if a
2530 chroot() environment was detected, and this new environment variable
2531 now provides explicit control.
2533 * .path and .socket units may now be created transiently, too.
2534 Previously only service, mount, automount and timer units were
2535 supported as transient units. The systemd-run tool has been updated
2536 to expose this new functionality, you may hence use it now to bind
2537 arbitrary commands to path or socket activation on-the-fly from the
2538 command line. Moreover, almost all properties are now exposed for the
2539 unit types that already supported transient operation.
2541 * The systemd-mount command gained support for a new --owner= parameter
2542 which takes a user name, which is then resolved and included in uid=
2543 and gid= mount options string of the file system to mount.
2545 * A new unit condition ConditionControlGroupController= has been added
2546 that checks whether a specific cgroup controller is available.
2548 * Unit files, udev's .link files, and systemd-networkd's .netdev and
2549 .network files all gained support for a new condition
2550 ConditionKernelVersion= for checking against specific kernel
2553 * In systemd-networkd, the [IPVLAN] section in .netdev files gained
2554 support for configuring device flags in the Flags= setting. In the
2555 same files, the [Tunnel] section gained support for configuring
2556 AllowLocalRemote=. The [Route] section in .network files gained
2557 support for configuring InitialCongestionWindow=,
2558 InitialAdvertisedReceiveWindow= and QuickAck=. The [DHCP] section now
2559 understands RapidCommit=.
2561 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv6 support gained support for Prefix
2564 * sd-bus gained support for a new "watch-bind" feature. When this
2565 feature is enabled, an sd_bus connection may be set up to connect to
2566 an AF_UNIX socket in the file system as soon as it is created. This
2567 functionality is useful for writing early-boot services that
2568 automatically connect to the system bus as soon as it is started,
2569 without ugly time-based polling. systemd-networkd and
2570 systemd-resolved have been updated to make use of this
2571 functionality. busctl exposes this functionality in a new
2572 --watch-bind= command line switch.
2574 * sd-bus will now optionally synthesize a local "Connected" signal as
2575 soon as a D-Bus connection is set up fully. This message mirrors the
2576 already existing "Disconnected" signal which is synthesized when the
2577 connection is terminated. This signal is generally useful but
2578 particularly handy in combination with the "watch-bind" feature
2579 described above. Synthesizing of this message has to be requested
2580 explicitly through the new API call sd_bus_set_connected_signal(). In
2581 addition a new call sd_bus_is_ready() has been added that checks
2582 whether a connection is fully set up (i.e. between the "Connected" and
2583 "Disconnected" signals).
2585 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_request_name_async() and
2586 sd_bus_release_name_async() for asynchronously registering bus
2587 names. Similar, there is now sd_bus_add_match_async() for installing
2588 a signal match asynchronously. All of systemd's own services have
2589 been updated to make use of these calls. Doing these operations
2590 asynchronously has two benefits: it reduces the risk of deadlocks in
2591 case of cyclic dependencies between bus services, and it speeds up
2592 service initialization since synchronization points for bus
2593 round-trips are removed.
2595 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_match_signal() and
2596 sd_bus_match_signal_async(), which are similar to sd_bus_add_match()
2597 and sd_bus_add_match_async() but instead of taking a D-Bus match
2598 string take match fields as normal function parameters.
2600 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_set_sender() and
2601 sd_bus_message_set_sender() for setting the sender name of outgoing
2602 messages (either for all outgoing messages or for just one specific
2603 one). These calls are only useful in direct connections as on
2604 brokered connections the broker fills in the sender anyway,
2605 overwriting whatever the client filled in.
2607 * sd-event gained a new pseudo-handle that may be specified on all API
2608 calls where an "sd_event*" object is expected: SD_EVENT_DEFAULT. When
2609 used this refers to the default event loop object of the calling
2610 thread. Note however that this does not implicitly allocate one —
2611 which has to be done prior by using sd_event_default(). Similarly
2612 sd-bus gained three new pseudo-handles SD_BUS_DEFAULT,
2613 SD_BUS_DEFAULT_USER, SD_BUS_DEFAULT_SYSTEM that may be used to refer
2614 to the default bus of the specified type of the calling thread. Here
2615 too this does not implicitly allocate bus connection objects, this
2616 has to be done prior with sd_bus_default() and friends.
2618 * sd-event gained a new call pair
2619 sd_event_source_{get|set}_io_fd_own(). This may be used to request
2620 automatic closure of the file descriptor an IO event source watches
2621 when the event source is destroyed.
2623 * systemd-networkd gained support for natively configuring WireGuard
2626 * In previous versions systemd synthesized user records both for the
2627 "nobody" (UID 65534) and "root" (UID 0) users in nss-systemd and
2628 internally. In order to simplify distribution-wide renames of the
2629 "nobody" user (like it is planned in Fedora: nfsnobody → nobody), a
2630 new transitional flag file has been added: if
2631 /etc/systemd/dont-synthesize-nobody exists synthesizing of the 65534
2632 user and group record within the systemd codebase is disabled.
2634 * systemd-notify gained a new --uid= option for selecting the source
2635 user/UID to use for notification messages sent to the service
2638 * journalctl gained a new --grep= option to list only entries in which
2639 the message matches a certain pattern. By default matching is case
2640 insensitive if the pattern is lowercase, and case sensitive
2641 otherwise. Option --case-sensitive=yes|no can be used to override
2642 this an specify case sensitivity or case insensitivity.
2644 * There's now a "systemd-analyze service-watchdogs" command for printing
2645 the current state of the service runtime watchdog, and optionally
2646 enabling or disabling the per-service watchdogs system-wide if given a
2647 boolean argument (i.e. the concept you configure in WatchdogSec=), for
2648 debugging purposes. There's also a kernel command line option
2649 systemd.service_watchdogs= for controlling the same.
2651 * Two new "log-level" and "log-target" options for systemd-analyze were
2652 added that merge the now deprecated get-log-level, set-log-level and
2653 get-log-target, set-log-target pairs. The deprecated options are still
2654 understood for backwards compatibility. The two new options print the
2655 current value when no arguments are given, and set them when a
2656 level/target is given as an argument.
2658 * sysusers.d's "u" lines now optionally accept both a UID and a GID
2659 specification, separated by a ":" character, in order to create users
2660 where UID and GID do not match.
2662 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alexander Kuleshov,
2663 Alexis Deruelle, Andrew Jeddeloh, Armin Widegreen, Batuhan Osman
2664 Taşkaya, Björn Esser, bleep_blop, Bruce A. Johnson, Chris Down, Clinton
2665 Roy, Colin Walters, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov,
2666 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Ewout van Mansom, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
2667 Frantisek Sumsal, George Gaydarov, Gianluca Boiano, Hans-Christian
2668 Noren Egtvedt, Hans de Goede, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jan Alexander
2669 Steffens, Jan Klötzke, Jason A. Donenfeld, jdkbx, Jérémy Rosen,
2670 Jerónimo Borque, John Lin, John Paul Herold, Jonathan Rudenberg, Jörg
2671 Thalheim, Ken (Bitsko) MacLeod, Larry Bernstone, Lennart Poettering,
2672 Lucas Werkmeister, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Marek Čermák, Martin Pitt,
2673 Mathieu Malaterre, Matthew Thode, Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Harmathy,
2674 Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michał
2675 Szczepański, Mike Gilbert, Nathaniel McCallum, Nicolas Chauvet, Olaf
2676 Hering, Olivier Schwander, Patrik Flykt, Paul Cercueil, Peter Hutterer,
2677 Piotr Drąg, Raphael Vogelgsang, Reverend Homer, Robert Kolchmeyer,
2678 Samuel Dionne-Riel, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Susant Sahani,
2679 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Thomas Huth, Tomasz
2680 Bachorski, Vladislav Vishnyakov, Wieland Hoffmann, Yu Watanabe, Zachary
2681 Winnerman, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан Георгиевски, Дилян
2688 * The modprobe.d/ drop-in for the bonding.ko kernel module introduced
2689 in v235 has been extended to also set the dummy.ko module option
2690 numdummies=0, preventing the kernel from automatically creating
2691 dummy0. All dummy interfaces must now be explicitly created.
2693 * Unknown '%' specifiers in configuration files are now rejected. This
2694 applies to units and tmpfiles.d configuration. Any percent characters
2695 that are followed by a letter or digit that are not supposed to be
2696 interpreted as the beginning of a specifier should be escaped by
2697 doubling ("%%"). (So "size=5%" is still accepted, as well as
2698 "size=5%,foo=bar", but not "LABEL=x%y%z" since %y and %z are not
2699 valid specifiers today.)
2701 * systemd-resolved now maintains a new dynamic
2702 /run/systemd/resolve/stub-resolv.conf compatibility file. It is
2703 recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to it. This file
2704 points at the systemd-resolved stub DNS 127.0.0.53 resolver and
2705 includes dynamically acquired search domains, achieving more correct
2706 DNS resolution by software that bypasses local DNS APIs such as NSS.
2708 * The "uaccess" udev tag has been dropped from /dev/kvm and
2709 /dev/dri/renderD*. These devices now have the 0666 permissions by
2710 default (but this may be changed at build-time). /dev/dri/renderD*
2711 will now be owned by the "render" group along with /dev/kfd.
2713 * "DynamicUser=yes" has been enabled for systemd-timesyncd.service,
2714 systemd-journal-gatewayd.service and
2715 systemd-journal-upload.service. This means "nss-systemd" must be
2716 enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf to ensure the UIDs assigned to these
2717 services are resolved properly.
2719 * In /etc/fstab two new mount options are now understood:
2720 x-systemd.makefs and x-systemd.growfs. The former has the effect that
2721 the configured file system is formatted before it is mounted, the
2722 latter that the file system is resized to the full block device size
2723 after it is mounted (i.e. if the file system is smaller than the
2724 partition it resides on, it's grown). This is similar to the fsck
2725 logic in /etc/fstab, and pulls in systemd-makefs@.service and
2726 systemd-growfs@.service as necessary, similar to
2727 systemd-fsck@.service. Resizing is currently only supported on ext4
2730 * In systemd-networkd, the IPv6 RA logic now optionally may announce
2731 DNS server and domain information.
2733 * Support for the LUKS2 on-disk format for encrypted partitions has
2734 been added. This requires libcryptsetup2 during compilation and
2737 * The systemd --user instance will now signal "readiness" when its
2738 basic.target unit has been reached, instead of when the run queue ran
2739 empty for the first time.
2741 * Tmpfiles.d with user configuration are now also supported.
2742 systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --user switch, and snippets placed in
2743 ~/.config/user-tmpfiles.d/ and corresponding directories will be
2744 executed by systemd-tmpfiles --user running in the new
2745 systemd-tmpfiles-setup.service and systemd-tmpfiles-clean.service
2746 running in the user session.
2748 * Unit files and tmpfiles.d snippets learnt three new % specifiers:
2749 %S resolves to the top-level state directory (/var/lib for the system
2750 instance, $XDG_CONFIG_HOME for the user instance), %C resolves to the
2751 top-level cache directory (/var/cache for the system instance,
2752 $XDG_CACHE_HOME for the user instance), %L resolves to the top-level
2753 logs directory (/var/log for the system instance,
2754 $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/log/ for the user instance). This matches the
2755 existing %t specifier, that resolves to the top-level runtime
2756 directory (/run for the system instance, and $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR for the
2759 * journalctl learnt a new parameter --output-fields= for limiting the
2760 set of journal fields to output in verbose and JSON output modes.
2762 * systemd-timesyncd's configuration file gained a new option
2763 RootDistanceMaxSec= for setting the maximum root distance of servers
2764 it'll use, as well as the new options PollIntervalMinSec= and
2765 PollIntervalMaxSec= to tweak the minimum and maximum poll interval.
2767 * bootctl gained a new command "list" for listing all available boot
2768 menu items on systems that follow the boot loader specification.
2770 * systemctl gained a new --dry-run switch that shows what would be done
2771 instead of doing it, and is currently supported by the shutdown and
2774 * ConditionSecurity= can now detect the TOMOYO security module.
2776 * Unit file [Install] sections are now also respected in unit drop-in
2777 files. This is intended to be used by drop-ins under /usr/lib/.
2779 * systemd-firstboot may now also set the initial keyboard mapping.
2781 * Udev "changed" events for devices which are exposed as systemd
2782 .device units are now propagated to units specified in
2783 ReloadPropagatedFrom= as reload requests.
2785 * If a udev device has a SYSTEMD_WANTS= property containing a systemd
2786 unit template name (i.e. a name in the form of 'foobar@.service',
2787 without the instance component between the '@' and - the '.'), then
2788 the escaped sysfs path of the device is automatically used as the
2791 * SystemCallFilter= in unit files has been extended so that an "errno"
2792 can be specified individually for each system call. Example:
2793 SystemCallFilter=~uname:EILSEQ.
2795 * The cgroup delegation logic has been substantially updated. Delegate=
2796 now optionally takes a list of controllers (instead of a boolean, as
2797 before), which lists the controllers to delegate at least.
2799 * The networkd DHCPv6 client now implements the FQDN option (RFC 4704).
2801 * A new LogLevelMax= setting configures the maximum log level any
2802 process of the service may log at (i.e. anything with a lesser
2803 priority than what is specified is automatically dropped). A new
2804 LogExtraFields= setting allows configuration of additional journal
2805 fields to attach to all log records generated by any of the unit's
2808 * New StandardInputData= and StandardInputText= settings along with the
2809 new option StandardInput=data may be used to configure textual or
2810 binary data that shall be passed to the executed service process via
2811 standard input, encoded in-line in the unit file.
2813 * StandardInput=, StandardOutput= and StandardError= may now be used to
2814 connect stdin/stdout/stderr of executed processes directly with a
2815 file or AF_UNIX socket in the file system, using the new "file:" option.
2817 * A new unit file option CollectMode= has been added, that allows
2818 tweaking the garbage collection logic for units. It may be used to
2819 tell systemd to garbage collect units that have failed automatically
2820 (normally it only GCs units that exited successfully). systemd-run
2821 and systemd-mount expose this new functionality with a new -G option.
2823 * "machinectl bind" may now be used to bind mount non-directories
2824 (i.e. regularfiles, devices, fifos, sockets).
2826 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "calendar" for validating and
2827 testing calendar time specifications to use for OnCalendar= in timer
2828 units. Besides validating the expression it will calculate the next
2829 time the specified expression would elapse.
2831 * In addition to the pre-existing FailureAction= unit file setting
2832 there's now SuccessAction=, for configuring a shutdown action to
2833 execute when a unit completes successfully. This is useful in
2834 particular inside containers that shall terminate after some workload
2835 has been completed. Also, both options are now supported for all unit
2836 types, not just services.
2838 * networkds's IP rule support gained two new options
2839 IncomingInterface= and OutgoingInterface= for configuring the incoming
2840 and outgoing interfaces of configured rules. systemd-networkd also
2841 gained support for "vxcan" network devices.
2843 * networkd gained a new setting RequiredForOnline=, taking a
2844 boolean. If set, systemd-wait-online will take it into consideration
2845 when determining that the system is up, otherwise it will ignore the
2846 interface for this purpose.
2848 * The sd_notify() protocol gained support for a new operation: with
2849 FDSTOREREMOVE=1 file descriptors may be removed from the per-service
2850 store again, ahead of POLLHUP or POLLERR when they are removed
2853 * A new document doc/UIDS-GIDS.md has been added to the source tree,
2854 that documents the UID/GID range and assignment assumptions and
2855 requirements of systemd.
2857 * The watchdog device PID 1 will ping may now be configured through the
2858 WatchdogDevice= configuration file setting, or by setting the
2859 systemd.watchdog_service= kernel commandline option.
2861 * systemd-resolved's gained support for registering DNS-SD services on
2862 the local network using MulticastDNS. Services may either be
2863 registered by dropping in a .dnssd file in /etc/systemd/dnssd/ (or
2864 the same dir below /run, /usr/lib), or through its D-Bus API.
2866 * The sd_notify() protocol can now with EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC=microsecond
2867 extend the effective start, runtime, and stop time. The service must
2868 continue to send EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC within the period specified to
2869 prevent the service manager from making the service as timedout.
2871 * systemd-resolved's DNSSEC support gained support for RFC 8080
2872 (Ed25519 keys and signatures).
2874 * The systemd-resolve command line tool gained a new set of options
2875 --set-dns=, --set-domain=, --set-llmnr=, --set-mdns=, --set-dnssec=,
2876 --set-nta= and --revert to configure per-interface DNS configuration
2877 dynamically during runtime. It's useful for pushing DNS information
2878 into systemd-resolved from DNS hook scripts that various interface
2879 managing software supports (such as pppd).
2881 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-namespace-path= command line
2882 option, which may be used to make a container join an existing
2883 network namespace, by specifying a path to a "netns" file.
2885 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alan Robertson, Alessandro Ghedini,
2886 Andrew Jeddeloh, Antonio Rojas, Ari, asavah, bleep_blop, Carsten
2887 Strotmann, Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Clinton Roy, Collin
2888 Eggert, Cong Wang, Daniel Black, Daniel Lockyer, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri
2889 John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Edward A. James, Evgeny
2890 Vereshchagin, Florian Klink, Franck Bui, Gwendal Grignou, Hans de
2891 Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ikey Doherty,
2892 Jakub Wilk, Jérémy Rosen, Jiahui Xie, John Lin, José Bollo, Josef
2893 Andersson, juga0, Krzysztof Nowicki, Kyle Walker, Lars Karlitski, Lars
2894 Kellogg-Stedman, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel,
2895 Luca Bruno, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Lukáš Říha, Lukasz
2896 Rubaszewski, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcus Folkesson,
2897 Martin Steuer, Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matija Skala,
2898 Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal
2899 Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, Neil Brown, Olaf
2900 Hering, Ondrej Kozina, Patrik Flykt, Patryk Kocielnik, Peter Hutterer,
2901 Piotr Drąg, Razvan Cojocaru, Robin McCorkell, Roland Hieber, Saran
2902 Tunyasuvunakool, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
2903 Arlott, Simon Peeters, Stanislav Angelovič, Stefan Agner, Susant
2904 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Tiago Salem
2905 Herrmann, Tinu Weber, Tom Stellard, Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich,
2906 Vito Caputo, Vladislav Vishnyakov, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
2907 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
2909 — Berlin, 2017-12-14
2913 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-logind.service and other long-running
2914 services now run inside an IPv4/IPv6 sandbox, prohibiting them any IP
2915 communication with the outside. This generally improves security of
2916 the system, and is in almost all cases a safe and good choice, as
2917 these services do not and should not provide any network-facing
2918 functionality. However, systemd-logind uses the glibc NSS API to
2919 query the user database. This creates problems on systems where NSS
2920 is set up to directly consult network services for user database
2921 lookups. In particular, this creates incompatibilities with the
2922 "nss-nis" module, which attempts to directly contact the NIS/YP
2923 network servers it is configured for, and will now consistently
2924 fail. In such cases, it is possible to turn off IP sandboxing for
2925 systemd-logind.service (set IPAddressDeny= in its [Service] section
2926 to the empty string, via a .d/ unit file drop-in). Downstream
2927 distributions might want to update their nss-nis packaging to include
2928 such a drop-in snippet, accordingly, to hide this incompatibility
2929 from the user. Another option is to make use of glibc's nscd service
2930 to proxy such network requests through a privilege-separated, minimal
2931 local caching daemon, or to switch to more modern technologies such
2932 sssd, whose NSS hook-ups generally do not involve direct network
2933 access. In general, we think it's definitely time to question the
2934 implementation choices of nss-nis, i.e. whether it's a good idea
2935 today to embed a network-facing loadable module into all local
2936 processes that need to query the user database, including the most
2937 trivial and benign ones, such as "ls". For more details about
2938 IPAddressDeny= see below.
2940 * A new modprobe.d drop-in is now shipped by default that sets the
2941 bonding module option max_bonds=0. This overrides the kernel default,
2942 to avoid conflicts and ambiguity as to whether or not bond0 should be
2943 managed by systemd-networkd or not. This resolves multiple issues
2944 with bond0 properties not being applied, when bond0 is configured
2945 with systemd-networkd. Distributors may choose to not package this,
2946 however in that case users will be prevented from correctly managing
2947 bond0 interface using systemd-networkd.
2949 * systemd-analyze gained new verbs "get-log-level" and "get-log-target"
2950 which print the logging level and target of the system manager. They
2951 complement the existing "set-log-level" and "set-log-target" verbs
2952 used to change those values.
2954 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting ReadKMsg= which defaults
2955 to on. If turned off kernel log messages will not be read by
2956 systemd-journald or included in the logs. It also gained a new
2957 setting LineMax= for configuring the maximum line length in
2958 STDOUT/STDERR log streams. The new default for this value is 48K, up
2959 from the previous hardcoded 2048.
2961 * A new unit setting RuntimeDirectoryPreserve= has been added, which
2962 allows more detailed control of what to do with a runtime directory
2963 configured with RuntimeDirectory= (i.e. a directory below /run or
2964 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR) after a unit is stopped.
2966 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting for units gained support for creating
2967 deeper subdirectories below /run or $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR, instead of just
2968 one top-level directory.
2970 * Units gained new options StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
2971 LogsDirectory= and ConfigurationDirectory= which are closely related
2972 to RuntimeDirectory= but manage per-service directories below
2973 /var/lib, /var/cache, /var/log and /etc. By making use of them it is
2974 possible to write unit files which when activated automatically gain
2975 properly owned service specific directories in these locations, thus
2976 making unit files self-contained and increasing compatibility with
2977 stateless systems and factory reset where /etc or /var are
2978 unpopulated at boot. Matching these new settings there's also
2979 StateDirectoryMode=, CacheDirectoryMode=, LogsDirectoryMode=,
2980 ConfigurationDirectoryMode= for configuring the access mode of these
2981 directories. These settings are particularly useful in combination
2982 with DynamicUser=yes as they provide secure, properly-owned,
2983 writable, and stateful locations for storage, excluded from the
2984 sandbox that such services live in otherwise.
2986 * Automake support has been removed from this release. systemd is now
2989 * systemd-journald will now aggressively cache client metadata during
2990 runtime, speeding up log write performance under pressure. This comes
2991 at a small price though: as much of the metadata is read
2992 asynchronously from /proc/ (and isn't implicitly attached to log
2993 datagrams by the kernel, like UID/GID/PID/SELinux are) this means the
2994 metadata stored alongside a log entry might be slightly
2995 out-of-date. Previously it could only be slightly newer than the log
2996 message. The time window is small however, and given that the kernel
2997 is unlikely to be improved anytime soon in this regard, this appears
3000 * nss-myhostname/systemd-resolved will now by default synthesize an
3001 A/AAAA resource record for the "_gateway" hostname, pointing to the
3002 current default IP gateway. Previously it did that for the "gateway"
3003 name, hampering adoption, as some distributions wanted to leave that
3004 host name open for local use. The old behaviour may still be
3005 requested at build time.
3007 * systemd-networkd's [Address] section in .network files gained a new
3008 Scope= setting for configuring the IP address scope. The [Network]
3009 section gained a new boolean setting ConfigureWithoutCarrier= that
3010 tells systemd-networkd to ignore link sensing when configuring the
3011 device. The [DHCP] section gained a new Anonymize= boolean option for
3012 turning on a number of options suggested in RFC 7844. A new
3013 [RoutingPolicyRule] section has been added for configuring the IP
3014 routing policy. The [Route] section has gained support for a new
3015 Type= setting which permits configuring
3016 blackhole/unreachable/prohibit routes.
3018 * The [VRF] section in .netdev files gained a new Table= setting for
3019 configuring the routing table to use. The [Tunnel] section gained a
3020 new Independent= boolean field for configuring tunnels independent of
3021 an underlying network interface. The [Bridge] section gained a new
3022 GroupForwardMask= option for configuration of propagation of link
3023 local frames between bridge ports.
3025 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files gained support for a number of
3026 new modes. A new TCP6SegmentationOffload= setting has been added for
3027 configuring TCP/IPv6 hardware segmentation offload.
3029 * The IPv6 RA sender implementation may now optionally send out RDNSS
3030 and RDNSSL records to supply DNS configuration to peers.
3032 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --system-call-filter= command
3033 line option for adding and removing entries in the default system
3034 call filter it applies. Moreover systemd-nspawn has been changed to
3035 implement a system call whitelist instead of a blacklist.
3037 * systemd-run gained support for a new --pipe command line option. If
3038 used the STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR file descriptors passed to systemd-run
3039 are directly passed on to the activated transient service
3040 executable. This allows invoking arbitrary processes as systemd
3041 services (for example to take benefit of dependency management,
3042 accounting management, resource management or log management that is
3043 done automatically for services) — while still allowing them to be
3044 integrated in a classic UNIX shell pipeline.
3046 * When a service sends RELOAD=1 via sd_notify() and reload propagation
3047 using ReloadPropagationTo= is configured, a reload is now propagated
3048 to configured units. (Previously this was only done on explicitly
3049 requested reloads, using "systemctl reload" or an equivalent
3052 * For each service unit a restart counter is now kept: it is increased
3053 each time the service is restarted due to Restart=, and may be
3054 queried using "systemctl show -p NRestarts …".
3056 * New system call filter groups @aio, @sync, @chown, @setuid, @memlock,
3057 @signal and @timer have been added, for usage with SystemCallFilter=
3058 in unit files and the new --system-call-filter= command line option
3059 of systemd-nspawn (see above).
3061 * ExecStart= lines in unit files gained two new modifiers: when a
3062 command line is prefixed with "!" the command will be executed as
3063 configured, except for the credentials applied by
3064 setuid()/setgid()/setgroups(). It is very similar to the pre-existing
3065 "+", but does still apply namespacing options unlike "+". There's
3066 also "!!" now, which is mostly identical, but becomes a NOP on
3067 systems that support ambient capabilities. This is useful to write
3068 unit files that work with ambient capabilities where possible but
3069 automatically fall back to traditional privilege dropping mechanisms
3070 on systems where this is not supported.
3072 * ListenNetlink= settings in socket units now support RDMA netlink
3075 * A new unit file setting LockPersonality= has been added which permits
3076 locking down the chosen execution domain ("personality") of a service
3079 * A new special target "getty-pre.target" has been added, which is
3080 ordered before all text logins, and may be used to order services
3081 before textual logins acquire access to the console.
3083 * systemd will now attempt to load the virtio-rng.ko kernel module very
3084 early on if a VM environment supporting this is detected. This should
3085 improve entropy during early boot in virtualized environments.
3087 * A _netdev option is now supported in /etc/crypttab that operates in a
3088 similar way as the same option in /etc/fstab: it permits configuring
3089 encrypted devices that need to be ordered after the network is up.
3090 Following this logic, two new special targets
3091 remote-cryptsetup-pre.target and remote-cryptsetup.target have been
3092 added that are to cryptsetup.target what remote-fs.target and
3093 remote-fs-pre.target are to local-fs.target.
3095 * Service units gained a new UnsetEnvironment= setting which permits
3096 unsetting specific environment variables for services that are
3097 normally passed to it (for example in order to mask out locale
3098 settings for specific services that can't deal with it).
3100 * Units acquired a new boolean option IPAccounting=. When turned on, IP
3101 traffic accounting (packet count as well as byte count) is done for
3102 the service, and shown as part of "systemctl status" or "systemd-run
3105 * Service units acquired two new options IPAddressAllow= and
3106 IPAddressDeny=, taking a list of IPv4 or IPv6 addresses and masks,
3107 for configuring a simple IP access control list for all sockets of
3108 the unit. These options are available also on .slice and .socket
3109 units, permitting flexible access list configuration for individual
3110 services as well as groups of services (as defined by a slice unit),
3111 including system-wide. Note that IP ACLs configured this way are
3112 enforced on every single IPv4 and IPv6 socket created by any process
3113 of the service unit, and apply to ingress as well as egress traffic.
3115 * If CPUAccounting= or IPAccounting= is turned on for a unit a new
3116 structured log message is generated each time the unit is stopped,
3117 containing information about the consumed resources of this
3120 * A new setting KeyringMode= has been added to unit files, which may be
3121 used to control how the kernel keyring is set up for executed
3124 * "systemctl poweroff", "systemctl reboot", "systemctl halt",
3125 "systemctl kexec" and "systemctl exit" are now always asynchronous in
3126 behaviour (that is: these commands return immediately after the
3127 operation was enqueued instead of waiting for the operation to
3128 complete). Previously, "systemctl poweroff" and "systemctl reboot"
3129 were asynchronous on systems using systemd-logind (i.e. almost
3130 always, and like they were on sysvinit), and the other three commands
3131 were unconditionally synchronous. With this release this is cleaned
3132 up, and callers will see the same asynchronous behaviour on all
3133 systems for all five operations.
3135 * systemd-logind gained new Halt() and CanHalt() bus calls for halting
3138 * .timer units now accept calendar specifications in other timezones
3139 than UTC or the local timezone.
3141 * The tmpfiles snippet var.conf has been changed to create
3142 /var/log/btmp with access mode 0660 instead of 0600. It was owned by
3143 the "utmp" group already, and it appears to be generally understood
3144 that members of "utmp" can modify/flush the utmp/wtmp/lastlog/btmp
3145 databases. Previously this was implemented correctly for all these
3146 databases excepts btmp, which has been opened up like this now
3147 too. Note that while the other databases are world-readable
3148 (i.e. 0644), btmp is not and remains more restrictive.
3150 * The systemd-resolve tool gained a new --reset-server-features
3151 switch. When invoked like this systemd-resolved will forget
3152 everything it learnt about the features supported by the configured
3153 upstream DNS servers, and restarts the feature probing logic on the
3154 next resolver look-up for them at the highest feature level
3157 * The status dump systemd-resolved sends to the logs upon receiving
3158 SIGUSR1 now also includes information about all DNS servers it is
3159 configured to use, and the features levels it probed for them.
3161 Contributions from: Abdó Roig-Maranges, Alan Jenkins, Alexander
3162 Kuleshov, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Andrew Soutar, Ansgar
3163 Burchardt, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Charles
3164 Huber, Christian Hesse, Daniel Berrange, Daniel Kahn Gillmor, Daniel
3165 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Șerbănescu, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John
3166 Ledkov, Diogo Pereira, Djalal Harouni, Dmitriy Geels, Dmitry Torokhov,
3167 ettavolt, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabio Kung, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
3168 Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Insun Pyo, Ivan Kurnosov, Ivan Shapovalov,
3169 Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Gunthorpe, Jeremy Bicha, Jérémy Rosen,
3170 John Lin, jonasBoss, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathan Teh, Jon Ringle, Jörg
3171 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, juga0, Justin Capella, Justin Michaud,
3172 Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Luca Bruno, Lucas
3173 Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Marcel Hollerbach, Marcus Lundblad, Martin
3174 Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Grzeschik, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert,
3175 Neil Brown, Nicolas Iooss, Patrik Flykt, pEJipE, Piotr Drąg, Russell
3176 Stuart, S. Fan, Shengyao Xue, Stefan Pietsch, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo,
3177 Thomas Miller, Thomas Sailer, Tobias Hunger, Tomasz Pala, Tom
3178 Gundersen, Tommi Rantala, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, userwithuid,
3179 Vasilis Liaskovitis, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, William Douglas, Xiang
3180 Fan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3182 — Berlin, 2017-10-06
3186 * Meson is now supported as build system in addition to Automake. It is
3187 our plan to remove Automake in one of our next releases, so that
3188 Meson becomes our exclusive build system. Hence, please start using
3189 the Meson build system in your downstream packaging. There's plenty
3190 of documentation around how to use Meson, the extremely brief
3193 ./autogen.sh && ./configure && make && sudo make install
3197 meson build && ninja -C build && sudo ninja -C build install
3199 * Unit files gained support for a new JobRunningTimeoutUSec= setting,
3200 which permits configuring a timeout on the time a job is
3201 running. This is particularly useful for setting timeouts on jobs for
3204 * Unit files gained two new options ConditionUser= and ConditionGroup=
3205 for conditionalizing units based on the identity of the user/group
3206 running a systemd user instance.
3208 * systemd-networkd now understands a new FlowLabel= setting in the
3209 [VXLAN] section of .network files, as well as a Priority= in
3210 [Bridge], GVRP= + MVRP= + LooseBinding= + ReorderHeader= in [VLAN]
3211 and GatewayOnlink= + IPv6Preference= + Protocol= in [Route]. It also
3212 gained support for configuration of GENEVE links, and IPv6 address
3213 labels. The [Network] section gained the new IPv6ProxyNDP= setting.
3215 * .link files now understand a new Port= setting.
3217 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support gained support for DHCP option 119
3218 (domain search list).
3220 * systemd-networkd gained support for serving IPv6 address ranges using
3221 the Router Advertisement protocol. The new .network configuration
3222 section [IPv6Prefix] may be used to configure the ranges to
3223 serve. This is implemented based on a new, minimal, native server
3224 implementation of RA.
3226 * journalctl's --output= switch gained support for a new parameter
3227 "short-iso-precise" for a mode where timestamps are shown as precise
3230 * systemd-udevd's "net_id" builtin may now generate stable network
3231 interface names from IBM PowerVM VIO devices as well as ACPI platform
3234 * MulticastDNS support in systemd-resolved may now be explicitly
3235 enabled/disabled using the new MulticastDNS= configuration file
3238 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use libidn2 instead of the libidn
3239 for processing internationalized domain names. Support for libidn2
3240 should be considered experimental and should not be enabled by
3243 * "machinectl pull-tar" and related call may now do verification of
3244 downloaded images using SUSE-style .sha256 checksum files in addition
3245 to the already existing support for validating using Ubuntu-style
3248 * sd-bus gained support for a new sd_bus_message_appendv() call which
3249 is va_list equivalent of sd_bus_message_append().
3251 * sd-boot gained support for validating images using SHIM/MOK.
3253 * The SMACK code learnt support for "onlycap".
3255 * systemd-mount --umount is now much smarter in figuring out how to
3256 properly unmount a device given its mount or device path.
3258 * The code to call libnss_dns as a fallback from libnss_resolve when
3259 the communication with systemd-resolved fails was removed. This
3260 fallback was redundant and interfered with the [!UNAVAIL=return]
3261 suffix. See nss-resolve(8) for the recommended configuration.
3263 * systemd-logind may now be restarted without losing state. It stores
3264 the file descriptors for devices it manages in the system manager
3265 using the FDSTORE= mechanism. Please note that further changes in
3266 other components may be required to make use of this (for example
3267 Xorg has code to listen for stops of systemd-logind and terminate
3268 itself when logind is stopped or restarted, in order to avoid using
3269 stale file descriptors for graphical devices, which is now
3270 counterproductive and must be reverted in order for restarts of
3271 systemd-logind to be safe. See
3272 https://cgit.freedesktop.org/xorg/xserver/commit/?id=dc48bd653c7e101.)
3274 * All kernel-install plugins are called with the environment variable
3275 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID which is set to the machine ID given by
3276 /etc/machine-id. If the machine ID could not be determined,
3277 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID will be empty. Plugins should not put
3278 anything in the entry directory (passed as the second argument) if
3279 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID is empty. For backwards compatibility, a
3280 temporary directory is passed as the entry directory and removed
3281 after all the plugins exit.
3283 Contributions from: Adrian Heine né Lang, Aggelos Avgerinos, Alexander
3284 Kurtz, Alexandros Frantzis, Alexey Brodkin, Alex Lu, Amir Pakdel, Amir
3285 Yalon, Anchor Cat, Anthony Parsons, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Gilbert,
3286 Benjamin Robin, Boucman, Charles Plessy, Chris Chiu, Chris Lamb,
3287 Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Colin Walters, Daniel Drake,
3288 Danielle Church, Daniel Molkentin, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wang, Davide
3289 Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dax Kelson, Dimitri John
3290 Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, Dušan Kazik, Elias Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
3291 Federico Di Pierro, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang, Franck Bui, Gary
3292 Tierney, George McCollister, Giedrius Statkevičius, Hans de Goede,
3293 hecke, Hendrik Westerberg, Hristo Venev, Ian Wienand, Insun Pyo, Ivan
3294 Shapovalov, James Cowgill, James Hemsing, Janne Heß, Jan Synacek, Jason
3295 Reeder, João Paulo Rechi Vita, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jörg
3296 Thalheim, Josef Andersson, Josef Gajdusek, Julian Mehne, Kai Krakow,
3297 Krzysztof Jackiewicz, Lars Karlitski, Lennart Poettering, Lluís Gili,
3298 Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
3299 Marcin Bachry, Marcus Cooper, Mark Stosberg, Martin Pitt, Matija Skala,
3300 Matt Clarkson, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Greiner, Matthijs van Duin,
3301 Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michal
3302 Soltys, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Nate Clark, Nathaniel R. Lewis,
3303 Neil Brown, Nikolai Kondrashov, Pascal S. de Kloe, Pat Riehecky, Patrik
3304 Flykt, Paul Kocialkowski, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Piotr
3305 Szydełko, Rafael Fontenelle, Ray Strode, Richard Maw, Roelf Wichertjes,
3306 Ronny Chevalier, Sarang S. Dalal, Sjoerd Simons, slodki, Stefan
3307 Schweter, Susant Sahani, Ted Wood, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas
3308 H. P. Andersen, Timothée Ravier, Tobias Jungel, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom
3309 Gundersen, Tom Yan, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
3310 userwithuid, Vito Caputo, Waldemar Brodkorb, WaLyong Cho, Yu, Li-Yu,
3311 Yusuke Nojima, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан
3314 — Berlin, 2017-07-12
3318 * The "hybrid" control group mode has been modified to improve
3319 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1 setups. Specifically, the
3320 "hybrid" setup of /sys/fs/cgroup is now pretty much identical to
3321 "legacy" (including /sys/fs/cgroup/systemd as "name=systemd" named
3322 cgroups-v1 hierarchy), the only externally visible change being that
3323 the cgroups-v2 hierarchy is also mounted, to
3324 /sys/fs/cgroup/unified. This should provide a large degree of
3325 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1, while taking benefit of the
3326 better management capabilities of cgroups-v2.
3328 * The default control group setup mode may be selected both a boot-time
3329 via a set of kernel command line parameters (specifically:
3330 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy= and
3331 systemd.legacy_systemd_cgroup_controller=), as well as a compile-time
3332 default selected on the configure command line
3333 (--with-default-hierarchy=). The upstream default is "hybrid"
3334 (i.e. the cgroups-v1 + cgroups-v2 mixture discussed above) now, but
3335 this will change in a future systemd version to be "unified" (pure
3336 cgroups-v2 mode). The third option for the compile time option is
3337 "legacy", to enter pure cgroups-v1 mode. We recommend downstream
3338 distributions to default to "hybrid" mode for release distributions,
3339 starting with v233. We recommend "unified" for development
3340 distributions (specifically: distributions such as Fedora's rawhide)
3341 as that's where things are headed in the long run. Use "legacy" for
3342 greatest stability and compatibility only.
3344 * Note one current limitation of "unified" and "hybrid" control group
3345 setup modes: the kernel currently does not permit the systemd --user
3346 instance (i.e. unprivileged code) to migrate processes between two
3347 disconnected cgroup subtrees, even if both are managed and owned by
3348 the user. This effectively means "systemd-run --user --scope" doesn't
3349 work when invoked from outside of any "systemd --user" service or
3350 scope. Specifically, it is not supported from session scopes. We are
3351 working on fixing this in a future systemd version. (See #3388 for
3352 further details about this.)
3354 * DBus policy files are now installed into /usr rather than /etc. Make
3355 sure your system has dbus >= 1.9.18 running before upgrading to this
3356 version, or override the install path with --with-dbuspolicydir= .
3358 * All python scripts shipped with systemd (specifically: the various
3359 tests written in Python) now require Python 3.
3361 * systemd unit tests can now run standalone (without the source or
3362 build directories), and can be installed into /usr/lib/systemd/tests/
3363 with 'make install-tests'.
3365 * Note that from this version on, CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API_HASH,
3366 CONFIG_CRYPTO_HMAC and CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA256 need to be enabled in the
3369 * Support for the %c, %r, %R specifiers in unit files has been
3370 removed. Specifiers are not supposed to be dependent on configuration
3371 in the unit file itself (so that they resolve the same regardless
3372 where used in the unit files), but these specifiers were influenced
3373 by the Slice= option.
3375 * The shell invoked by debug-shell.service now defaults to /bin/sh in
3376 all cases. If distributions want to use a different shell for this
3377 purpose (for example Fedora's /sbin/sushell) they need to specify
3378 this explicitly at configure time using --with-debug-shell=.
3380 * The confirmation spawn prompt has been reworked to offer the
3383 (c)ontinue, proceed without asking anymore
3384 (D)ump, show the state of the unit
3385 (f)ail, don't execute the command and pretend it failed
3387 (i)nfo, show a short summary of the unit
3388 (j)obs, show jobs that are in progress
3389 (s)kip, don't execute the command and pretend it succeeded
3390 (y)es, execute the command
3392 The 'n' choice for the confirmation spawn prompt has been removed,
3393 because its meaning was confusing.
3395 The prompt may now also be redirected to an alternative console by
3396 specifying the console as parameter to systemd.confirm_spawn=.
3398 * Services of Type=notify require a READY=1 notification to be sent
3399 during startup. If no such message is sent, the service now fails,
3400 even if the main process exited with a successful exit code.
3402 * Services that fail to start up correctly now always have their
3403 ExecStopPost= commands executed. Previously, they'd enter "failed"
3404 state directly, without executing these commands.
3406 * The option MulticastDNS= of network configuration files has acquired
3407 an actual implementation. With MulticastDNS=yes a host can resolve
3408 names of remote hosts and reply to mDNS A and AAAA requests.
3410 * When units are about to be started an additional check is now done to
3411 ensure that all dependencies of type BindsTo= (when used in
3412 combination with After=) have been started.
3414 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "syscall-filter" which shows which
3415 system call groups are defined for the SystemCallFilter= unit file
3416 setting, and which system calls they contain.
3418 * A new system call filter group "@filesystem" has been added,
3419 consisting of various file system related system calls. Group
3420 "@reboot" has been added, covering reboot, kexec and shutdown related
3421 calls. Finally, group "@swap" has been added covering swap
3422 configuration related calls.
3424 * A new unit file option RestrictNamespaces= has been added that may be
3425 used to restrict access to the various process namespace types the
3426 Linux kernel provides. Specifically, it may be used to take away the
3427 right for a service unit to create additional file system, network,
3428 user, and other namespaces. This sandboxing option is particularly
3429 relevant due to the high amount of recently discovered namespacing
3430 related vulnerabilities in the kernel.
3432 * systemd-udev's .link files gained support for a new AutoNegotiation=
3433 setting for configuring Ethernet auto-negotiation.
3435 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for a new
3436 ListenPort= setting in the [DHCP] section to explicitly configure the
3437 UDP client port the DHCP client shall listen on.
3439 * .network files gained a new Unmanaged= boolean setting for explicitly
3440 excluding one or more interfaces from management by systemd-networkd.
3442 * The systemd-networkd ProxyARP= option has been renamed to
3443 IPV4ProxyARP=. Similarly, VXLAN-specific option ARPProxy= has been
3444 renamed to ReduceARPProxy=. The old names continue to be available
3447 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring IPv6 Proxy NDP
3448 addresses via the new IPv6ProxyNDPAddress= .network file setting.
3450 * systemd-networkd's bonding device support gained support for two new
3451 configuration options ActiveSlave= and PrimarySlave=.
3453 * The various options in the [Match] section of .network files gained
3454 support for negative matching.
3456 * New systemd-specific mount options are now understood in /etc/fstab:
3458 x-systemd.mount-timeout= may be used to configure the maximum
3459 permitted runtime of the mount command.
3461 x-systemd.device-bound may be set to bind a mount point to its
3462 backing device unit, in order to automatically remove a mount point
3463 if its backing device is unplugged. This option may also be
3464 configured through the new SYSTEMD_MOUNT_DEVICE_BOUND udev property
3465 on the block device, which is now automatically set for all CDROM
3466 drives, so that mounted CDs are automatically unmounted when they are
3467 removed from the drive.
3469 x-systemd.after= and x-systemd.before= may be used to explicitly
3470 order a mount after or before another unit or mount point.
3472 * Enqueued start jobs for device units are now automatically garbage
3473 collected if there are no jobs waiting for them anymore.
3475 * systemctl list-jobs gained two new switches: with --after, for every
3476 queued job the jobs it's waiting for are shown; with --before the
3477 jobs which it's blocking are shown.
3479 * systemd-nspawn gained support for ephemeral boots from disk images
3480 (or in other words: --ephemeral and --image= may now be
3481 combined). Moreover, ephemeral boots are now supported for normal
3482 directories, even if the backing file system is not btrfs. Of course,
3483 if the file system does not support file system snapshots or
3484 reflinks, the initial copy operation will be relatively expensive, but
3485 this should still be suitable for many use cases.
3487 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now support
3488 specifications relative to the end of a month by using "~" instead of
3489 "-" as separator between month and day. For example, "*-02~03" means
3490 "the third last day in February". In addition a new syntax for
3491 repeated events has been added using the "/" character. For example,
3492 "9..17/2:00" means "every two hours from 9am to 5pm".
3494 * systemd-socket-proxyd gained a new parameter --connections-max= for
3495 configuring the maximum number of concurrent connections.
3497 * sd-id128 gained a new API for generating unique IDs for the host in a
3498 way that does not leak the machine ID. Specifically,
3499 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() derives an ID based on the
3500 machine ID a in well-defined, non-reversible, stable way. This is
3501 useful whenever an identifier for the host is needed but where the
3502 identifier shall not be useful to identify the system beyond the
3503 scope of the application itself. (Internally this uses HMAC-SHA256 as
3504 keyed hash function using the machine ID as input.)
3506 * NotifyAccess= gained a new supported value "exec". When set
3507 notifications are accepted from all processes systemd itself invoked,
3508 including all control processes.
3510 * .nspawn files gained support for defining overlay mounts using the
3511 Overlay= and OverlayReadOnly= options. Previously this functionality
3512 was only available on the systemd-nspawn command line.
3514 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
3515 bind/overlay mounts whose source lies within the container tree by
3516 prefixing the source path with "+".
3518 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
3519 automatically allocating a temporary source directory in /var/tmp
3520 that is removed when the container dies. Specifically, if the source
3521 directory is specified as empty string this mechanism is selected. An
3522 example usage is --overlay=+/var::/var, which creates an overlay
3523 mount based on the original /var contained in the image, overlaid
3524 with a temporary directory in the host's /var/tmp. This way changes
3525 to /var are automatically flushed when the container shuts down.
3527 * systemd-nspawn --image= option does now permit raw file system block
3528 devices (in addition to images containing partition tables, as
3531 * The disk image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn gained support for
3532 automatically setting up LUKS encrypted as well as Verity protected
3533 partitions. When a container is booted from an encrypted image the
3534 passphrase is queried at start-up time. When a container with Verity
3535 data is started, the root hash is search in a ".roothash" file
3536 accompanying the disk image (alternatively, pass the root hash via
3537 the new --root-hash= command line option).
3539 * A new tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-dissect has been added that may
3540 be used to dissect disk images the same way as systemd-nspawn does
3541 it, following the Bootable Partition Specification. It may even be
3542 used to mount disk images with complex partition setups (including
3543 LUKS and Verity partitions) to a local host directory, in order to
3544 inspect them. This tool is not considered public API (yet), and is
3545 thus not installed into /usr/bin. Please do not rely on its
3546 existence, since it might go away or be changed in later systemd
3549 * A new generator "systemd-verity-generator" has been added, similar in
3550 style to "systemd-cryptsetup-generator", permitting automatic setup of
3551 Verity root partitions when systemd boots up. In order to make use of
3552 this your partition setup should follow the Discoverable Partitions
3553 Specification, and the GPT partition ID of the root file system
3554 partition should be identical to the upper 128bit of the Verity root
3555 hash. The GPT partition ID of the Verity partition protecting it
3556 should be the lower 128bit of the Verity root hash. If the partition
3557 image follows this model it is sufficient to specify a single
3558 "roothash=" kernel command line argument to both configure which root
3559 image and verity partition to use as well as the root hash for
3560 it. Note that systemd-nspawn's Verity support follows the same
3561 semantics, meaning that disk images with proper Verity data in place
3562 may be booted in containers with systemd-nspawn as well as on
3563 physical systems via the verity generator. Also note that the "mkosi"
3564 tool available at https://github.com/systemd/mkosi has been updated
3565 to generate Verity protected disk images following this scheme. In
3566 fact, it has been updated to generate disk images that optionally
3567 implement a complete UEFI SecureBoot trust chain, involving a signed
3568 kernel and initrd image that incorporates such a root hash as well as
3569 a Verity-enabled root partition.
3571 * The hardware database (hwdb) udev supports has been updated to carry
3572 accelerometer quirks.
3574 * All system services are now run with a fresh kernel keyring set up
3575 for them. The invocation ID is stored by default in it, thus
3576 providing a safe, non-overridable way to determine the invocation
3579 * Service unit files gained new BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths=
3580 options for bind mounting arbitrary paths in a service-specific
3581 way. When these options are used, arbitrary host or service files and
3582 directories may be mounted to arbitrary locations in the service's
3585 * Documentation has been added that lists all of systemd's low-level
3586 environment variables:
3588 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/ENVIRONMENT.md
3590 * sd-daemon gained a new API sd_is_socket_sockaddr() for determining
3591 whether a specific socket file descriptor matches a specified socket
3594 * systemd-firstboot has been updated to check for the
3595 systemd.firstboot= kernel command line option. It accepts a boolean
3596 and when set to false the first boot questions are skipped.
3598 * systemd-fstab-generator has been updated to check for the
3599 systemd.volatile= kernel command line option, which either takes an
3600 optional boolean parameter or the special value "state". If used the
3601 system may be booted in a "volatile" boot mode. Specifically,
3602 "systemd.volatile" is used, the root directory will be mounted as
3603 tmpfs, and only /usr is mounted from the actual root file system. If
3604 "systemd.volatile=state" is used, the root directory will be mounted
3605 as usual, but /var is mounted as tmpfs. This concept provides similar
3606 functionality as systemd-nspawn's --volatile= option, but provides it
3607 on physical boots. Use this option for implementing stateless
3608 systems, or testing systems with all state and/or configuration reset
3609 to the defaults. (Note though that many distributions are not
3610 prepared to boot up without a populated /etc or /var, though.)
3612 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator gained support for LUKS encrypted root
3613 partitions. Previously it only supported LUKS encrypted partitions
3614 for all other uses, except for the root partition itself.
3616 * Socket units gained support for listening on AF_VSOCK sockets for
3617 communication in virtualized QEMU environments.
3619 * The "configure" script gained a new option --with-fallback-hostname=
3620 for specifying the fallback hostname to use if none is configured in
3621 /etc/hostname. For example, by specifying
3622 --with-fallback-hostname=fedora it is possible to default to a
3623 hostname of "fedora" on pristine installations.
3625 * systemd-cgls gained support for a new --unit= switch for listing only
3626 the control groups of a specific unit. Similar --user-unit= has been
3627 added for listing only the control groups of a specific user unit.
3629 * systemd-mount gained a new --umount switch for unmounting a mount or
3630 automount point (and all mount/automount points below it).
3632 * systemd will now refuse full configuration reloads (via systemctl
3633 daemon-reload and related calls) unless at least 16MiB of free space
3634 are available in /run. This is a safety precaution in order to ensure
3635 that generators can safely operate after the reload completed.
3637 * A new unit file option RootImage= has been added, which has a similar
3638 effect as RootDirectory= but mounts the service's root directory from
3639 a disk image instead of plain directory. This logic reuses the same
3640 image dissection and mount logic that systemd-nspawn already uses,
3641 and hence supports any disk images systemd-nspawn supports, including
3642 those following the Discoverable Partition Specification, as well as
3643 Verity enabled images. This option enables systemd to run system
3644 services directly off disk images acting as resource bundles,
3645 possibly even including full integrity data.
3647 * A new MountAPIVFS= unit file option has been added, taking a boolean
3648 argument. If enabled /proc, /sys and /dev (collectively called the
3649 "API VFS") will be mounted for the service. This is only relevant if
3650 RootDirectory= or RootImage= is used for the service, as these mounts
3651 are of course in place in the host mount namespace anyway.
3653 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --pivot-root= switch. If
3654 specified the root directory within the container image is pivoted to
3655 the specified mount point, while the original root disk is moved to a
3656 different place. This option enables booting of ostree images
3657 directly with systemd-nspawn.
3659 * The systemd build scripts will no longer complain if the NTP server
3660 addresses are not changed from the defaults. Google now supports
3661 these NTP servers officially. We still recommend downstreams to
3662 properly register an NTP pool with the NTP pool project though.
3664 * coredumpctl gained a new "--reverse" option for printing the list
3665 of coredumps in reverse order.
3667 * coredumpctl will now show additional information about truncated and
3668 inaccessible coredumps, as well as coredumps that are still being
3669 processed. It also gained a new --quiet switch for suppressing
3670 additional informational message in its output.
3672 * coredumpctl gained support for only showing coredumps newer and/or
3673 older than specific timestamps, using the new --since= and --until=
3674 options, reminiscent of journalctl's options by the same name.
3676 * The systemd-coredump logic has been improved so that it may be reused
3677 to collect backtraces in non-compiled languages, for example in
3678 scripting languages such as Python.
3680 * machinectl will now show the UID shift of local containers, if user
3681 namespacing is enabled for them.
3683 * systemd will now optionally run "environment generator" binaries at
3684 configuration load time. They may be used to add environment
3685 variables to the environment block passed to services invoked. One
3686 user environment generator is shipped by default that sets up
3687 environment variables based on files dropped into /etc/environment.d
3688 and ~/.config/environment.d/.
3690 * systemd-resolved now includes the new, recently published 2017 DNSSEC
3693 * hostnamed has been updated to report a new chassis type of
3694 "convertible" to cover "foldable" laptops that can both act as a
3695 tablet and as a laptop, such as various Lenovo Yoga devices.
3697 Contributions from: Adrián López, Alexander Galanin, Alexander
3698 Kochetkov, Alexandros Frantzis, Andrey Ulanov, Antoine Eiche, Baruch
3699 Siach, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Robin, Björn, Brandon Philips, Cédric
3700 Schieli, Charles (Chas) Williams, Christian Hesse, Daniele Medri,
3701 Daniel Drake, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wagner, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner,
3702 David Glasser, David Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry
3703 Khlebnikov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Earnestly,
3704 Emil Soleyman, Eric Cook, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Fionn
3705 Cleary, Florian Klink, Francesco Brozzu, Franck Bui, Gabriel Rauter,
3706 Gianluca Boiano, Giedrius Statkevičius, Graeme Lawes, Hans de Goede,
3707 Harald Hoyer, Ian Kelling, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Janne Heß, Jan
3708 Synacek, Jason Reeder, Jonathan Boulle, Jörg Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen,
3709 Karl Kraus, Kees Cook, Keith Busch, Kieran Colford, kilian-k, Lennart
3710 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukas Rusak, Maarten de
3711 Vries, Maks Naumov, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Andre Lureau, Marcin Bachry,
3712 Mark Stosberg, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Mauricio Faria de
3713 Oliveira, micah, Michael Biebl, Michael Shields, Michal Schmidt, Michal
3714 Sekletar, Michel Kraus, Mike Gilbert, Mikko Ylinen, Mirza Krak,
3715 Namhyung Kim, nikolaof, peoronoob, Peter Hutterer, Peter Körner, Philip
3716 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reverend Homer, Rike-Benjamin
3717 Schuppner, Robert Kreuzer, Ronny Chevalier, Ruslan Bilovol, sammynx,
3718 Sergey Ptashnick, Sergiusz Urbaniak, Stefan Berger, Stefan Hajnoczi,
3719 Stefan Schweter, Stuart McLaren, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève,
3720 Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tibor
3721 Nagy, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Viktar
3722 Vaŭčkievič, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vitaly Sulimov, Waldemar Brodkorb,
3723 Walter Garcia-Fontes, Wim de With, Yassine Imounachen, Yi EungJun,
3724 YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Александр
3727 — Berlin, 2017-03-01
3731 * udev now runs with MemoryDenyWriteExecute=, RestrictRealtime= and
3732 RestrictAddressFamilies= enabled. These sandboxing options should
3733 generally be compatible with the various external udev call-out
3734 binaries we are aware of, however there may be exceptions, in
3735 particular when exotic languages for these call-outs are used. In
3736 this case, consider turning off these settings locally.
3738 * The new RemoveIPC= option can be used to remove IPC objects owned by
3739 the user or group of a service when that service exits.
3741 * The new ProtectKernelModules= option can be used to disable explicit
3742 load and unload operations of kernel modules by a service. In
3743 addition access to /usr/lib/modules is removed if this option is set.
3745 * ProtectSystem= option gained a new value "strict", which causes the
3746 whole file system tree with the exception of /dev, /proc, and /sys,
3747 to be remounted read-only for a service.
3749 * The new ProtectKernelTunables= option can be used to disable
3750 modification of configuration files in /sys and /proc by a service.
3751 Various directories and files are remounted read-only, so access is
3752 restricted even if the file permissions would allow it.
3754 * The new ProtectControlGroups= option can be used to disable write
3755 access by a service to /sys/fs/cgroup.
3757 * Various systemd services have been hardened with
3758 ProtectKernelTunables=yes, ProtectControlGroups=yes,
3759 RestrictAddressFamilies=.
3761 * Support for dynamically creating users for the lifetime of a service
3762 has been added. If DynamicUser=yes is specified, user and group IDs
3763 will be allocated from the range 61184..65519 for the lifetime of the
3764 service. They can be resolved using the new nss-systemd.so NSS
3765 module. The module must be enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf. Services
3766 started in this way have PrivateTmp= and RemoveIPC= enabled, so that
3767 any resources allocated by the service will be cleaned up when the
3768 service exits. They also have ProtectHome=read-only and
3769 ProtectSystem=strict enabled, so they are not able to make any
3770 permanent modifications to the system.
3772 * The nss-systemd module also always resolves root and nobody, making
3773 it possible to have no /etc/passwd or /etc/group files in minimal
3774 container or chroot environments.
3776 * Services may be started with their own user namespace using the new
3777 boolean PrivateUsers= option. Only root, nobody, and the uid/gid
3778 under which the service is running are mapped. All other users are
3781 * Support for the cgroup namespace has been added to systemd-nspawn. If
3782 supported by kernel, the container system started by systemd-nspawn
3783 will have its own view of the cgroup hierarchy. This new behaviour
3784 can be disabled using $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_USE_CGNS environment variable.
3786 * The new MemorySwapMax= option can be used to limit the maximum swap
3787 usage under the unified cgroup hierarchy.
3789 * Support for the CPU controller in the unified cgroup hierarchy has
3790 been added, via the CPUWeight=, CPUStartupWeight=, CPUAccounting=
3791 options. This controller requires out-of-tree patches for the kernel
3792 and the support is provisional.
3794 * Mount and automount units may now be created transiently
3795 (i.e. dynamically at runtime via the bus API, instead of requiring
3796 unit files in the file system).
3798 * systemd-mount is a new tool which may mount file systems – much like
3799 mount(8), optionally pulling in additional dependencies through
3800 transient .mount and .automount units. For example, this tool
3801 automatically runs fsck on a backing block device before mounting,
3802 and allows the automount logic to be used dynamically from the
3803 command line for establishing mount points. This tool is particularly
3804 useful when dealing with removable media, as it will ensure fsck is
3805 run – if necessary – before the first access and that the file system
3806 is quickly unmounted after each access by utilizing the automount
3807 logic. This maximizes the chance that the file system on the
3808 removable media stays in a clean state, and if it isn't in a clean
3809 state is fixed automatically.
3811 * LazyUnmount=yes option for mount units has been added to expose the
3812 umount --lazy option. Similarly, ForceUnmount=yes exposes the --force
3815 * /efi will be used as the mount point of the EFI boot partition, if
3816 the directory is present, and the mount point was not configured
3817 through other means (e.g. fstab). If /efi directory does not exist,
3818 /boot will be used as before. This makes it easier to automatically
3819 mount the EFI partition on systems where /boot is used for something
3822 * When operating on GPT disk images for containers, systemd-nspawn will
3823 now mount the ESP to /boot or /efi according to the same rules as PID
3824 1 running on a host. This allows tools like "bootctl" to operate
3825 correctly within such containers, in order to make container images
3826 bootable on physical systems.
3828 * disk/by-id and disk/by-path symlinks are now created for NVMe drives.
3830 * Two new user session targets have been added to support running
3831 graphical sessions under the systemd --user instance:
3832 graphical-session.target and graphical-session-pre.target. See
3833 systemd.special(7) for a description of how those targets should be
3836 * The vconsole initialization code has been significantly reworked to
3837 use KD_FONT_OP_GET/SET ioctls instead of KD_FONT_OP_COPY and better
3838 support unicode keymaps. Font and keymap configuration will now be
3839 copied to all allocated virtual consoles.
3841 * FreeBSD's bhyve virtualization is now detected.
3843 * Information recorded in the journal for core dumps now includes the
3844 contents of /proc/mountinfo and the command line of the process at
3845 the top of the process hierarchy (which is usually the init process
3848 * systemd-journal-gatewayd learned the --directory= option to serve
3849 files from the specified location.
3851 * journalctl --root=… can be used to peruse the journal in the
3852 /var/log/ directories inside of a container tree. This is similar to
3853 the existing --machine= option, but does not require the container to
3856 * The hardware database has been extended to support
3857 ID_INPUT_TRACKBALL, used in addition to ID_INPUT_MOUSE to identify
3860 MOUSE_WHEEL_CLICK_ANGLE_HORIZONTAL hwdb property has been added to
3861 specify the click rate for mice which include a horizontal wheel with
3862 a click rate that is different than the one for the vertical wheel.
3864 * systemd-run gained a new --wait option that makes service execution
3865 synchronous. (Specifically, the command will not return until the
3866 specified service binary exited.)
3868 * systemctl gained a new --wait option that causes the start command to
3869 wait until the units being started have terminated again.
3871 * A new journal output mode "short-full" has been added which displays
3872 timestamps with abbreviated English day names and adds a timezone
3873 suffix. Those timestamps include more information than the default
3874 "short" output mode, and can be passed directly to journalctl's
3875 --since= and --until= options.
3877 * /etc/resolv.conf will be bind-mounted into containers started by
3878 systemd-nspawn, if possible, so any changes to resolv.conf contents
3879 are automatically propagated to the container.
3881 * The number of instances for socket-activated services originating
3882 from a single IP address can be limited with
3883 MaxConnectionsPerSource=, extending the existing setting of
3886 * systemd-networkd gained support for vcan ("Virtual CAN") interface
3889 * .netdev and .network configuration can now be extended through
3892 * UDP Segmentation Offload, TCP Segmentation Offload, Generic
3893 Segmentation Offload, Generic Receive Offload, Large Receive Offload
3894 can be enabled and disabled using the new UDPSegmentationOffload=,
3895 TCPSegmentationOffload=, GenericSegmentationOffload=,
3896 GenericReceiveOffload=, LargeReceiveOffload= options in the
3897 [Link] section of .link files.
3899 * The Spanning Tree Protocol, Priority, Aging Time, and the Default
3900 Port VLAN ID can be configured for bridge devices using the new STP=,
3901 Priority=, AgeingTimeSec=, and DefaultPVID= settings in the [Bridge]
3902 section of .netdev files.
3904 * The route table to which routes received over DHCP or RA should be
3905 added can be configured with the new RouteTable= option in the [DHCP]
3906 and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections of .network files.
3908 * The Address Resolution Protocol can be disabled on links managed by
3909 systemd-networkd using the ARP=no setting in the [Link] section of
3912 * New environment variables $SERVICE_RESULT, $EXIT_CODE and
3913 $EXIT_STATUS are set for ExecStop= and ExecStopPost= commands, and
3914 encode information about the result and exit codes of the current
3915 service runtime cycle.
3917 * systemd-sysctl will now configure kernel parameters in the order
3918 they occur in the configuration files. This matches what sysctl
3919 has been traditionally doing.
3921 * kernel-install "plugins" that are executed to perform various
3922 tasks after a new kernel is added and before an old one is removed
3923 can now return a special value to terminate the procedure and
3924 prevent any later plugins from running.
3926 * Journald's SplitMode=login setting has been deprecated. It has been
3927 removed from documentation, and its use is discouraged. In a future
3928 release it will be completely removed, and made equivalent to current
3929 default of SplitMode=uid.
3931 * Storage=both option setting in /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been
3932 removed. With fast LZ4 compression storing the core dump twice is not
3935 * The --share-system systemd-nspawn option has been replaced with an
3936 (undocumented) variable $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_SYSTEM, but the use of
3937 this functionality is discouraged. In addition the variables
3938 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_IPC, $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_PID,
3939 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_UTS may be used to control the unsharing of
3940 individual namespaces.
3942 * "machinectl list" now shows the IP address of running containers in
3943 the output, as well as OS release information.
3945 * "loginctl list" now shows the TTY of each session in the output.
3947 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_track_set_recursive(),
3948 sd_bus_track_get_recursive(), sd_bus_track_count_name(),
3949 sd_bus_track_count_sender(). They permit usage of sd_bus_track peer
3950 tracking objects in a "recursive" mode, where a single client can be
3951 counted multiple times, if it takes multiple references.
3953 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_set_exit_on_disconnect() and
3954 sd_bus_get_exit_on_disconnect(). They may be used to make a
3955 process using sd-bus automatically exit if the bus connection is
3958 * Bus clients of the service manager may now "pin" loaded units into
3959 memory, by taking an explicit reference on them. This is useful to
3960 ensure the client can retrieve runtime data about the service even
3961 after the service completed execution. Taking such a reference is
3962 available only for privileged clients and should be helpful to watch
3963 running services in a race-free manner, and in particular collect
3964 information about exit statuses and results.
3966 * The nss-resolve module has been changed to strictly return UNAVAIL
3967 when communication via D-Bus with resolved failed, and NOTFOUND when
3968 a lookup completed but was negative. This means it is now possible to
3969 neatly configure fallbacks using nsswitch.conf result checking
3970 expressions. Taking benefit of this, the new recommended
3971 configuration line for the "hosts" entry in /etc/nsswitch.conf is:
3973 hosts: files mymachines resolve [!UNAVAIL=return] dns myhostname
3975 * A new setting CtrlAltDelBurstAction= has been added to
3976 /etc/systemd/system.conf which may be used to configure the precise
3977 behaviour if the user on the console presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more often
3978 than 7 times in 2s. Previously this would unconditionally result in
3979 an expedited, immediate reboot. With this new setting the precise
3980 operation may be configured in more detail, and also turned off
3983 * In .netdev files two new settings RemoteChecksumTx= and
3984 RemoteChecksumRx= are now understood that permit configuring the
3985 remote checksumming logic for VXLAN networks.
3987 * The service manager learnt a new "invocation ID" concept for invoked
3988 services. Each runtime cycle of a service will get a new invocation
3989 ID (a 128bit random UUID) assigned that identifies the current
3990 run of the service uniquely and globally. A new invocation ID
3991 is generated each time a service starts up. The journal will store
3992 the invocation ID of a service along with any logged messages, thus
3993 making the invocation ID useful for matching the online runtime of a
3994 service with the offline log data it generated in a safe way without
3995 relying on synchronized timestamps. In many ways this new service
3996 invocation ID concept is similar to the kernel's boot ID concept that
3997 uniquely and globally identifies the runtime of each boot. The
3998 invocation ID of a service is passed to the service itself via an
3999 environment variable ($INVOCATION_ID). A new bus call
4000 GetUnitByInvocationID() has been added that is similar to GetUnit()
4001 but instead of retrieving the bus path for a unit by its name
4002 retrieves it by its invocation ID. The returned path is valid only as
4003 long as the passed invocation ID is current.
4005 * systemd-resolved gained a new "DNSStubListener" setting in
4006 resolved.conf. It either takes a boolean value or the special values
4007 "udp" and "tcp", and configures whether to enable the stub DNS
4008 listener on 127.0.0.53:53.
4010 * IP addresses configured via networkd may now carry additional
4011 configuration settings supported by the kernel. New options include:
4012 HomeAddress=, DuplicateAddressDetection=, ManageTemporaryAddress=,
4013 PrefixRoute=, AutoJoin=.
4015 * The PAM configuration fragment file for "user@.service" shipped with
4016 systemd (i.e. the --user instance of systemd) has been stripped to
4017 the minimum necessary to make the system boot. Previously, it
4018 contained Fedora-specific stanzas that did not apply to other
4019 distributions. It is expected that downstream distributions add
4020 additional configuration lines, matching their needs to this file,
4021 using it only as rough template of what systemd itself needs. Note
4022 that this reduced fragment does not even include an invocation of
4023 pam_limits which most distributions probably want to add, even though
4024 systemd itself does not need it. (There's also the new build time
4025 option --with-pamconfdir=no to disable installation of the PAM
4028 * If PrivateDevices=yes is set for a service the CAP_SYS_RAWIO
4029 capability is now also dropped from its set (in addition to
4030 CAP_SYS_MKNOD as before).
4032 * In service unit files it is now possible to connect a specific named
4033 file descriptor with stdin/stdout/stdout of an executed service. The
4034 name may be specified in matching .socket units using the
4035 FileDescriptorName= setting.
4037 * A number of journal settings may now be configured on the kernel
4038 command line. Specifically, the following options are now understood:
4039 systemd.journald.max_level_console=,
4040 systemd.journald.max_level_store=,
4041 systemd.journald.max_level_syslog=, systemd.journald.max_level_kmsg=,
4042 systemd.journald.max_level_wall=.
4044 * "systemctl is-enabled --full" will now show by which symlinks a unit
4045 file is enabled in the unit dependency tree.
4047 * Support for VeraCrypt encrypted partitions has been added to the
4048 "cryptsetup" logic and /etc/crypttab.
4050 * systemd-detect-virt gained support for a new --private-users switch
4051 that checks whether the invoking processes are running inside a user
4052 namespace. Similar, a new special value "private-users" for the
4053 existing ConditionVirtualization= setting has been added, permitting
4054 skipping of specific units in user namespace environments.
4056 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alfie John,
4057 Andreas Henriksson, Andrew Jeddeloh, Balázs Úr, Bart Rulon, Benjamin
4058 Richter, Ben Gamari, Ben Harris, Brian J. Murrell, Christian Brauner,
4059 Christian Rebischke, Clinton Roy, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
4060 Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, Daniel Maixner, Daniel Rusek, Dan Dedrick,
4061 Davide Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dennis Wassenberg,
4062 Djalal Harouni, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Elias Probst, Eric
4063 Cook, Erik Karlsson, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang,
4064 Franck Bui, George Hilliard, Giuseppe Scrivano, HATAYAMA Daisuke,
4065 Heikki Kemppainen, Hendrik Brueckner, hi117, Ismo Puustinen, Ivan
4066 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Kölker,
4067 Jean-Sébastien Bour, Jiří Pírko, Jonathan Boulle, Jorge Niedbalski,
4068 Keith Busch, kristbaum, Kyle Russell, Lans Zhang, Lennart Poettering,
4069 Leonardo Brondani Schenkel, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Bruno, Lukáš
4070 Nykrýn, Maciek Borzecki, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
4071 Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Mello, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Matej
4072 Habrnal, Maxime de Roucy, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Hoy,
4073 Michael Olbrich, Michael Pope, Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike
4074 Gilbert, Nick Owens, Patrik Flykt, Paweł Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer,
4075 Piotr Drąg, Reid Price, Richard W.M. Jones, Roman Stingler, Ronny
4076 Chevalier, Seraphime Kirkovski, Stefan Schweter, Steve Muir, Susant
4077 Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tiago Levit,
4078 Tobias Jungel, Tomáš Janoušek, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut
4079 Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Wilhelm Schuster, Yann
4080 E. MORIN, Yi EungJun, Yuki Inoguchi, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
4081 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
4083 — Santa Fe, 2016-11-03
4087 * In service units the various ExecXYZ= settings have been extended
4088 with an additional special character as first argument of the
4089 assigned value: if the character '+' is used the specified command
4090 line it will be run with full privileges, regardless of User=,
4091 Group=, CapabilityBoundingSet= and similar options. The effect is
4092 similar to the existing PermissionsStartOnly= option, but allows
4093 configuration of this concept for each executed command line
4096 * Services may now alter the service watchdog timeout at runtime by
4097 sending a WATCHDOG_USEC= message via sd_notify().
4099 * MemoryLimit= and related unit settings now optionally take percentage
4100 specifications. The percentage is taken relative to the amount of
4101 physical memory in the system (or in case of containers, the assigned
4102 amount of memory). This allows scaling service resources neatly with
4103 the amount of RAM available on the system. Similarly, systemd-logind's
4104 RuntimeDirectorySize= option now also optionally takes percentage
4107 * In similar fashion TasksMax= takes percentage values now, too. The
4108 value is taken relative to the configured maximum number of processes
4109 on the system. The per-service task maximum has been changed to 15%
4110 using this functionality. (Effectively this is an increase of 512 →
4111 4915 for service units, given the kernel's default pid_max setting.)
4113 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now understand a ".."
4114 syntax for time ranges. Example: "4..7:10" may now be used for
4115 defining a timer that is triggered at 4:10am, 5:10am, 6:10am and
4118 * The InaccessableDirectories=, ReadOnlyDirectories= and
4119 ReadWriteDirectories= unit file settings have been renamed to
4120 InaccessablePaths=, ReadOnlyPaths= and ReadWritePaths= and may now be
4121 applied to all kinds of file nodes, and not just directories, with
4122 the exception of symlinks. Specifically these settings may now be
4123 used on block and character device nodes, UNIX sockets and FIFOS as
4124 well as regular files. The old names of these settings remain
4125 available for compatibility.
4127 * systemd will now log about all service processes it kills forcibly
4128 (using SIGKILL) because they remained after the clean shutdown phase
4129 of the service completed. This should help identifying services that
4130 shut down uncleanly. Moreover if KillUserProcesses= is enabled in
4131 systemd-logind's configuration a similar log message is generated for
4132 processes killed at the end of each session due to this setting.
4134 * systemd will now set the $JOURNAL_STREAM environment variable for all
4135 services whose stdout/stderr are connected to the Journal (which
4136 effectively means by default: all services). The variable contains
4137 the device and inode number of the file descriptor used for
4138 stdout/stderr. This may be used by invoked programs to detect whether
4139 their stdout/stderr is connected to the Journal, in which case they
4140 can switch over to direct Journal communication, thus being able to
4141 pass extended, structured metadata along with their log messages. As
4142 one example, this is now used by glib's logging primitives.
4144 * When using systemd's default tmp.mount unit for /tmp, the mount point
4145 will now be established with the "nosuid" and "nodev" options. This
4146 avoids privilege escalation attacks that put traps and exploits into
4147 /tmp. However, this might cause problems if you e. g. put container
4148 images or overlays into /tmp; if you need this, override tmp.mount's
4149 "Options=" with a drop-in, or mount /tmp from /etc/fstab with your
4152 * systemd now supports the "memory" cgroup controller also on
4155 * The systemd-cgtop tool now optionally takes a control group path as
4156 command line argument. If specified, the control group list shown is
4157 limited to subgroups of that group.
4159 * The SystemCallFilter= unit file setting gained support for
4160 pre-defined, named system call filter sets. For example
4161 SystemCallFilter=@clock is now an effective way to make all clock
4162 changing-related system calls unavailable to a service. A number of
4163 similar pre-defined groups are defined. Writing system call filters
4164 for system services is simplified substantially with this new
4165 concept. Accordingly, all of systemd's own, long-running services now
4166 enable system call filtering based on this, by default.
4168 * A new service setting MemoryDenyWriteExecute= has been added, taking
4169 a boolean value. If turned on, a service may no longer create memory
4170 mappings that are writable and executable at the same time. This
4171 enhances security for services where this is enabled as it becomes
4172 harder to dynamically write and then execute memory in exploited
4173 service processes. This option has been enabled for all of systemd's
4174 own long-running services.
4176 * A new RestrictRealtime= service setting has been added, taking a
4177 boolean argument. If set the service's processes may no longer
4178 acquire realtime scheduling. This improves security as realtime
4179 scheduling may otherwise be used to easily freeze the system.
4181 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --notify-ready= taking a boolean
4182 value. This may be used for requesting that the system manager inside
4183 of the container reports start-up completion to nspawn which then
4184 propagates this notification further to the service manager
4185 supervising nspawn itself. A related option NotifyReady= in .nspawn
4186 files has been added too. This functionality allows ordering of the
4187 start-up of multiple containers using the usual systemd ordering
4190 * machinectl gained a new command "stop" that is an alias for
4193 * systemd-resolved gained support for contacting DNS servers on
4194 link-local IPv6 addresses.
4196 * If systemd-resolved receives the SIGUSR2 signal it will now flush all
4197 its caches. A method call for requesting the same operation has been
4198 added to the bus API too, and is made available via "systemd-resolve
4201 * systemd-resolve gained a new --status switch. If passed a brief
4202 summary of the used DNS configuration with per-interface information
4205 * resolved.conf gained a new Cache= boolean option, defaulting to
4206 on. If turned off local DNS caching is disabled. This comes with a
4207 performance penalty in particular when DNSSEC is enabled. Note that
4208 resolved disables its internal caching implicitly anyway, when the
4209 configured DNS server is on a host-local IP address such as ::1 or
4210 127.0.0.1, thus automatically avoiding double local caching.
4212 * systemd-resolved now listens on the local IP address 127.0.0.53:53
4213 for DNS requests. This improves compatibility with local programs
4214 that do not use the libc NSS or systemd-resolved's bus APIs for name
4215 resolution. This minimal DNS service is only available to local
4216 programs and does not implement the full DNS protocol, but enough to
4217 cover local DNS clients. A new, static resolv.conf file, listing just
4218 this DNS server is now shipped in /usr/lib/systemd/resolv.conf. It is
4219 now recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to this file in
4220 order to route all DNS lookups to systemd-resolved, regardless if
4221 done via NSS, the bus API or raw DNS packets. Note that this local
4222 DNS service is not as fully featured as the libc NSS or
4223 systemd-resolved's bus APIs. For example, as unicast DNS cannot be
4224 used to deliver link-local address information (as this implies
4225 sending a local interface index along), LLMNR/mDNS support via this
4226 interface is severely restricted. It is thus strongly recommended for
4227 all applications to use the libc NSS API or native systemd-resolved
4230 * systemd-networkd's bridge support learned a new setting
4231 VLANFiltering= for controlling VLAN filtering. Moreover a new section
4232 in .network files has been added for configuring VLAN bridging in
4233 more detail: VLAN=, EgressUntagged=, PVID= in [BridgeVLAN].
4235 * systemd-networkd's IPv6 Router Advertisement code now makes use of
4236 the DNSSL and RDNSS options. This means IPv6 DNS configuration may
4237 now be acquired without relying on DHCPv6. Two new options
4238 UseDomains= and UseDNS= have been added to configure this behaviour.
4240 * systemd-networkd's IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= option has been
4241 renamed IPv6AcceptRA=, without altering its behaviour. The old
4242 setting name remains available for compatibility reasons.
4244 * The systemd-networkd VTI/VTI6 tunneling support gained new options
4245 Key=, InputKey= and OutputKey=.
4247 * systemd-networkd gained support for VRF ("Virtual Routing Function")
4248 interface configuration.
4250 * "systemctl edit" may now be used to create new unit files by
4251 specifying the --force switch.
4253 * sd-event gained a new function sd_event_get_iteration() for
4254 requesting the current iteration counter of the event loop. It starts
4255 at zero and is increased by one with each event loop iteration.
4257 * A new rpm macro %systemd_ordering is provided by the macros.systemd
4258 file. It can be used in lieu of %systemd_requires in packages which
4259 don't use any systemd functionality and are intended to be installed
4260 in minimal containers without systemd present. This macro provides
4261 ordering dependencies to ensure that if the package is installed in
4262 the same rpm transaction as systemd, systemd will be installed before
4263 the scriptlets for the package are executed, allowing unit presets
4266 New macros %_systemdgeneratordir and %_systemdusergeneratordir have
4267 been added to simplify packaging of generators.
4269 * The os-release file gained VERSION_CODENAME field for the
4270 distribution nickname (e.g. VERSION_CODENAME=woody).
4272 * New udev property UDEV_DISABLE_PERSISTENT_STORAGE_RULES_FLAG=1
4273 can be set to disable parsing of metadata and the creation
4274 of persistent symlinks for that device.
4276 * The v230 change to tag framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) with "uaccess"
4277 to make them available to logged-in users has been reverted.
4279 * Much of the common code of the various systemd components is now
4280 built into an internal shared library libsystemd-shared-231.so
4281 (incorporating the systemd version number in the name, to be updated
4282 with future releases) that the components link to. This should
4283 decrease systemd footprint both in memory during runtime and on
4284 disk. Note that the shared library is not for public use, and is
4285 neither API nor ABI stable, but is likely to change with every new
4286 released update. Packagers need to make sure that binaries
4287 linking to libsystemd-shared.so are updated in step with the
4290 * Configuration for "mkosi" is now part of the systemd
4291 repository. mkosi is a tool to easily build legacy-free OS images,
4292 and is available on github: https://github.com/systemd/mkosi. If
4293 "mkosi" is invoked in the build tree a new raw OS image is generated
4294 incorporating the systemd sources currently being worked on and a
4295 clean, fresh distribution installation. The generated OS image may be
4296 booted up with "systemd-nspawn -b -i", qemu-kvm or on any physical
4297 UEFI PC. This functionality is particularly useful to easily test
4298 local changes made to systemd in a pristine, defined environment. See
4299 doc/HACKING for details.
4301 * configure learned the --with-support-url= option to specify the
4302 distribution's bugtracker.
4304 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alessandro Puccetti, Alessio Igor
4305 Bogani, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gaynor, Andika
4306 Triwidada, Andreas Pokorny, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Ansgar
4307 Burchardt, Atrotors, Benjamin Drung, Brian Boylston, Christian Hesse,
4308 Christian Rebischke, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David
4309 Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Douglas Christman, Elias
4310 Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Federico Mena Quintero, Felipe Sateler,
4311 Franck Bui, Harald Hoyer, Ian Lee, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Jan
4312 Janssen, Jean-Sébastien Bour, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jouke
4313 Witteveen, Kai Ruhnau, kpengboy, Kyle Walker, Lénaïc Huard, Lennart
4314 Poettering, Luca Bruno, Lukas Lösche, Lukáš Nykrýn, mahkoh, Marcel
4315 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Marty Plummer, Matthieu Codron, Max Prokhorov,
4316 Michael Biebl, Michael Karcher, Michael Olbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz,
4317 Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Minkyung, Muhammet Kara, mulkieran,
4318 Otto Wallenius, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes, Peter Hutterer, Ronny Chevalier,
4319 Rusty Bird, Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas
4320 Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel, Tom Gundersen, Tom Yan,
4321 Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Valentin Vidić, Viktar Vaŭčkievič,
4322 WaLyong Cho, Weng Xuetian, Werner Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4324 — Berlin, 2016-07-25
4328 * DNSSEC is now turned on by default in systemd-resolved (in
4329 "allow-downgrade" mode), but may be turned off during compile time by
4330 passing "--with-default-dnssec=no" to "configure" (and of course,
4331 during runtime with DNSSEC= in resolved.conf). We recommend
4332 downstreams to leave this on at least during development cycles and
4333 report any issues with the DNSSEC logic upstream. We are very
4334 interested in collecting feedback about the DNSSEC validator and its
4335 limitations in the wild. Note however, that DNSSEC support is
4336 probably nothing downstreams should turn on in stable distros just
4337 yet, as it might create incompatibilities with a few DNS servers and
4338 networks. We tried hard to make sure we downgrade to non-DNSSEC mode
4339 automatically whenever we detect such incompatible setups, but there
4340 might be systems we do not cover yet. Hence: please help us testing
4341 the DNSSEC code, leave this on where you can, report back, but then
4342 again don't consider turning this on in your stable, LTS or
4343 production release just yet. (Note that you have to enable
4344 nss-resolve in /etc/nsswitch.conf, to actually use systemd-resolved
4345 and its DNSSEC mode for host name resolution from local
4348 * systemd-resolve conveniently resolves DANE records with the --tlsa
4349 option and OPENPGPKEY records with the --openpgp option. It also
4350 supports dumping raw DNS record data via the new --raw= switch.
4352 * systemd-logind will now by default terminate user processes that are
4353 part of the user session scope unit (session-XX.scope) when the user
4354 logs out. This behavior is controlled by the KillUserProcesses=
4355 setting in logind.conf, and the previous default of "no" is now
4356 changed to "yes". This means that user sessions will be properly
4357 cleaned up after, but additional steps are necessary to allow
4358 intentionally long-running processes to survive logout.
4360 While the user is logged in at least once, user@.service is running,
4361 and any service that should survive the end of any individual login
4362 session can be started at a user service or scope using systemd-run.
4363 systemd-run(1) man page has been extended with an example which shows
4364 how to run screen in a scope unit underneath user@.service. The same
4365 command works for tmux.
4367 After the user logs out of all sessions, user@.service will be
4368 terminated too, by default, unless the user has "lingering" enabled.
4369 To effectively allow users to run long-term tasks even if they are
4370 logged out, lingering must be enabled for them. See loginctl(1) for
4371 details. The default polkit policy was modified to allow users to
4372 set lingering for themselves without authentication.
4374 Previous defaults can be restored at compile time by the
4375 --without-kill-user-processes option to "configure".
4377 * systemd-logind gained new configuration settings SessionsMax= and
4378 InhibitorsMax=, both with a default of 8192. It will not register new
4379 user sessions or inhibitors above this limit.
4381 * systemd-logind will now reload configuration on SIGHUP.
4383 * The unified cgroup hierarchy added in Linux 4.5 is now supported.
4384 Use systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 on the kernel command line to
4385 enable. Also, support for the "io" cgroup controller in the unified
4386 hierarchy has been added, so that the "memory", "pids" and "io" are
4387 now the controllers that are supported on the unified hierarchy.
4389 WARNING: it is not possible to use previous systemd versions with
4390 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 and the new kernel. Therefore it
4391 is necessary to also update systemd in the initramfs if using the
4392 unified hierarchy. An updated SELinux policy is also required.
4394 * LLDP support has been extended, and both passive (receive-only) and
4395 active (sender) modes are supported. Passive mode ("routers-only") is
4396 enabled by default in systemd-networkd. Active LLDP mode is enabled
4397 by default for containers on the internal network. The "networkctl
4398 lldp" command may be used to list information gathered. "networkctl
4399 status" will also show basic LLDP information on connected peers now.
4401 * The IAID and DUID unique identifier sent in DHCP requests may now be
4402 configured for the system and each .network file managed by
4403 systemd-networkd using the DUIDType=, DUIDRawData=, IAID= options.
4405 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring proxy ARP support for
4406 each interface, via the ProxyArp= setting in .network files. It also
4407 gained support for configuring the multicast querier feature of
4408 bridge devices, via the new MulticastQuerier= setting in .netdev
4409 files. Similarly, snooping on the IGMP traffic can be controlled
4410 via the new setting MulticastSnooping=.
4412 A new setting PreferredLifetime= has been added for addresses
4413 configured in .network file to configure the lifetime intended for an
4416 The systemd-networkd DHCP server gained the option EmitRouter=, which
4417 defaults to yes, to configure whether the DHCP Option 3 (Router)
4420 * The testing tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-activate is renamed to
4421 systemd-socket-activate and installed into /usr/bin. It is now fully
4424 * systemd-journald now uses separate threads to flush changes to disk
4425 when closing journal files, thus reducing impact of slow disk I/O on
4426 logging performance.
4428 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
4429 sd_journal_open_directory_fd() and sd_journal_open_files_fd() which
4430 can be used to open journal files using file descriptors instead of
4431 file or directory paths. sd_journal_open_container() has been
4432 deprecated, sd_journal_open_directory_fd() should be used instead
4433 with the flag SD_JOURNAL_OS_ROOT.
4435 * journalctl learned a new output mode "-o short-unix" that outputs log
4436 lines prefixed by their UNIX time (i.e. seconds since Jan 1st, 1970
4437 UTC). It also gained support for a new --no-hostname setting to
4438 suppress the hostname column in the family of "short" output modes.
4440 * systemd-ask-password now optionally skips printing of the password to
4441 stdout with --no-output which can be useful in scripts.
4443 * Framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) and 3D printers and scanners
4444 (devices tagged with ID_MAKER_TOOL) are now tagged with
4445 "uaccess" and are available to logged in users.
4447 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports specifiers (with "%").
4449 * "systemctl show" gained a new --value switch, which allows print a
4450 only the contents of a specific unit property, without also printing
4451 the property's name. Similar support was added to "show*" verbs
4452 of loginctl and machinectl that output "key=value" lists.
4454 * A new unit type "generated" was added for files dynamically generated
4455 by generator tools. Similarly, a new unit type "transient" is used
4456 for unit files created using the runtime API. "systemctl enable" will
4457 refuse to operate on such files.
4459 * A new command "systemctl revert" has been added that may be used to
4460 revert to the vendor version of a unit file, in case local changes
4461 have been made by adding drop-ins or overriding the unit file.
4463 * "machinectl clean" gained a new verb to automatically remove all or
4464 just hidden container images.
4466 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for a new line type "e" for emptying
4467 directories, if they exist, without creating them if they don't.
4469 * systemd-nspawn gained support for automatically patching the UID/GIDs
4470 of the owners and the ACLs of all files and directories in a
4471 container tree to match the UID/GID user namespacing range selected
4472 for the container invocation. This mode is enabled via the new
4473 --private-users-chown switch. It also gained support for
4474 automatically choosing a free, previously unused UID/GID range when
4475 starting a container, via the new --private-users=pick setting (which
4476 implies --private-users-chown). Together, these options for the first
4477 time make user namespacing for nspawn containers fully automatic and
4478 thus deployable. The systemd-nspawn@.service template unit file has
4479 been changed to use this functionality by default.
4481 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-zone= switch, that allows
4482 creating ad-hoc virtual Ethernet links between multiple containers,
4483 that only exist as long as at least one container referencing them is
4484 running. This allows easy connecting of multiple containers with a
4485 common link that implements an Ethernet broadcast domain. Each of
4486 these network "zones" may be named relatively freely by the user, and
4487 may be referenced by any number of containers, but each container may
4488 only reference one of these "zones". On the lower level, this is
4489 implemented by an automatically managed bridge network interface for
4490 each zone, that is created when the first container referencing its
4491 zone is created and removed when the last one referencing its zone
4494 * The default start timeout may now be configured on the kernel command
4495 line via systemd.default_timeout_start_sec=. It was already
4496 configurable via the DefaultTimeoutStartSec= option in
4497 /etc/systemd/system.conf.
4499 * Socket units gained a new TriggerLimitIntervalSec= and
4500 TriggerLimitBurst= setting to configure a limit on the activation
4501 rate of the socket unit.
4503 * The LimitNICE= setting now optionally takes normal UNIX nice values
4504 in addition to the raw integer limit value. If the specified
4505 parameter is prefixed with "+" or "-" and is in the range -20..19 the
4506 value is understood as UNIX nice value. If not prefixed like this it
4507 is understood as raw RLIMIT_NICE limit.
4509 * Note that the effect of the PrivateDevices= unit file setting changed
4510 slightly with this release: the per-device /dev file system will be
4511 mounted read-only from this version on, and will have "noexec"
4512 set. This (minor) change of behavior might cause some (exceptional)
4513 legacy software to break, when PrivateDevices=yes is set for its
4514 service. Please leave PrivateDevices= off if you run into problems
4517 * systemd-bootchart has been split out to a separate repository:
4518 https://github.com/systemd/systemd-bootchart
4520 * systemd-bus-proxyd has been removed, as kdbus is unlikely to still be
4521 merged into the kernel in its current form.
4523 * The compatibility libraries libsystemd-daemon.so,
4524 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-id128.so, and libsystemd-login.so
4525 which have been deprecated since systemd-209 have been removed along
4526 with the corresponding pkg-config files. All symbols provided by
4527 those libraries are provided by libsystemd.so.
4529 * The Capabilities= unit file setting has been removed (it is ignored
4530 for backwards compatibility). AmbientCapabilities= and
4531 CapabilityBoundingSet= should be used instead.
4533 * A new special target has been added, initrd-root-device.target,
4534 which creates a synchronization point for dependencies of the root
4535 device in early userspace. Initramfs builders must ensure that this
4536 target is now included in early userspace.
4538 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Shopov,
4539 Alex Crawford, Andre Klärner, Andrew Eikum, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin
4540 Robin, Biao Lu, Bjørnar Ness, Calvin Owens, Christian Hesse, Clemens
4541 Gruber, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh,
4542 Daniel Mack, Dan Nicholson, daurnimator, David Herrmann, David
4543 R. Hedges, Elias Probst, Emmanuel Gil Peyrot, EMOziko, Evgeny
4544 Vereshchagin, Federico, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck
4545 Bui, frankheckenbach, gdamjan, Georgia Brikis, Harald Hoyer, Hendrik
4546 Brueckner, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ian Kelling, Ismo
4547 Puustinen, Jakub Wilk, Jaroslav Škarvada, Jeff Huang, Joel Holdsworth,
4548 John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathan Boulle, kayrus, Klearchos
4549 Chaloulos, Kyle Russell, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir
4550 Rintel, Lukáš Nykrýn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt,
4551 Michael Biebl, michaelolbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný,
4552 Michal Sekletar, Mike Frysinger, Mike Gilbert, Mingcong Bai, Ming Lin,
4553 mulkieran, muzena, Nalin Dahyabhai, Naohiro Aota, Nathan McSween,
4554 Nicolas Braud-Santoni, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern,
4555 Petr Lautrbach, Petros Angelatos, Piotr Drąg, Rabin Vincent, Robert
4556 Węcławski, Ronny Chevalier, Samuel Tardieu, Stefan Saraev, Stefan
4557 Schallenberg aka nafets227, Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
4558 Plantefève, Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller,
4559 Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Klauser, Tom Gundersen, topimiettinen,
4560 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uwe Kleine-König, Victor Toso,
4561 Vinay Kulkarni, Vito Caputo, Vittorio G (VittGam), Vladimir Panteleev,
4562 Wieland Hoffmann, Wouter Verhelst, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
4565 — Fairfax, 2016-05-21
4569 * The systemd-resolved DNS resolver service has gained a substantial
4570 set of new features, most prominently it may now act as a DNSSEC
4571 validating stub resolver. DNSSEC mode is currently turned off by
4572 default, but is expected to be turned on by default in one of the
4573 next releases. For now, we invite everybody to test the DNSSEC logic
4574 by setting DNSSEC=allow-downgrade in /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. The
4575 service also gained a full set of D-Bus interfaces, including calls
4576 to configure DNS and DNSSEC settings per link (for use by external
4577 network management software). systemd-resolved and systemd-networkd
4578 now distinguish between "search" and "routing" domains. The former
4579 are used to qualify single-label names, the latter are used purely
4580 for routing lookups within certain domains to specific links.
4581 resolved now also synthesizes RRs for all entries from /etc/hosts.
4583 * The systemd-resolve tool (which is a client utility for
4584 systemd-resolved) has been improved considerably and is now fully
4585 supported and documented. Hence it has moved from /usr/lib/systemd to
4588 * /dev/disk/by-path/ symlink support has been (re-)added for virtio
4591 * The coredump collection logic has been reworked: when a coredump is
4592 collected it is now written to disk, compressed and processed
4593 (including stacktrace extraction) from a new instantiated service
4594 systemd-coredump@.service, instead of directly from the
4595 /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook we provide. This is beneficial as
4596 processing large coredumps can take up a substantial amount of
4597 resources and time, and this previously happened entirely outside of
4598 systemd's service supervision. With the new logic the core_pattern
4599 hook only does minimal metadata collection before passing off control
4600 to the new instantiated service, which is configured with a time
4601 limit, a nice level and other settings to minimize negative impact on
4602 the rest of the system. Also note that the new logic will honour the
4603 RLIMIT_CORE setting of the crashed process, which now allows users
4604 and processes to turn off coredumping for their processes by setting
4607 * The RLIMIT_CORE resource limit now defaults to "unlimited" for PID 1
4608 and all forked processes by default. Previously, PID 1 would leave
4609 the setting at "0" for all processes, as set by the kernel. Note that
4610 the resource limit traditionally has no effect on the generated
4611 coredumps on the system if the /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook
4612 logic is used. Since the limit is now honoured (see above) its
4613 default has been changed so that the coredumping logic is enabled by
4614 default for all processes, while allowing specific opt-out.
4616 * When the stacktrace is extracted from processes of system users, this
4617 is now done as "systemd-coredump" user, in order to sandbox this
4618 potentially security sensitive parsing operation. (Note that when
4619 processing coredumps of normal users this is done under the user ID
4620 of process that crashed, as before.) Packagers should take notice
4621 that it is now necessary to create the "systemd-coredump" system user
4622 and group at package installation time.
4624 * The systemd-activate socket activation testing tool gained support
4625 for SOCK_DGRAM and SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets using the new --datagram
4626 and --seqpacket switches. It also has been extended to support both
4627 new-style and inetd-style file descriptor passing. Use the new
4628 --inetd switch to request inetd-style file descriptor passing.
4630 * Most systemd tools now honor a new $SYSTEMD_COLORS environment
4631 variable, which takes a boolean value. If set to false, ANSI color
4632 output is disabled in the tools even when run on a terminal that
4635 * The VXLAN support in networkd now supports two new settings
4636 DestinationPort= and PortRange=.
4638 * A new systemd.machine_id= kernel command line switch has been added,
4639 that may be used to set the machine ID in /etc/machine-id if it is
4640 not initialized yet. This command line option has no effect if the
4641 file is already initialized.
4643 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --as-pid2 switch that invokes any
4644 specified command line as PID 2 rather than PID 1 in the
4645 container. In this mode PID 1 is a minimal stub init process that
4646 implements the special POSIX and Linux semantics of PID 1 regarding
4647 signal and child process management. Note that this stub init process
4648 is implemented in nspawn itself and requires no support from the
4649 container image. This new logic is useful to support running
4650 arbitrary commands in the container, as normal processes are
4651 generally not prepared to run as PID 1.
4653 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --chdir= switch for setting the current
4654 working directory for the process started in the container.
4656 * "journalctl /dev/sda" will now output all kernel log messages for
4657 specified device from the current boot, in addition to all devices
4658 that are parents of it. This should make log output about devices
4659 pretty useful, as long as kernel drivers attach enough metadata to
4660 the log messages. (The usual SATA drivers do.)
4662 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
4663 sd_journal_has_runtime_files() and sd_journal_has_persistent_files()
4664 that report whether log data from /run or /var has been found.
4666 * journalctl gained a new switch "--fields" that prints all journal
4667 record field names currently in use in the journal. This is backed
4668 by two new sd-journal API calls sd_journal_enumerate_fields() and
4669 sd_journal_restart_fields().
4671 * Most configurable timeouts in systemd now expect an argument of
4672 "infinity" to turn them off, instead of "0" as before. The semantics
4673 from now on is that a timeout of "0" means "now", and "infinity"
4674 means "never". To maintain backwards compatibility, "0" continues to
4675 turn off previously existing timeout settings.
4677 * "systemctl reload-or-try-restart" has been renamed to "systemctl
4678 try-reload-or-restart" to clarify what it actually does: the "try"
4679 logic applies to both reloading and restarting, not just restarting.
4680 The old name continues to be accepted for compatibility.
4682 * On boot-up, when PID 1 detects that the system clock is behind the
4683 release date of the systemd version in use, the clock is now set
4684 to the latter. Previously, this was already done in timesyncd, in order
4685 to avoid running with clocks set to the various clock epochs such as
4686 1902, 1938 or 1970. With this change the logic is now done in PID 1
4687 in addition to timesyncd during early boot-up, so that it is enforced
4688 before the first process is spawned by systemd. Note that the logic
4689 in timesyncd remains, as it is more comprehensive and ensures
4690 clock monotonicity by maintaining a persistent timestamp file in
4691 /var. Since /var is generally not available in earliest boot or the
4692 initrd, this part of the logic remains in timesyncd, and is not done
4695 * Support for tweaking details in net_cls.class_id through the
4696 NetClass= configuration directive has been removed, as the kernel
4697 people have decided to deprecate that controller in cgroup v2.
4698 Userspace tools such as nftables are moving over to setting rules
4699 that are specific to the full cgroup path of a task, which obsoletes
4700 these controllers anyway. The NetClass= directive is kept around for
4701 legacy compatibility reasons. For a more in-depth description of the
4702 kernel change, please refer to the respective upstream commit:
4704 https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=bd1060a1d671
4706 * A new service setting RuntimeMaxSec= has been added that may be used
4707 to specify a maximum runtime for a service. If the timeout is hit, the
4708 service is terminated and put into a failure state.
4710 * A new service setting AmbientCapabilities= has been added. It allows
4711 configuration of additional Linux process capabilities that are
4712 passed to the activated processes. This is only available on very
4715 * The process resource limit settings in service units may now be used
4716 to configure hard and soft limits individually.
4718 * The various libsystemd APIs such as sd-bus or sd-event now publicly
4719 expose support for gcc's __attribute__((cleanup())) C extension.
4720 Specifically, for many object destructor functions alternative
4721 versions have been added that have names suffixed with "p" and take a
4722 pointer to a pointer to the object to destroy, instead of just a
4723 pointer to the object itself. This is useful because these destructor
4724 functions may be used directly as parameters to the cleanup
4725 construct. Internally, systemd has been a heavy user of this GCC
4726 extension for a long time, and with this change similar support is
4727 now available to consumers of the library outside of systemd. Note
4728 that by using this extension in your sources compatibility with old
4729 and strictly ANSI compatible C compilers is lost. However, all gcc or
4730 LLVM versions of recent years support this extension.
4732 * Timer units gained support for a new setting RandomizedDelaySec= that
4733 allows configuring some additional randomized delay to the configured
4734 time. This is useful to spread out timer events to avoid load peaks in
4735 clusters or larger setups.
4737 * Calendar time specifications now support sub-second accuracy.
4739 * Socket units now support listening on SCTP and UDP-lite protocol
4742 * The sd-event API now comes with a full set of man pages.
4744 * Older versions of systemd contained experimental support for
4745 compressing journal files and coredumps with the LZ4 compressor that
4746 was not compatible with the lz4 binary (due to API limitations of the
4747 lz4 library). This support has been removed; only support for files
4748 compatible with the lz4 binary remains. This LZ4 logic is now
4749 officially supported and no longer considered experimental.
4751 * The dkr image import logic has been removed again from importd. dkr's
4752 micro-services focus doesn't fit into the machine image focus of
4753 importd, and quickly got out of date with the upstream dkr API.
4755 * Creation of the /run/lock/lockdev/ directory was dropped from
4756 tmpfiles.d/legacy.conf. Better locking mechanisms like flock() have
4757 been available for many years. If you still need this, you need to
4758 create your own tmpfiles.d config file with:
4760 d /run/lock/lockdev 0775 root lock -
4762 * The settings StartLimitBurst=, StartLimitInterval=, StartLimitAction=
4763 and RebootArgument= have been moved from the [Service] section of
4764 unit files to [Unit], and they are now supported on all unit types,
4765 not just service units. Of course, systemd will continue to
4766 understand these settings also at the old location, in order to
4767 maintain compatibility.
4769 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Alban Crequy, Aleksander
4770 Adamowski, Alexander Kuleshov, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei Borzenkov,
4771 Andrew Wilcox, Arthur Clement, Beniamino Galvani, Casey Schaufler,
4772 Chris Atkinson, Chris Mayo, Christian Hesse, Damjan Georgievski, Dan
4773 Dedrick, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh, Daniel Korostil, Daniel Mack,
4774 David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominik Hannen, Douglas Christman,
4775 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Gabor Kelemen,
4776 Harald Hoyer, Hayden Walles, Helmut Grohne, Henrik Kaare Poulsen,
4777 Hristo Venev, Hui Wang, Indrajit Raychaudhuri, Ismo Puustinen, Jakub
4778 Wilk, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jan Synacek,
4779 Joost Bremmer, Jorgen Schaefer, Karel Zak, Klearchos Chaloulos,
4780 lc85446, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
4781 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer,
4782 Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar, Nicolas Cornu, Nicolas Iooss, Nils
4783 Carlson, nmartensen, nnz1024, Patrick Ohly, Peter Hutterer, Phillip Sz,
4784 Ronny Chevalier, Samu Kallio, Shawn Landden, Stef Walter, Susant
4785 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Tadej Janež, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
4786 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito
4787 Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4789 — Berlin, 2016-02-11
4793 * A number of properties previously only settable in unit
4794 files are now also available as properties to set when
4795 creating transient units programmatically via the bus, as it
4796 is exposed with systemd-run's --property=
4797 setting. Specifically, these are: SyslogIdentifier=,
4798 SyslogLevelPrefix=, TimerSlackNSec=, OOMScoreAdjust=,
4799 EnvironmentFile=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
4800 ReadOnlyDirectories=, InaccessibleDirectories=,
4801 ProtectSystem=, ProtectHome=, RuntimeDirectory=.
4803 * When creating transient services via the bus API it is now
4804 possible to pass in a set of file descriptors to use as
4805 STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR for the invoked process.
4807 * Slice units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs,
4808 similar to the way service and scope units may already be
4809 created transiently.
4811 * Wherever systemd expects a calendar timestamp specification
4812 (like in journalctl's --since= and --until= switches) UTC
4813 timestamps are now supported. Timestamps suffixed with "UTC"
4814 are now considered to be in Universal Time Coordinated
4815 instead of the local timezone. Also, timestamps may now
4816 optionally be specified with sub-second accuracy. Both of
4817 these additions also apply to recurring calendar event
4818 specification, such as OnCalendar= in timer units.
4820 * journalctl gained a new "--sync" switch that asks the
4821 journal daemon to write all so far unwritten log messages to
4822 disk and sync the files, before returning.
4824 * systemd-tmpfiles learned two new line types "q" and "Q" that
4825 operate like "v", but also set up a basic btrfs quota
4826 hierarchy when used on a btrfs file system with quota
4829 * tmpfiles' "v", "q" and "Q" will now create a plain directory
4830 instead of a subvolume (even on a btrfs file system) if the
4831 root directory is a plain directory, and not a
4832 subvolume. This should simplify things with certain chroot()
4833 environments which are not aware of the concept of btrfs
4836 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --chroot switch to detect
4837 whether execution takes place in a chroot() environment.
4839 * CPUAffinity= now takes CPU index ranges in addition to
4842 * The various memory-related resource limit settings (such as
4843 LimitAS=) now understand the usual K, M, G, ... suffixes to
4844 the base of 1024 (IEC). Similar, the time-related resource
4845 limit settings understand the usual min, h, day, ...
4848 * There's a new system.conf setting DefaultTasksMax= to
4849 control the default TasksMax= setting for services and
4850 scopes running on the system. (TasksMax= is the primary
4851 setting that exposes the "pids" cgroup controller on systemd
4852 and was introduced in the previous systemd release.) The
4853 setting now defaults to 512, which means services that are
4854 not explicitly configured otherwise will only be able to
4855 create 512 processes or threads at maximum, from this
4856 version on. Note that this means that thread- or
4857 process-heavy services might need to be reconfigured to set
4858 TasksMax= to a higher value. It is sufficient to set
4859 TasksMax= in these specific unit files to a higher value, or
4860 even "infinity". Similar, there's now a logind.conf setting
4861 UserTasksMax= that defaults to 4096 and limits the total
4862 number of processes or tasks each user may own
4863 concurrently. nspawn containers also have the TasksMax=
4864 value set by default now, to 8192. Note that all of this
4865 only has an effect if the "pids" cgroup controller is
4866 enabled in the kernel. The general benefit of these changes
4867 should be a more robust and safer system, that provides a
4868 certain amount of per-service fork() bomb protection.
4870 * systemd-nspawn gained the new --network-veth-extra= switch
4871 to define additional and arbitrarily-named virtual Ethernet
4872 links between the host and the container.
4874 * A new service execution setting PassEnvironment= has been
4875 added that allows importing select environment variables
4876 from PID1's environment block into the environment block of
4879 * Timer units gained support for a new RemainAfterElapse=
4880 setting which takes a boolean argument. It defaults to on,
4881 exposing behaviour unchanged to previous releases. If set to
4882 off, timer units are unloaded after they elapsed if they
4883 cannot elapse again. This is particularly useful for
4884 transient timer units, which shall not stay around longer
4885 than until they first elapse.
4887 * systemd will now bump the net.unix.max_dgram_qlen to 512 by
4888 default now (the kernel default is 16). This is beneficial
4889 for avoiding blocking on AF_UNIX/SOCK_DGRAM sockets since it
4890 allows substantially larger numbers of queued
4891 datagrams. This should increase the capability of systemd to
4892 parallelize boot-up, as logging and sd_notify() are unlikely
4893 to stall execution anymore. If you need to change the value
4894 from the new defaults, use the usual sysctl.d/ snippets.
4896 * The compression framing format used by the journal or
4897 coredump processing has changed to be in line with what the
4898 official LZ4 tools generate. LZ4 compression support in
4899 systemd was considered unsupported previously, as the format
4900 was not compatible with the normal tools. With this release
4901 this has changed now, and it is hence safe for downstream
4902 distributions to turn it on. While not compressing as well
4903 as the XZ, LZ4 is substantially faster, which makes
4904 it a good default choice for the compression logic in the
4905 journal and in coredump handling.
4907 * Any reference to /etc/mtab has been dropped from
4908 systemd. The file has been obsolete since a while, but
4909 systemd refused to work on systems where it was incorrectly
4910 set up (it should be a symlink or non-existent). Please make
4911 sure to update to util-linux 2.27.1 or newer in conjunction
4912 with this systemd release, which also drops any reference to
4913 /etc/mtab. If you maintain a distribution make sure that no
4914 software you package still references it, as this is a
4915 likely source of bugs. There's also a glibc bug pending,
4916 asking for removal of any reference to this obsolete file:
4918 https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19108
4920 Note that only util-linux versions built with
4921 --enable-libmount-force-mountinfo are supported.
4923 * Support for the ".snapshot" unit type has been removed. This
4924 feature turned out to be little useful and little used, and
4925 has now been removed from the core and from systemctl.
4927 * The dependency types RequiresOverridable= and
4928 RequisiteOverridable= have been removed from systemd. They
4929 have been used only very sparingly to our knowledge and
4930 other options that provide a similar effect (such as
4931 systemctl --mode=ignore-dependencies) are much more useful
4932 and commonly used. Moreover, they were only half-way
4933 implemented as the option to control behaviour regarding
4934 these dependencies was never added to systemctl. By removing
4935 these dependency types the execution engine becomes a bit
4936 simpler. Unit files that use these dependencies should be
4937 changed to use the non-Overridable dependency types
4938 instead. In fact, when parsing unit files with these
4939 options, that's what systemd will automatically convert them
4940 too, but it will also warn, asking users to fix the unit
4941 files accordingly. Removal of these dependency types should
4942 only affect a negligible number of unit files in the wild.
4944 * Behaviour of networkd's IPForward= option changed
4945 (again). It will no longer maintain a per-interface setting,
4946 but propagate one way from interfaces where this is enabled
4947 to the global kernel setting. The global setting will be
4948 enabled when requested by a network that is set up, but
4949 never be disabled again. This change was made to make sure
4950 IPv4 and IPv6 behaviour regarding packet forwarding is
4951 similar (as the Linux IPv6 stack does not support
4952 per-interface control of this setting) and to minimize
4955 * In unit files the behaviour of %u, %U, %h, %s has
4956 changed. These specifiers will now unconditionally resolve
4957 to the various user database fields of the user that the
4958 systemd instance is running as, instead of the user
4959 configured in the specific unit via User=. Note that this
4960 effectively doesn't change much, as resolving of these
4961 specifiers was already turned off in the --system instance
4962 of systemd, as we cannot do NSS lookups from PID 1. In the
4963 --user instance of systemd these specifiers where correctly
4964 resolved, but hardly made any sense, since the user instance
4965 lacks privileges to do user switches anyway, and User= is
4966 hence useless. Moreover, even in the --user instance of
4967 systemd behaviour was awkward as it would only take settings
4968 from User= assignment placed before the specifier into
4969 account. In order to unify and simplify the logic around
4970 this the specifiers will now always resolve to the
4971 credentials of the user invoking the manager (which in case
4972 of PID 1 is the root user).
4974 Contributions from: Andrew Jones, Beniamino Galvani, Boyuan
4975 Yang, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann, David
4976 Reynolds, David Strauss, Dongsu Park, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
4977 Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Hristo
4978 Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
4979 Synacek, Jesus Ornelas Aguayo, Karel Zak, kayrus, Kay Sievers,
4980 Lennart Poettering, Liu Yuan Yuan, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
4981 Holtmann, Marcin Bachry, Marcos Alano, Marcos Mello, Mark
4982 Theunissen, Martin Pitt, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
4983 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nick Owens,
4984 Nicolas Cornu, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, reverendhomer,
4985 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Shawn Landden,
4986 Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
4987 Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Vito Caputo, Zbigniew
4990 — Berlin, 2015-11-18
4994 * systemd now depends on util-linux v2.27. More specifically,
4995 the newly added mount monitor feature in libmount now
4996 replaces systemd's former own implementation.
4998 * libmount mandates /etc/mtab not to be regular file, and
4999 systemd now enforces this condition at early boot.
5000 /etc/mtab has been deprecated and warned about for a very
5001 long time, so systems running systemd should already have
5002 stopped having this file around as anything else than a
5003 symlink to /proc/self/mounts.
5005 * Support for the "pids" cgroup controller has been added. It
5006 allows accounting the number of tasks in a cgroup and
5007 enforcing limits on it. This adds two new setting
5008 TasksAccounting= and TasksMax= to each unit, as well as a
5009 global option DefaultTasksAccounting=.
5011 * Support for the "net_cls" cgroup controller has been added.
5012 It allows assigning a net class ID to each task in the
5013 cgroup, which can then be used in firewall rules and traffic
5014 shaping configurations. Note that the kernel netfilter net
5015 class code does not currently work reliably for ingress
5016 packets on unestablished sockets.
5018 This adds a new config directive called NetClass= to CGroup
5019 enabled units. Allowed values are positive numbers for fixed
5020 assignments and "auto" for picking a free value
5023 * 'systemctl is-system-running' now returns 'offline' if the
5024 system is not booted with systemd. This command can now be
5025 used as a substitute for 'systemd-notify --booted'.
5027 * Watchdog timeouts have been increased to 3 minutes for all
5028 in-tree service files. Apparently, disk IO issues are more
5029 frequent than we hoped, and user reported >1 minute waiting
5032 * 'machine-id-commit' functionality has been merged into
5033 'machine-id-setup --commit'. The separate binary has been
5036 * The WorkingDirectory= directive in unit files may now be set
5037 to the special value '~'. In this case, the working
5038 directory is set to the home directory of the user
5039 configured in User=.
5041 * "machinectl shell" will now open the shell in the home
5042 directory of the selected user by default.
5044 * The CrashChVT= configuration file setting is renamed to
5045 CrashChangeVT=, following our usual logic of not
5046 abbreviating unnecessarily. The old directive is still
5047 supported for compat reasons. Also, this directive now takes
5048 an integer value between 1 and 63, or a boolean value. The
5049 formerly supported '-1' value for disabling stays around for
5052 * The PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=,
5053 NoNewPrivileges=, TTYPath=, WorkingDirectory= and
5054 RootDirectory= properties can now be set for transient
5057 * The systemd-analyze tool gained a new "set-log-target" verb
5058 to change the logging target the system manager logs to
5059 dynamically during runtime. This is similar to how
5060 "systemd-analyze set-log-level" already changes the log
5063 * In nspawn /sys is now mounted as tmpfs, with only a selected
5064 set of subdirectories mounted in from the real sysfs. This
5065 enhances security slightly, and is useful for ensuring user
5066 namespaces work correctly.
5068 * Support for USB FunctionFS activation has been added. This
5069 allows implementation of USB gadget services that are
5070 activated as soon as they are requested, so that they don't
5071 have to run continuously, similar to classic socket
5074 * The "systemctl exit" command now optionally takes an
5075 additional parameter that sets the exit code to return from
5076 the systemd manager when exiting. This is only relevant when
5077 running the systemd user instance, or when running the
5078 system instance in a container.
5080 * sd-bus gained the new API calls sd_bus_path_encode_many()
5081 and sd_bus_path_decode_many() that allow easy encoding and
5082 decoding of multiple identifier strings inside a D-Bus
5083 object path. Another new call sd_bus_default_flush_close()
5084 has been added to flush and close per-thread default
5087 * systemd-cgtop gained support for a -M/--machine= switch to
5088 show the control groups within a certain container only.
5090 * "systemctl kill" gained support for an optional --fail
5091 switch. If specified the requested operation will fail of no
5092 processes have been killed, because the unit had no
5093 processes attached, or similar.
5095 * A new systemd.crash_reboot=1 kernel command line option has
5096 been added that triggers a reboot after crashing. This can
5097 also be set through CrashReboot= in systemd.conf.
5099 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting now understands unit
5100 specifiers like %i or %f.
5102 * A new (still internal) library API sd-ipv4acd has been added,
5103 that implements address conflict detection for IPv4. It's
5104 based on code from sd-ipv4ll, and will be useful for
5105 detecting DHCP address conflicts.
5107 * File descriptors passed during socket activation may now be
5108 named. A new API sd_listen_fds_with_names() is added to
5109 access the names. The default names may be overridden,
5110 either in the .socket file using the FileDescriptorName=
5111 parameter, or by passing FDNAME= when storing the file
5112 descriptors using sd_notify().
5114 * systemd-networkd gained support for:
5116 - Setting the IPv6 Router Advertisement settings via
5117 IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= in .network files.
5119 - Configuring the HelloTimeSec=, MaxAgeSec= and
5120 ForwardDelaySec= bridge parameters in .netdev files.
5122 - Configuring PreferredSource= for static routes in
5125 * The "ask-password" framework used to query for LUKS harddisk
5126 passwords or SSL passwords during boot gained support for
5127 caching passwords in the kernel keyring, if it is
5128 available. This makes sure that the user only has to type in
5129 a passphrase once if there are multiple objects to unlock
5130 with the same one. Previously, such password caching was
5131 available only when Plymouth was used; this moves the
5132 caching logic into the systemd codebase itself. The
5133 "systemd-ask-password" utility gained a new --keyname=
5134 switch to control which kernel keyring key to use for
5135 caching a password in. This functionality is also useful for
5136 enabling display managers such as gdm to automatically
5137 unlock the user's GNOME keyring if its passphrase, the
5138 user's password and the harddisk password are the same, if
5139 gdm-autologin is used.
5141 * When downloading tar or raw images using "machinectl
5142 pull-tar" or "machinectl pull-raw", a matching ".nspawn"
5143 file is now also downloaded, if it is available and stored
5144 next to the image file.
5146 * Units of type ".socket" gained a new boolean setting
5147 Writable= which is only useful in conjunction with
5148 ListenSpecial=. If true, enables opening the specified
5149 special file in O_RDWR mode rather than O_RDONLY mode.
5151 * systemd-rfkill has been reworked to become a singleton
5152 service that is activated through /dev/rfkill on each rfkill
5153 state change and saves the settings to disk. This way,
5154 systemd-rfkill is now compatible with devices that exist
5155 only intermittendly, and even restores state if the previous
5156 system shutdown was abrupt rather than clean.
5158 * The journal daemon gained support for vacuuming old journal
5159 files controlled by the number of files that shall remain,
5160 in addition to the already existing control by size and by
5161 date. This is useful as journal interleaving performance
5162 degrades with too many separate journal files, and allows
5163 putting an effective limit on them. The new setting defaults
5164 to 100, but this may be changed by setting SystemMaxFiles=
5165 and RuntimeMaxFiles= in journald.conf. Also, the
5166 "journalctl" tool gained the new --vacuum-files= switch to
5167 manually vacuum journal files to leave only the specified
5168 number of files in place.
5170 * udev will now create /dev/disk/by-path links for ATA devices
5171 on kernels where that is supported.
5173 * Galician, Serbian, Turkish and Korean translations were added.
5175 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Alban Crequy, Beniamino
5176 Galvani, Benjamin Robin, Branislav Blaskovic, Chen-Han Hsiao
5177 (Stanley), Daniel Buch, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David
5178 Herrmann, David Milburn, doubleodoug, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
5179 Felipe Franciosi, Filipe Brandenburger, Fran Dieguez, Gabriel
5180 de Perthuis, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Hendrik Brueckner,
5181 Ivan Shapovalov, Jacob Keller, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen,
5182 Jan Synacek, Jens Kuske, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Krzesimir
5183 Nowak, Krzysztof Kotlenga, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart
5184 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski,
5185 Marcel Holtmann, Marius Thesing, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
5186 Michael Gebetsroither, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike
5187 Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, nazgul77, Nicolas Cornu, NoXPhasma,
5188 Olof Johansson, Patrik Flykt, Pawel Szewczyk, reverendhomer,
5189 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Susant Sahani,
5190 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
5191 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Lyon, Viktar Vauchkevich,
5192 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић
5194 — Berlin, 2015-10-07
5198 * The DHCP implementation of systemd-networkd gained a set of
5201 - The DHCP server now supports emitting DNS and NTP
5202 information. It may be enabled and configured via
5203 EmitDNS=, DNS=, EmitNTP=, and NTP=. If transmission of DNS
5204 and NTP information is enabled, but no servers are
5205 configured, the corresponding uplink information (if there
5206 is any) is propagated.
5208 - Server and client now support transmission and reception
5209 of timezone information. It can be configured via the
5210 newly introduced network options UseTimezone=,
5211 EmitTimezone=, and Timezone=. Transmission of timezone
5212 information is enabled between host and containers by
5213 default now: the container will change its local timezone
5214 to what the host has set.
5216 - Lease timeouts can now be configured via
5217 MaxLeaseTimeSec= and DefaultLeaseTimeSec=.
5219 - The DHCP server improved on the stability of
5220 leases. Clients are more likely to get the same lease
5221 information back, even if the server loses state.
5223 - The DHCP server supports two new configuration options to
5224 control the lease address pool metrics, PoolOffset= and
5227 * The encapsulation limit of tunnels in systemd-networkd may
5228 now be configured via 'EncapsulationLimit='. It allows
5229 modifying the maximum additional levels of encapsulation
5230 that are permitted to be prepended to a packet.
5232 * systemd now supports the concept of user buses replacing
5233 session buses, if used with dbus-1.10 (and enabled via dbus
5234 --enable-user-session). It previously only supported this on
5235 kdbus-enabled systems, and this release expands this to
5236 'dbus-daemon' systems.
5238 * systemd-networkd now supports predictable interface names
5241 * systemd now optionally supports the new Linux kernel
5242 "unified" control group hierarchy. If enabled via the kernel
5243 command-line option 'systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1',
5244 systemd will try to mount the unified cgroup hierarchy
5245 directly on /sys/fs/cgroup. If not enabled, or not
5246 available, systemd will fall back to the legacy cgroup
5247 hierarchy setup, as before. Host system and containers can
5248 mix and match legacy and unified hierarchies as they
5249 wish. nspawn understands the $UNIFIED_CGROUP_HIERARCHY
5250 environment variable to individually select the hierarchy to
5251 use for executed containers. By default, nspawn will use the
5252 unified hierarchy for the containers if the host uses the
5253 unified hierarchy, and the legacy hierarchy otherwise.
5254 Please note that at this point the unified hierarchy is an
5255 experimental kernel feature and is likely to change in one
5256 of the next kernel releases. Therefore, it should not be
5257 enabled by default in downstream distributions yet. The
5258 minimum required kernel version for the unified hierarchy to
5259 work is 4.2. Note that when the unified hierarchy is used
5260 for the first time delegated access to controllers is
5261 safe. Because of this systemd-nspawn containers will get
5262 access to controllers now, as will systemd user
5263 sessions. This means containers and user sessions may now
5264 manage their own resources, partitioning up what the system
5267 * A new special scope unit "init.scope" has been introduced
5268 that encapsulates PID 1 of the system. It may be used to
5269 determine resource usage and enforce resource limits on PID
5270 1 itself. PID 1 hence moved out of the root of the control
5273 * The cgtop tool gained support for filtering out kernel
5274 threads when counting tasks in a control group. Also, the
5275 count of processes is now recursively summed up by
5276 default. Two options -k and --recursive= have been added to
5277 revert to old behaviour. The tool has also been updated to
5278 work correctly in containers now.
5280 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --bind-ro= options have been
5281 extended to allow creation of non-recursive bind mounts.
5283 * libsystemd gained two new calls sd_pid_get_cgroup() and
5284 sd_peer_get_cgroup() which return the control group path of
5285 a process or peer of a connected AF_UNIX socket. This
5286 function call is particularly useful when implementing
5287 delegated subtrees support in the control group hierarchy.
5289 * The "sd-event" event loop API of libsystemd now supports
5290 correct dequeuing of real-time signals, without losing
5293 * When systemd requests a polkit decision when managing units it
5294 will now add additional fields to the request, including unit
5295 name and desired operation. This enables more powerful polkit
5296 policies, that make decisions depending on these parameters.
5298 * nspawn learnt support for .nspawn settings files, that may
5299 accompany the image files or directories of containers, and
5300 may contain additional settings for the container. This is
5301 an alternative to configuring container parameters via the
5302 nspawn command line.
5304 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, David
5305 Herrmann, Eugene Yakubovich, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe
5306 Brandenburger, Hans de Goede, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
5307 Synacek, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mangix, Marcel
5308 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michal
5309 Sekletar, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, reverendhomer, Robin
5310 Hack, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Pasche, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
5311 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø
5313 — Berlin, 2015-09-08
5317 * machinectl gained a new verb 'shell' which opens a fresh
5318 shell on the target container or the host. It is similar to
5319 the existing 'login' command of machinectl, but spawns the
5320 shell directly without prompting for username or
5321 password. The pseudo machine '.host' now refers to the local
5322 host and is used by default. Hence, 'machinectl shell' can
5323 be used as replacement for 'su -' which spawns a session as
5324 a fresh systemd unit in a way that is fully isolated from
5325 the originating session.
5327 * systemd-networkd learned to cope with private-zone DHCP
5328 options and allows other programs to query the values.
5330 * SELinux access control when enabling/disabling units is no
5331 longer enforced with this release. The previous implementation
5332 was incorrect, and a new corrected implementation is not yet
5333 available. As unit file operations are still protected via
5334 polkit and D-Bus policy this is not a security problem. Yet,
5335 distributions which care about optimal SELinux support should
5336 probably not stabilize on this release.
5338 * sd-bus gained support for matches of type "arg0has=", that
5339 test for membership of strings in string arrays sent in bus
5342 * systemd-resolved now dumps the contents of its DNS and LLMNR
5343 caches to the logs on reception of the SIGUSR1 signal. This
5344 is useful to debug DNS behaviour.
5346 * The coredumpctl tool gained a new --directory= option to
5347 operate on journal files in a specific directory.
5349 * "systemctl reboot" and related commands gained a new
5350 "--message=" option which may be used to set a free-text
5351 wall message when shutting down or rebooting the
5352 system. This message is also logged, which is useful for
5353 figuring out the reason for a reboot or shutdown a
5356 * The "systemd-resolve-host" tool's -i switch now takes
5357 network interface numbers as alternative to interface names.
5359 * A new unit file setting for services has been introduced:
5360 UtmpMode= allows configuration of how precisely systemd
5361 handles utmp and wtmp entries for the service if this is
5362 enabled. This allows writing services that appear similar to
5363 user sessions in the output of the "w", "who", "last" and
5366 * systemd-resolved will now locally synthesize DNS resource
5367 records for the "localhost" and "gateway" domains as well as
5368 the local hostname. This should ensure that clients querying
5369 RRs via resolved will get similar results as those going via
5370 NSS, if nss-myhostname is enabled.
5372 Contributions from: Alastair Hughes, Alex Crawford, Daniel
5373 Mack, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Kostrowski,
5374 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Jan
5375 Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Johnny Robeson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
5376 Kefeng Wang, Lennart Poettering, Major Hayden, Marcel
5377 Holtmann, Markus Elfring, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Matt
5378 Turner, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Namhyung Kim,
5379 Nicolas Cornu, Owen W. Taylor, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer,
5380 reverendhomer, Richard Maw, Ronny Chevalier, Seth Jennings,
5381 Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe
5382 Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Meyer, Tom Gundersen, Vincent Batts,
5383 WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5385 — Berlin, 2015-08-27
5389 * The systemd-efi-boot-generator functionality was merged into
5390 systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
5392 * systemd-networkd now supports Group Policy for vxlan
5393 devices. It can be enabled via the new boolean configuration
5394 option called 'GroupPolicyExtension='.
5396 Contributions from: Andreas Kempf, Christian Hesse, Daniel Mack, David
5397 Herrmann, Herman Fries, Johannes Nixdorf, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5398 Poettering, Peter Hutterer, Susant Sahani, Tom Gundersen
5400 — Berlin, 2015-07-31
5404 * The python-systemd code has been removed from the systemd repository.
5405 A new repository has been created which accommodates the code from
5406 now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a separate package
5407 for this: https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
5409 * The systemd daemon will now reload its main configuration
5410 (/etc/systemd/system.conf) on daemon-reload.
5412 * sd-dhcp now exposes vendor specific extensions via
5413 sd_dhcp_lease_get_vendor_specific().
5415 * systemd-networkd gained a number of new configuration options.
5417 - A new boolean configuration option for TAP devices called
5418 'VNetHeader='. If set, the IFF_VNET_HDR flag is set for the
5419 device, thus allowing to send and receive GSO packets.
5421 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'CopyDSCP='.
5422 If enabled, the DSCP field of ip6 tunnels is copied into the
5423 decapsulated packet.
5425 - A set of boolean bridge configuration options were added.
5426 'UseBPDU=', 'HairPin=', 'FastLeave=', 'AllowPortToBeRoot=',
5427 and 'UnicastFlood=' are now parsed by networkd and applied to the
5428 respective bridge link device via the respective IFLA_BRPORT_*
5431 - A new string configuration option to override the hostname sent
5432 to a DHCP server, called 'Hostname='. If set and 'SendHostname='
5433 is true, networkd will use the configured hostname instead of the
5434 system hostname when sending DHCP requests.
5436 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'IPv6FlowLabel='. If set,
5437 networkd will configure the IPv6 flow-label of the tunnel device
5438 according to RFC2460.
5440 - The 'macvtap' virtual network devices are now supported, similar to
5441 the already supported 'macvlan' devices.
5443 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5452 to improve resilience against
5444 cache poisoning. Additionally, source port randomization is enabled
5445 by default to further protect against DNS spoofing attacks.
5447 * nss-mymachines now supports translating UIDs and GIDs of running
5448 containers with user-namespaces enabled. If a container 'foo'
5449 translates a host uid 'UID' to the container uid 'TUID', then
5450 nss-mymachines will also map uid 'UID' to/from username 'vu-foo-TUID'
5451 (with 'foo' and 'TUID' replaced accordingly). Similarly, groups are
5452 mapped as 'vg-foo-TGID'.
5454 Contributions from: Beniamino Galvani, cee1, Christian Hesse, Daniel
5455 Buch, Daniel Mack, daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov,
5456 HATAYAMA Daisuke, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig),
5457 Johan Ouwerkerk, Jose Carlos Venegas Munoz, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
5458 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
5459 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Namhyung Kim,
5460 Nick Owens, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, Steven Allen, Sungbae Yoo,
5461 Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom
5462 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo,
5463 Vivenzio Pagliari, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5465 — Berlin, 2015-07-29
5469 * udev does not longer support the WAIT_FOR_SYSFS= key in udev rules.
5470 There are no known issues with current sysfs, and udev does not need
5471 or should be used to work around such bugs.
5473 * udev does no longer enable USB HID power management. Several reports
5474 indicate, that some devices cannot handle that setting.
5476 * The udev accelerometer helper was removed. The functionality
5477 is now fully included in iio-sensor-proxy. But this means,
5478 older iio-sensor-proxy versions will no longer provide
5479 accelerometer/orientation data with this systemd version.
5480 Please upgrade iio-sensor-proxy to version 1.0.
5482 * networkd gained a new configuration option IPv6PrivacyExtensions=
5483 which enables IPv6 privacy extensions (RFC 4941, "Privacy Extensions
5484 for Stateless Address") on selected networks.
5486 * For the sake of fewer build-time dependencies and less code in the
5487 main repository, the python bindings are about to be removed in the
5488 next release. A new repository has been created which accommodates
5489 the code from now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a
5490 separate package for this. The removal will take place in v223.
5492 https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
5494 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Andrew Eikum, Bastien Nocera,
5495 Cédric Delmas, Christian Hesse, Christos Trochalakis, Daniel Mack,
5496 daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Biggers, Eric
5497 Cook, Felipe Sateler, Geert Jansen, Gerd Hoffmann, Gianpaolo Macario,
5498 Greg Kroah-Hartman, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Alexander Steffens
5499 (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jay Strict, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
5500 Markus Knetschke, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michal
5501 Sekletar, Miguel Bernal Marin, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, rinrinne,
5502 Susant Sahani, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
5503 Husebø, Vedran Miletić, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5505 — Berlin, 2015-07-07
5509 * The sd-bus.h and sd-event.h APIs have now been declared
5510 stable and have been added to the official interface of
5511 libsystemd.so. sd-bus implements an alternative D-Bus client
5512 library, that is relatively easy to use, very efficient and
5513 supports both classic D-Bus as well as kdbus as transport
5514 backend. sd-event is a generic event loop abstraction that
5515 is built around Linux epoll, but adds features such as event
5516 prioritization or efficient timer handling. Both APIs are good
5517 choices for C programs looking for a bus and/or event loop
5518 implementation that is minimal and does not have to be
5519 portable to other kernels.
5521 * kdbus support is no longer compile-time optional. It is now
5522 always built-in. However, it can still be disabled at
5523 runtime using the kdbus=0 kernel command line setting, and
5524 that setting may be changed to default to off, by specifying
5525 --disable-kdbus at build-time. Note though that the kernel
5526 command line setting has no effect if the kdbus.ko kernel
5527 module is not installed, in which case kdbus is (obviously)
5528 also disabled. We encourage all downstream distributions to
5529 begin testing kdbus by adding it to the kernel images in the
5530 development distributions, and leaving kdbus support in
5533 * The minimal required util-linux version has been bumped to
5536 * Support for chkconfig (--enable-chkconfig) was removed in
5537 favor of calling an abstraction tool
5538 /lib/systemd/systemd-sysv-install. This needs to be
5539 implemented for your distribution. See "SYSV INIT.D SCRIPTS"
5540 in README for details.
5542 * If there's a systemd unit and a SysV init script for the
5543 same service name, and the user executes "systemctl enable"
5544 for it (or a related call), then this will now enable both
5545 (or execute the related operation on both), not just the
5548 * The libudev API documentation has been converted from gtkdoc
5551 * gudev has been removed from the systemd tree, it is now an
5554 * The systemd-cgtop tool learnt a new --raw switch to generate
5555 "raw" (machine parsable) output.
5557 * networkd's IPForwarding= .network file setting learnt the
5558 new setting "kernel", which ensures that networkd does not
5559 change the IP forwarding sysctl from the default kernel
5562 * The systemd-logind bus API now exposes a new boolean
5563 property "Docked" that reports whether logind considers the
5564 system "docked", i.e. connected to a docking station or not.
5566 Contributions from: Alex Crawford, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei
5567 Borzenkov, Charles Duffy, Colin Guthrie, Cristian Rodríguez,
5568 Daniele Medri, Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann,
5569 David Mohr, Dimitri John Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, dslul, Ed
5570 Swierk, Eric Cook, Filipe Brandenburger, Gianpaolo Macario,
5571 Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Igor Vuk, Jan Synacek,
5572 Jason Pleau, Jason S. McMullan, Jean Delvare, Jeff Huang,
5573 Jonathan Boulle, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, kloun, Lennart
5574 Poettering, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Mario
5575 Limonciello, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
5576 Michal Schmidt, Mike Gilbert, Nick Owens, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes,
5577 Patrick Donnelly, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Philip
5578 Withnall, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Susant Sahani,
5579 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
5580 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Viktar Vauchkevich, Werner
5581 Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5583 — Berlin, 2015-06-19
5587 * The gudev library has been extracted into a separate repository
5588 available at: https://git.gnome.org/browse/libgudev/
5589 It is now managed as part of the Gnome project. Distributions
5590 are recommended to pass --disable-gudev to systemd and use
5591 gudev from the Gnome project instead. gudev is still included
5592 in systemd, for now. It will be removed soon, though. Please
5593 also see the announcement-thread on systemd-devel:
5594 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2015-May/032070.html
5596 * systemd now exposes a CPUUsageNSec= property for each
5597 service unit on the bus, that contains the overall consumed
5598 CPU time of a service (the sum of what each process of the
5599 service consumed). This value is only available if
5600 CPUAccounting= is turned on for a service, and is then shown
5601 in the "systemctl status" output.
5603 * Support for configuring alternative mappings of the old SysV
5604 runlevels to systemd targets has been removed. They are now
5605 hardcoded in a way that runlevels 2, 3, 4 all map to
5606 multi-user.target and 5 to graphical.target (which
5607 previously was already the default behaviour).
5609 * The auto-mounter logic gained support for mount point
5610 expiry, using a new TimeoutIdleSec= setting in .automount
5611 units. (Also available as x-systemd.idle-timeout= in /etc/fstab).
5613 * The EFI System Partition (ESP) as mounted to /boot by
5614 systemd-efi-boot-generator will now be unmounted
5615 automatically after 2 minutes of not being used. This should
5616 minimize the risk of ESP corruptions.
5618 * New /etc/fstab options x-systemd.requires= and
5619 x-systemd.requires-mounts-for= are now supported to express
5620 additional dependencies for mounts. This is useful for
5621 journalling file systems that support external journal
5622 devices or overlay file systems that require underlying file
5623 systems to be mounted.
5625 * systemd does not support direct live-upgrades (via systemctl
5626 daemon-reexec) from versions older than v44 anymore. As no
5627 distribution we are aware of shipped such old versions in a
5628 stable release this should not be problematic.
5630 * When systemd forks off a new per-connection service instance
5631 it will now set the $REMOTE_ADDR environment variable to the
5632 remote IP address, and $REMOTE_PORT environment variable to
5633 the remote IP port. This behaviour is similar to the
5634 corresponding environment variables defined by CGI.
5636 * systemd-networkd gained support for uplink failure
5637 detection. The BindCarrier= option allows binding interface
5638 configuration dynamically to the link sense of other
5639 interfaces. This is useful to achieve behaviour like in
5642 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the DHCP
5643 client identifier to use when requesting leases.
5645 * systemd-networkd now has a per-network UseNTP= option to
5646 configure whether NTP server information acquired via DHCP
5647 is passed on to services like systemd-timesyncd.
5649 * systemd-networkd gained support for vti6 tunnels.
5651 * Note that systemd-networkd manages the sysctl variable
5652 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/conf/*/forwarding for each interface
5653 it is configured for since v219. The variable controls IP
5654 forwarding, and is a per-interface alternative to the global
5655 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/ip_forward. This setting is
5656 configurable in the IPForward= option, which defaults to
5657 "no". This means if networkd is used for an interface it is
5658 no longer sufficient to set the global sysctl option to turn
5659 on IP forwarding! Instead, the .network file option
5660 IPForward= needs to be turned on! Note that the
5661 implementation of this behaviour was broken in v219 and has
5664 * Many bonding and vxlan options are now configurable in
5667 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --property= setting to set unit
5668 properties for the container scope. This is useful for
5669 setting resource parameters (e.g. "CPUShares=500") on
5670 containers started from the command line.
5672 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --private-users= switch to make
5673 use of user namespacing available on recent Linux kernels.
5675 * systemd-nspawn may now be called as part of a shell pipeline
5676 in which case the pipes used for stdin and stdout are passed
5677 directly to the process invoked in the container, without
5678 indirection via a pseudo tty.
5680 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch to control the UNIX
5681 signal to use when killing the init process of the container
5684 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --overlay= switch for mounting
5685 overlay file systems into the container using the new kernel
5688 * When a container image is imported via systemd-importd and
5689 the host file system is not btrfs, a loopback block device
5690 file is created in /var/lib/machines.raw with a btrfs file
5691 system inside. It is then mounted to /var/lib/machines to
5692 enable btrfs features for container management. The loopback
5693 file and btrfs file system is grown as needed when container
5694 images are imported via systemd-importd.
5696 * systemd-machined/systemd-importd gained support for btrfs
5697 quota, to enforce container disk space limits on disk. This
5698 is exposed in "machinectl set-limit".
5700 * systemd-importd now can import containers from local .tar,
5701 .raw and .qcow2 images, and export them to .tar and .raw. It
5702 can also import dkr v2 images now from the network (on top
5705 * systemd-importd gained support for verifying downloaded
5706 images with gpg2 (previously only gpg1 was supported).
5708 * systemd-machined, systemd-logind, systemd: most bus calls are
5709 now accessible to unprivileged processes via polkit. Also,
5710 systemd-logind will now allow users to kill their own sessions
5711 without further privileges or authorization.
5713 * systemd-shutdownd has been removed. This service was
5714 previously responsible for implementing scheduled shutdowns
5715 as exposed in /usr/bin/shutdown's time parameter. This
5716 functionality has now been moved into systemd-logind and is
5717 accessible via a bus interface.
5719 * "systemctl reboot" gained a new switch --firmware-setup that
5720 can be used to reboot into the EFI firmware setup, if that
5721 is available. systemd-logind now exposes an API on the bus
5722 to trigger such reboots, in case graphical desktop UIs want
5723 to cover this functionality.
5725 * "systemctl enable", "systemctl disable" and "systemctl mask"
5726 now support a new "--now" switch. If specified the units
5727 that are enabled will also be started, and the ones
5728 disabled/masked also stopped.
5730 * The Gummiboot EFI boot loader tool has been merged into
5731 systemd, and renamed to "systemd-boot". The bootctl tool has been
5732 updated to support systemd-boot.
5734 * An EFI kernel stub has been added that may be used to create
5735 kernel EFI binaries that contain not only the actual kernel,
5736 but also an initrd, boot splash, command line and OS release
5737 information. This combined binary can then be signed as a
5738 single image, so that the firmware can verify it all in one
5739 step. systemd-boot has special support for EFI binaries created
5740 like this and can extract OS release information from them
5741 and show them in the boot menu. This functionality is useful
5742 to implement cryptographically verified boot schemes.
5744 * Optional support has been added to systemd-fsck to pass
5745 fsck's progress report to an AF_UNIX socket in the file
5748 * udev will no longer create device symlinks for all block
5749 devices by default. A blacklist for excluding special block
5750 devices from this logic has been turned into a whitelist
5751 that requires picking block devices explicitly that require
5754 * A new (currently still internal) API sd-device.h has been
5755 added to libsystemd. This modernized API is supposed to
5756 replace libudev eventually. In fact, already much of libudev
5757 is now just a wrapper around sd-device.h.
5759 * A new hwdb database for storing metadata about pointing
5760 stick devices has been added.
5762 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for setting file attributes
5763 similar to the "chattr" tool with new 'h' and 'H' lines.
5765 * systemd-journald will no longer unconditionally set the
5766 btrfs NOCOW flag on new journal files. This is instead done
5767 with tmpfiles snippet using the new 'h' line type. This
5768 allows easy disabling of this logic, by masking the
5769 journal-nocow.conf tmpfiles file.
5771 * systemd-journald will now translate audit message types to
5772 human readable identifiers when writing them to the
5773 journal. This should improve readability of audit messages.
5775 * The LUKS logic gained support for the offset= and skip=
5776 options in /etc/crypttab, as previously implemented by
5779 * /usr/lib/os-release gained a new optional field VARIANT= for
5780 distributions that support multiple variants (such as a
5781 desktop edition, a server edition, ...)
5783 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Adam Goode, Alban Crequy,
5784 Alberto Fanjul Alonso, Alexander Sverdlin, Alex Puchades, Alin
5785 Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrew Jones, Arend van Spriel,
5786 Benedikt Morbach, Benjamin Franzke, Benjamin Tissoires, Blaž
5787 Tomažič, Chris Morgan, Chris Morin, Colin Walters, Cristian
5788 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel
5789 Mack, Daniel Mustieles, daurnimator, Davide Bettio, David
5790 Herrmann, David Strauss, Didier Roche, Dimitri John Ledkov,
5791 Eric Cook, Gavin Li, Goffredo Baroncelli, Hannes Reinecke,
5792 Hans de Goede, Hans-Peter Deifel, Harald Hoyer, Iago López
5793 Galeiras, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
5794 Pazdziora, Jan Synacek, Jasper St. Pierre, Jay Faulkner, John
5795 Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathon Gilbert, Karel Zak, Kay
5796 Sievers, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas
5797 De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Lukas Rusak, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz
5798 Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel
5799 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Chevrier, Matthew Garrett,
5800 Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal
5801 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nir Soffer, Patrik
5802 Flykt, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Peter Lemenkov, Peter
5803 Waller, Piotr Drąg, Raul Gutierrez S, Richard Maw, Ronny
5804 Chevalier, Ross Burton, Sebastian Rasmussen, Sergey Ptashnick,
5805 Seth Jennings, Shawn Landden, Simon Farnsworth, Stefan Junker,
5806 Stephen Gallagher, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas
5807 Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tobias Hunger, Tom
5808 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Will
5809 Woods, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5811 — Berlin, 2015-05-22
5815 * Introduce a new API "sd-hwdb.h" for querying the hardware
5816 metadata database. With this minimal interface one can query
5817 and enumerate the udev hwdb, decoupled from the old libudev
5818 library. libudev's interface for this is now only a wrapper
5819 around sd-hwdb. A new tool systemd-hwdb has been added to
5820 interface with and update the database.
5822 * When any of systemd's tools copies files (for example due to
5823 tmpfiles' C lines) a btrfs reflink will attempted first,
5824 before bytewise copying is done.
5826 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ephemeral switch. When
5827 specified a btrfs snapshot is taken of the container's root
5828 directory, and immediately removed when the container
5829 terminates again. Thus, a container can be started whose
5830 changes never alter the container's root directory, and are
5831 lost on container termination. This switch can also be used
5832 for starting a container off the root file system of the
5833 host without affecting the host OS. This switch is only
5834 available on btrfs file systems.
5836 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --template= switch. It takes the
5837 path to a container tree to use as template for the tree
5838 specified via --directory=, should that directory be
5839 missing. This allows instantiating containers dynamically,
5840 on first run. This switch is only available on btrfs file
5843 * When a .mount unit refers to a mount point on which multiple
5844 mounts are stacked, and the .mount unit is stopped all of
5845 the stacked mount points will now be unmounted until no
5846 mount point remains.
5848 * systemd now has an explicit notion of supported and
5849 unsupported unit types. Jobs enqueued for unsupported unit
5850 types will now fail with an "unsupported" error code. More
5851 specifically .swap, .automount and .device units are not
5852 supported in containers, .busname units are not supported on
5853 non-kdbus systems. .swap and .automount are also not
5854 supported if their respective kernel compile time options
5857 * machinectl gained support for two new "copy-from" and
5858 "copy-to" commands for copying files from a running
5859 container to the host or vice versa.
5861 * machinectl gained support for a new "bind" command to bind
5862 mount host directories into local containers. This is
5863 currently only supported for nspawn containers.
5865 * networkd gained support for configuring bridge forwarding
5866 database entries (fdb) from .network files.
5868 * A new tiny daemon "systemd-importd" has been added that can
5869 download container images in tar, raw, qcow2 or dkr formats,
5870 and make them available locally in /var/lib/machines, so
5871 that they can run as nspawn containers. The daemon can GPG
5872 verify the downloads (not supported for dkr, since it has no
5873 provisions for verifying downloads). It will transparently
5874 decompress bz2, xz, gzip compressed downloads if necessary,
5875 and restore sparse files on disk. The daemon uses privilege
5876 separation to ensure the actual download logic runs with
5877 fewer privileges than the daemon itself. machinectl has
5878 gained new commands "pull-tar", "pull-raw" and "pull-dkr" to
5879 make the functionality of importd available to the
5880 user. With this in place the Fedora and Ubuntu "Cloud"
5881 images can be downloaded and booted as containers unmodified
5882 (the Fedora images lack the appropriate GPG signature files
5883 currently, so they cannot be verified, but this will change
5884 soon, hopefully). Note that downloading images is currently
5885 only fully supported on btrfs.
5887 * machinectl is now able to list container images found in
5888 /var/lib/machines, along with some metadata about sizes of
5889 disk and similar. If the directory is located on btrfs and
5890 quota is enabled, this includes quota display. A new command
5891 "image-status" has been added that shows additional
5892 information about images.
5894 * machinectl is now able to clone container images
5895 efficiently, if the underlying file system (btrfs) supports
5896 it, with the new "machinectl clone" command. It also
5897 gained commands for renaming and removing images, as well as
5898 marking them read-only or read-write (supported also on
5899 legacy file systems).
5901 * networkd gained support for collecting LLDP network
5902 announcements, from hardware that supports this. This is
5903 shown in networkctl output.
5905 * systemd-run gained support for a new -t (--pty) switch for
5906 invoking a binary on a pty whose input and output is
5907 connected to the invoking terminal. This allows executing
5908 processes as system services while interactively
5909 communicating with them via the terminal. Most interestingly
5910 this is supported across container boundaries. Invoking
5911 "systemd-run -t /bin/bash" is an alternative to running a
5912 full login session, the difference being that the former
5913 will not register a session, nor go through the PAM session
5916 * tmpfiles gained support for a new "v" line type for creating
5917 btrfs subvolumes. If the underlying file system is a legacy
5918 file system, this automatically degrades to creating a
5919 normal directory. Among others /var/lib/machines is now
5920 created like this at boot, should it be missing.
5922 * The directory /var/lib/containers/ has been deprecated and
5923 been replaced by /var/lib/machines. The term "machines" has
5924 been used in the systemd context as generic term for both
5925 VMs and containers, and hence appears more appropriate for
5926 this, as the directory can also contain raw images bootable
5929 * systemd-nspawn when invoked with -M but without --directory=
5930 or --image= is now capable of searching for the container
5931 root directory, subvolume or disk image automatically, in
5932 /var/lib/machines. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated
5933 to make use of this, thus allowing it to be used for raw
5936 * A new machines.target unit has been introduced that is
5937 supposed to group all containers/VMs invoked as services on
5938 the system. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated to
5939 integrate with that.
5941 * machinectl gained a new "start" command, for invoking a
5942 container as a service. "machinectl start foo" is mostly
5943 equivalent to "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foo.service",
5944 but handles escaping in a nicer way.
5946 * systemd-nspawn will now mount most of the cgroupfs tree
5947 read-only into each container, with the exception of the
5948 container's own subtree in the name=systemd hierarchy.
5950 * journald now sets the special FS_NOCOW file flag for its
5951 journal files. This should improve performance on btrfs, by
5952 avoiding heavy fragmentation when journald's write-pattern
5953 is used on COW file systems. It degrades btrfs' data
5954 integrity guarantees for the files to the same levels as for
5955 ext3/ext4 however. This should be OK though as journald does
5956 its own data integrity checks and all its objects are
5957 checksummed on disk. Also, journald should handle btrfs disk
5958 full events a lot more gracefully now, by processing SIGBUS
5959 errors, and not relying on fallocate() anymore.
5961 * When journald detects that journal files it is writing to
5962 have been deleted it will immediately start new journal
5965 * systemd now provides a way to store file descriptors
5966 per-service in PID 1. This is useful for daemons to ensure
5967 that fds they require are not lost during a daemon
5968 restart. The fds are passed to the daemon on the next
5969 invocation in the same way socket activation fds are
5970 passed. This is now used by journald to ensure that the
5971 various sockets connected to all the system's stdout/stderr
5972 are not lost when journald is restarted. File descriptors
5973 may be stored in PID 1 via the sd_pid_notify_with_fds() API,
5974 an extension to sd_notify(). Note that a limit is enforced
5975 on the number of fds a service can store in PID 1, and it
5976 defaults to 0, so that no fds may be stored, unless this is
5977 explicitly turned on.
5979 * The default TERM variable to use for units connected to a
5980 terminal, when no other value is explicitly is set is now
5981 vt220 rather than vt102. This should be fairly safe still,
5982 but allows PgUp/PgDn work.
5984 * The /etc/crypttab option header= as known from Debian is now
5987 * "loginctl user-status" and "loginctl session-status" will
5988 now show the last 10 lines of log messages of the
5989 user/session following the status output. Similar,
5990 "machinectl status" will show the last 10 log lines
5991 associated with a virtual machine or container
5992 service. (Note that this is usually not the log messages
5993 done in the VM/container itself, but simply what the
5994 container manager logs. For nspawn this includes all console
5997 * "loginctl session-status" without further argument will now
5998 show the status of the session of the caller. Similar,
5999 "lock-session", "unlock-session", "activate",
6000 "enable-linger", "disable-linger" may now be called without
6001 session/user parameter in which case they apply to the
6002 caller's session/user.
6004 * An X11 session scriptlet is now shipped that uploads
6005 $DISPLAY and $XAUTHORITY into the environment of the systemd
6006 --user daemon if a session begins. This should improve
6007 compatibility with X11 enabled applications run as systemd
6010 * Generators are now subject to masking via /etc and /run, the
6011 same way as unit files.
6013 * networkd .network files gained support for configuring
6014 per-link IPv4/IPv6 packet forwarding as well as IPv4
6015 masquerading. This is by default turned on for veth links to
6016 containers, as registered by systemd-nspawn. This means that
6017 nspawn containers run with --network-veth will now get
6018 automatic routed access to the host's networks without any
6019 further configuration or setup, as long as networkd runs on
6022 * systemd-nspawn gained the --port= (-p) switch to expose TCP
6023 or UDP posts of a container on the host. With this in place
6024 it is possible to run containers with private veth links
6025 (--network-veth), and have their functionality exposed on
6026 the host as if their services were running directly on the
6029 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth switch now gained a short
6030 version "-n", since with the changes above it is now truly
6031 useful out-of-the-box. The systemd-nspawn@.service has been
6032 updated to make use of it too by default.
6034 * systemd-nspawn will now maintain a per-image R/W lock, to
6035 ensure that the same image is not started more than once
6036 writable. (It's OK to run an image multiple times
6037 simultaneously in read-only mode.)
6039 * systemd-nspawn's --image= option is now capable of
6040 dissecting and booting MBR and GPT disk images that contain
6041 only a single active Linux partition. Previously it
6042 supported only GPT disk images with proper GPT type
6043 IDs. This allows running cloud images from major
6044 distributions directly with systemd-nspawn, without
6047 * In addition to collecting mouse dpi data in the udev
6048 hardware database, there's now support for collecting angle
6049 information for mouse scroll wheels. The database is
6050 supposed to guarantee similar scrolling behavior on mice
6051 that it knows about. There's also support for collecting
6052 information about Touchpad types.
6054 * udev's input_id built-in will now also collect touch screen
6055 dimension data and attach it to probed devices.
6057 * /etc/os-release gained support for a Distribution Privacy
6060 * networkd gained support for creating "ipvlan", "gretap",
6061 "ip6gre", "ip6gretap" and "ip6tnl" network devices.
6063 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for "a" lines for setting
6066 * systemd-nspawn will now mount /tmp in the container to
6067 tmpfs, automatically.
6069 * systemd now exposes the memory.usage_in_bytes cgroup
6070 attribute and shows it for each service in the "systemctl
6071 status" output, if available.
6073 * When the user presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more than 7x within 2s an
6074 immediate reboot is triggered. This useful if shutdown is
6075 hung and is unable to complete, to expedite the
6076 operation. Note that this kind of reboot will still unmount
6077 all file systems, and hence should not result in fsck being
6080 * A .device unit for an optical block device will now be
6081 considered active only when a medium is in the drive. Also,
6082 mount units are now bound to their backing devices thus
6083 triggering automatic unmounting when devices become
6084 unavailable. With this in place systemd will now
6085 automatically unmount left-over mounts when a CD-ROM is
6086 ejected or an USB stick is yanked from the system.
6088 * networkd-wait-online now has support for waiting for
6089 specific interfaces only (with globbing), and for giving up
6090 after a configurable timeout.
6092 * networkd now exits when idle. It will be automatically
6093 restarted as soon as interfaces show up, are removed or
6094 change state. networkd will stay around as long as there is
6095 at least one DHCP state machine or similar around, that keep
6098 * networkd may now configure IPv6 link-local addressing in
6099 addition to IPv4 link-local addressing.
6101 * The IPv6 "token" for use in SLAAC may now be configured for
6102 each .network interface in networkd.
6104 * Routes configured with networkd may now be assigned a scope
6107 * networkd's [Match] sections now support globbing and lists
6108 of multiple space-separated matches per item.
6110 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alin Rauta, Andrey Chaser,
6111 Bastien Nocera, Bruno Bottazzini, Carlos Garnacho, Carlos
6112 Morata Castillo, Chris Atkinson, Chris J. Arges, Christian
6113 Kirbach, Christian Seiler, Christoph Brill, Colin Guthrie,
6114 Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack,
6115 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni, Erik Auerswald,
6116 Filipe Brandenburger, Frank Theile, Gabor Kelemen, Gabriel de
6117 Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Hui Wang, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan
6118 Engelhardt, Jan Synacek, Jay Faulkner, Johannes Hölzl, Jonas
6119 Ådahl, Jonathan Boulle, Josef Andersson, Kay Sievers, Ken
6120 Werner, Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Märdian,
6121 Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
6122 Manuel Mendez, Marcel Holtmann, Marc Schmitzer, Marko
6123 Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
6124 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Mindaugas
6125 Baranauskas, Moez Bouhlel, Naveen Kumar, Patrik Flykt, Paul
6126 Martin, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern, Philippe De Swert,
6127 Piotr Drąg, Rafael Ferreira, Rami Rosen, Robert Milasan, Ronny
6128 Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Sebastien Bacher, Sergey Ptashnick,
6129 Shawn Landden, Stéphane Graber, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
6130 Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tim JP, Tom
6131 Gundersen, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar
6132 Lindskog, Veres Lajos, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, Wieland
6133 Hoffmann, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6135 — Berlin, 2015-02-16
6139 * When querying unit file enablement status (for example via
6140 "systemctl is-enabled"), a new state "indirect" is now known
6141 which indicates that a unit might not be enabled itself, but
6142 another unit listed in its Also= setting might be.
6144 * Similar to the various existing ConditionXYZ= settings for
6145 units, there are now matching AssertXYZ= settings. While
6146 failing conditions cause a unit to be skipped, but its job
6147 to succeed, failing assertions declared like this will cause
6148 a unit start operation and its job to fail.
6150 * hostnamed now knows a new chassis type "embedded".
6152 * systemctl gained a new "edit" command. When used on a unit
6153 file, this allows extending unit files with .d/ drop-in
6154 configuration snippets or editing the full file (after
6155 copying it from /usr/lib to /etc). This will invoke the
6156 user's editor (as configured with $EDITOR), and reload the
6157 modified configuration after editing.
6159 * "systemctl status" now shows the suggested enablement state
6160 for a unit, as declared in the (usually vendor-supplied)
6161 system preset files.
6163 * nss-myhostname will now resolve the single-label host name
6164 "gateway" to the locally configured default IP routing
6165 gateways, ordered by their metrics. This assigns a stable
6166 name to the used gateways, regardless which ones are
6167 currently configured. Note that the name will only be
6168 resolved after all other name sources (if nss-myhostname is
6169 configured properly) and should hence not negatively impact
6170 systems that use the single-label host name "gateway" in
6173 * systemd-inhibit now allows filtering by mode when listing
6176 * Scope and service units gained a new "Delegate" boolean
6177 property, which, when set, allows processes running inside the
6178 unit to further partition resources. This is primarily
6179 useful for systemd user instances as well as container
6182 * journald will now pick up audit messages directly from
6183 the kernel, and log them like any other log message. The
6184 audit fields are split up and fully indexed. This means that
6185 journalctl in many ways is now a (nicer!) alternative to
6186 ausearch, the traditional audit client. Note that this
6187 implements only a minimal audit client. If you want the
6188 special audit modes like reboot-on-log-overflow, please use
6189 the traditional auditd instead, which can be used in
6190 parallel to journald.
6192 * The ConditionSecurity= unit file option now understands the
6193 special string "audit" to check whether auditing is
6196 * journalctl gained two new commands --vacuum-size= and
6197 --vacuum-time= to delete old journal files until the
6198 remaining ones take up no more than the specified size on disk,
6199 or are not older than the specified time.
6201 * A new, native PPPoE library has been added to sd-network,
6202 systemd's library of light-weight networking protocols. This
6203 library will be used in a future version of networkd to
6204 enable PPPoE communication without an external pppd daemon.
6206 * The busctl tool now understands a new "capture" verb that
6207 works similar to "monitor", but writes a packet capture
6208 trace to STDOUT that can be redirected to a file which is
6209 compatible with libcap's capture file format. This can then
6210 be loaded in Wireshark and similar tools to inspect bus
6213 * The busctl tool now understands a new "tree" verb that shows
6214 the object trees of a specific service on the bus, or of all
6217 * The busctl tool now understands a new "introspect" verb that
6218 shows all interfaces and members of objects on the bus,
6219 including their signature and values. This is particularly
6220 useful to get more information about bus objects shown by
6221 the new "busctl tree" command.
6223 * The busctl tool now understands new verbs "call",
6224 "set-property" and "get-property" for invoking bus method
6225 calls, setting and getting bus object properties in a
6228 * busctl gained a new --augment-creds= argument that controls
6229 whether the tool shall augment credential information it
6230 gets from the bus with data from /proc, in a possibly
6233 * nspawn's --link-journal= switch gained two new values
6234 "try-guest" and "try-host" that work like "guest" and
6235 "host", but do not fail if the host has no persistent
6236 journalling enabled. -j is now equivalent to
6237 --link-journal=try-guest.
6239 * macvlan network devices created by nspawn will now have
6240 stable MAC addresses.
6242 * A new SmackProcessLabel= unit setting has been added, which
6243 controls the SMACK security label processes forked off by
6244 the respective unit shall use.
6246 * If compiled with --enable-xkbcommon, systemd-localed will
6247 verify x11 keymap settings by compiling the given keymap. It
6248 will spew out warnings if the compilation fails. This
6249 requires libxkbcommon to be installed.
6251 * When a coredump is collected, a larger number of metadata
6252 fields is now collected and included in the journal records
6253 created for it. More specifically, control group membership,
6254 environment variables, memory maps, working directory,
6255 chroot directory, /proc/$PID/status, and a list of open file
6256 descriptors is now stored in the log entry.
6258 * The udev hwdb now contains DPI information for mice. For
6261 http://who-t.blogspot.de/2014/12/building-a-dpi-database-for-mice.html
6263 * All systemd programs that read standalone configuration
6264 files in /etc now also support a corresponding series of
6265 .conf.d configuration directories in /etc/, /run/,
6266 /usr/local/lib/, /usr/lib/, and (if configured with
6267 --enable-split-usr) /lib/. In particular, the following
6268 configuration files now have corresponding configuration
6269 directories: system.conf user.conf, logind.conf,
6270 journald.conf, sleep.conf, bootchart.conf, coredump.conf,
6271 resolved.conf, timesyncd.conf, journal-remote.conf, and
6272 journal-upload.conf. Note that distributions should use the
6273 configuration directories in /usr/lib/; the directories in
6274 /etc/ are reserved for the system administrator.
6276 * systemd-rfkill will no longer take the rfkill device name
6277 into account when storing rfkill state on disk, as the name
6278 might be dynamically assigned and not stable. Instead, the
6279 ID_PATH udev variable combined with the rfkill type (wlan,
6280 bluetooth, ...) is used.
6282 * A new service systemd-machine-id-commit.service has been
6283 added. When used on systems where /etc is read-only during
6284 boot, and /etc/machine-id is not initialized (but an empty
6285 file), this service will copy the temporary machine ID
6286 created as replacement into /etc after the system is fully
6287 booted up. This is useful for systems that are freshly
6288 installed with a non-initialized machine ID, but should get
6289 a fixed machine ID for subsequent boots.
6291 * networkd's .netdev files now provide a large set of
6292 configuration parameters for VXLAN devices. Similarly, the
6293 bridge port cost parameter is now configurable in .network
6294 files. There's also new support for configuring IP source
6295 routing. networkd .link files gained support for a new
6296 OriginalName= match that is useful to match against the
6297 original interface name the kernel assigned. .network files
6298 may include MTU= and MACAddress= fields for altering the MTU
6299 and MAC address while being connected to a specific network
6302 * The LUKS logic gained supported for configuring
6303 UUID-specific key files. There's also new support for naming
6304 LUKS device from the kernel command line, using the new
6305 luks.name= argument.
6307 * Timer units may now be transiently created via the bus API
6308 (this was previously already available for scope and service
6309 units). In addition it is now possible to create multiple
6310 transient units at the same time with a single bus call. The
6311 "systemd-run" tool has been updated to make use of this for
6312 running commands on a specified time, in at(1)-style.
6314 * tmpfiles gained support for "t" lines, for assigning
6315 extended attributes to files. Among other uses this may be
6316 used to assign SMACK labels to files.
6318 Contributions from: Alin Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrej
6319 Manduch, Bastien Nocera, Chris Atkinson, Chris Leech, Chris
6320 Mayo, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
6321 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dan Winship, Dave
6322 Reisner, David Herrmann, Didier Roche, Felipe Sateler, Gavin
6323 Li, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Ivan
6324 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Joe
6325 Lawrence, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
6326 Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski, Mantas
6327 Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Maurizio Lombardi,
6328 Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Marineau, Michal
6329 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt, Peter
6330 Hutterer, Przemyslaw Kedzierski, Rami Rosen, Ray Strode,
6331 Richard Schütz, Richard W.M. Jones, Ronny Chevalier, Ross
6332 Lagerwall, Sean Young, Stanisław Pitucha, Susant Sahani,
6333 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
6334 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vicente Olivert
6335 Riera, WaLyong Cho, Wesley Dawson, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6337 — Berlin, 2014-12-10
6341 * journalctl gained the new options -t/--identifier= to match
6342 on the syslog identifier (aka "tag"), as well as --utc to
6343 show log timestamps in the UTC timezone. journalctl now also
6344 accepts -n/--lines=all to disable line capping in a pager.
6346 * journalctl gained a new switch, --flush, that synchronously
6347 flushes logs from /run/log/journal to /var/log/journal if
6348 persistent storage is enabled. systemd-journal-flush.service
6349 now waits until the operation is complete.
6351 * Services can notify the manager before they start a reload
6352 (by sending RELOADING=1) or shutdown (by sending
6353 STOPPING=1). This allows the manager to track and show the
6354 internal state of daemons and closes a race condition when
6355 the process is still running but has closed its D-Bus
6358 * Services with Type=oneshot do not have to have any ExecStart
6361 * User units are now loaded also from
6362 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/systemd/user/. This is similar to the
6363 /run/systemd/user directory that was already previously
6364 supported, but is under the control of the user.
6366 * Job timeouts (i.e. timeouts on the time a job that is
6367 queued stays in the run queue) can now optionally result in
6368 immediate reboot or power-off actions (JobTimeoutAction= and
6369 JobTimeoutRebootArgument=). This is useful on ".target"
6370 units, to limit the maximum time a target remains
6371 undispatched in the run queue, and to trigger an emergency
6372 operation in such a case. This is now used by default to
6373 turn off the system if boot-up (as defined by everything in
6374 basic.target) hangs and does not complete for at least
6375 15min. Also, if power-off or reboot hang for at least 30min
6376 an immediate power-off/reboot operation is triggered. This
6377 functionality is particularly useful to increase reliability
6378 on embedded devices, but also on laptops which might
6379 accidentally get powered on when carried in a backpack and
6380 whose boot stays stuck in a hard disk encryption passphrase
6383 * systemd-logind can be configured to also handle lid switch
6384 events even when the machine is docked or multiple displays
6385 are attached (HandleLidSwitchDocked= option).
6387 * A helper binary and a service have been added which can be
6388 used to resume from hibernation in the initramfs. A
6389 generator will parse the resume= option on the kernel
6390 command line to trigger resume.
6392 * A user console daemon systemd-consoled has been
6393 added. Currently, it is a preview, and will so far open a
6394 single terminal on each session of the user marked as
6395 Desktop=systemd-console.
6397 * Route metrics can be specified for DHCP routes added by
6400 * The SELinux context of socket-activated services can be set
6401 from the information provided by the networking stack
6402 (SELinuxContextFromNet= option).
6404 * Userspace firmware loading support has been removed and
6405 the minimum supported kernel version is thus bumped to 3.7.
6407 * Timeout for udev workers has been increased from 1 to 3
6408 minutes, but a warning will be printed after 1 minute to
6409 help diagnose kernel modules that take a long time to load.
6411 * Udev rules can now remove tags on devices with TAG-="foobar".
6413 * systemd's readahead implementation has been removed. In many
6414 circumstances it didn't give expected benefits even for
6415 rotational disk drives and was becoming less relevant in the
6416 age of SSDs. As none of the developers has been using
6417 rotating media anymore, and nobody stepped up to actively
6418 maintain this component of systemd it has now been removed.
6420 * Swap units can use Options= to specify discard options.
6421 Discard options specified for swaps in /etc/fstab are now
6424 * Docker containers are now detected as a separate type of
6427 * The Password Agent protocol gained support for queries where
6428 the user input is shown, useful e.g. for user names.
6429 systemd-ask-password gained a new --echo option to turn that
6432 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set:
6434 net.core.default_qdisc = fq_codel
6436 This selects Fair Queuing Controlled Delay as the default
6437 queuing discipline for network interfaces. fq_codel helps
6438 fight the network bufferbloat problem. It is believed to be
6439 a good default with no tuning required for most workloads.
6440 Downstream distributions may override this choice. On 10Gbit
6441 servers that do not do forwarding, "fq" may perform better.
6442 Systems without a good clocksource should use "pfifo_fast".
6444 * If kdbus is enabled during build a new option BusPolicy= is
6445 available for service units, that allows locking all service
6446 processes into a stricter bus policy, in order to limit
6447 access to various bus services, or even hide most of them
6448 from the service's view entirely.
6450 * networkctl will now show the .network and .link file
6451 networkd has applied to a specific interface.
6453 * sd-login gained a new API call sd_session_get_desktop() to
6454 query which desktop environment has been selected for a
6457 * UNIX utmp support is now compile-time optional to support
6458 legacy-free systems.
6460 * systemctl gained two new commands "add-wants" and
6461 "add-requires" for pulling in units from specific targets
6464 * If the word "rescue" is specified on the kernel command line
6465 the system will now boot into rescue mode (aka
6466 rescue.target), which was previously available only by
6467 specifying "1" or "systemd.unit=rescue.target" on the kernel
6468 command line. This new kernel command line option nicely
6469 mirrors the already existing "emergency" kernel command line
6472 * New kernel command line options mount.usr=, mount.usrflags=,
6473 mount.usrfstype= have been added that match root=, rootflags=,
6474 rootfstype= but allow mounting a specific file system to
6477 * The $NOTIFY_SOCKET is now also passed to control processes of
6478 services, not only the main process.
6480 * This version reenables support for fsck's -l switch. This
6481 means at least version v2.25 of util-linux is required for
6482 operation, otherwise dead-locks on device nodes may
6483 occur. Again: you need to update util-linux to at least
6484 v2.25 when updating systemd to v217.
6486 * The "multi-seat-x" tool has been removed from systemd, as
6487 its functionality has been integrated into X servers 1.16,
6488 and the tool is hence redundant. It is recommended to update
6489 display managers invoking this tool to simply invoke X
6490 directly from now on, again.
6492 * Support for the new ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION D-Bus
6493 message flag has been added for all of systemd's polkit
6494 authenticated method calls has been added. In particular this
6495 now allows optional interactive authorization via polkit for
6496 many of PID1's privileged operations such as unit file
6497 enabling and disabling.
6499 * "udevadm hwdb --update" learnt a new switch "--usr" for
6500 placing the rebuilt hardware database in /usr instead of
6501 /etc. When used only hardware database entries stored in
6502 /usr will be used, and any user database entries in /etc are
6503 ignored. This functionality is useful for vendors to ship a
6504 pre-built database on systems where local configuration is
6505 unnecessary or unlikely.
6507 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now also
6508 understand the strings "semi-annually", "quarterly" and
6509 "minutely" as shortcuts (in addition to the preexisting
6510 "annually", "hourly", ...).
6512 * systemd-tmpfiles will now correctly create files in /dev
6513 at boot which are marked for creation only at boot. It is
6514 recommended to always create static device nodes with 'c!'
6515 and 'b!', so that they are created only at boot and not
6516 overwritten at runtime.
6518 * When the watchdog logic is used for a service (WatchdogSec=)
6519 and the watchdog timeout is hit the service will now be
6520 terminated with SIGABRT (instead of just SIGTERM), in order
6521 to make sure a proper coredump and backtrace is
6522 generated. This ensures that hanging services will result in
6523 similar coredump/backtrace behaviour as services that hit a
6526 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Andrei Borzenkov,
6527 Angus Gibson, Ansgar Burchardt, Ben Wolsieffer, Brandon L.
6528 Black, Christian Hesse, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
6529 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David
6530 Herrmann, David Sommerseth, David Strauss, Emil Renner
6531 Berthing, Eric Cook, Evangelos Foutras, Filipe Brandenburger,
6532 Gustavo Sverzut Barbieri, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo
6533 Venev, Hugo Grostabussiat, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Janssen, Jan
6534 Synacek, Jonathan Liu, Juho Son, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Klaus
6535 Purer, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
6536 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
6537 Marius Tessmann, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
6538 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer, Michal
6539 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miroslav Lichvar, Patrik Flykt,
6540 Philippe De Swert, Piotr Drąg, Rahul Sundaram, Richard
6541 Weinberger, Robert Milasan, Ronny Chevalier, Ruben Kerkhof,
6542 Santiago Vila, Sergey Ptashnick, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd
6543 Simons, Stefan Brüns, Steven Allen, Steven Noonan, Susant
6544 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
6545 Timofey Titovets, Tobias Hunger, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
6546 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew
6549 — Berlin, 2014-10-28
6553 * timedated no longer reads NTP implementation unit names from
6554 /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list. Alternative NTP
6555 implementations should add a
6557 Conflicts=systemd-timesyncd.service
6559 to their unit files to take over and replace systemd's NTP
6560 default functionality.
6562 * systemd-sysusers gained a new line type "r" for configuring
6563 which UID/GID ranges to allocate system users/groups
6564 from. Lines of type "u" may now add an additional column
6565 that specifies the home directory for the system user to be
6566 created. Also, systemd-sysusers may now optionally read user
6567 information from STDIN instead of a file. This is useful for
6568 invoking it from RPM preinst scriptlets that need to create
6569 users before the first RPM file is installed since these
6570 files might need to be owned by them. A new
6571 %sysusers_create_inline RPM macro has been introduced to do
6572 just that. systemd-sysusers now updates the shadow files as
6573 well as the user/group databases, which should enhance
6574 compatibility with certain tools like grpck.
6576 * A number of bus APIs of PID 1 now optionally consult polkit to
6577 permit access for otherwise unprivileged clients under certain
6578 conditions. Note that this currently doesn't support
6579 interactive authentication yet, but this is expected to be
6580 added eventually, too.
6582 * /etc/machine-info now has new fields for configuring the
6583 deployment environment of the machine, as well as the
6584 location of the machine. hostnamectl has been updated with
6585 new command to update these fields.
6587 * systemd-timesyncd has been updated to automatically acquire
6588 NTP server information from systemd-networkd, which might
6589 have been discovered via DHCP.
6591 * systemd-resolved now includes a caching DNS stub resolver
6592 and a complete LLMNR name resolution implementation. A new
6593 NSS module "nss-resolve" has been added which can be used
6594 instead of glibc's own "nss-dns" to resolve hostnames via
6595 systemd-resolved. Hostnames, addresses and arbitrary RRs may
6596 be resolved via systemd-resolved D-Bus APIs. In contrast to
6597 the glibc internal resolver systemd-resolved is aware of
6598 multi-homed system, and keeps DNS server and caches separate
6599 and per-interface. Queries are sent simultaneously on all
6600 interfaces that have DNS servers configured, in order to
6601 properly handle VPNs and local LANs which might resolve
6602 separate sets of domain names. systemd-resolved may acquire
6603 DNS server information from systemd-networkd automatically,
6604 which in turn might have discovered them via DHCP. A tool
6605 "systemd-resolve-host" has been added that may be used to
6606 query the DNS logic in resolved. systemd-resolved implements
6607 IDNA and automatically uses IDNA or UTF-8 encoding depending
6608 on whether classic DNS or LLMNR is used as transport. In the
6609 next releases we intend to add a DNSSEC and mDNS/DNS-SD
6610 implementation to systemd-resolved.
6612 * A new NSS module nss-mymachines has been added, that
6613 automatically resolves the names of all local registered
6614 containers to their respective IP addresses.
6616 * A new client tool "networkctl" for systemd-networkd has been
6617 added. It currently is entirely passive and will query
6618 networking configuration from udev, rtnetlink and networkd,
6619 and present it to the user in a very friendly
6620 way. Eventually, we hope to extend it to become a full
6621 control utility for networkd.
6623 * .socket units gained a new DeferAcceptSec= setting that
6624 controls the kernels' TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT sockopt for
6625 TCP. Similarly, support for controlling TCP keep-alive
6626 settings has been added (KeepAliveTimeSec=,
6627 KeepAliveIntervalSec=, KeepAliveProbes=). Also, support for
6628 turning off Nagle's algorithm on TCP has been added
6631 * logind learned a new session type "web", for use in projects
6632 like Cockpit which register web clients as PAM sessions.
6634 * timer units with at least one OnCalendar= setting will now
6635 be started only after time-sync.target has been
6636 reached. This way they will not elapse before the system
6637 clock has been corrected by a local NTP client or
6638 similar. This is particular useful on RTC-less embedded
6639 machines, that come up with an invalid system clock.
6641 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth= switch should now result in
6642 stable MAC addresses for both the outer and the inner side
6645 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --volatile= switch for running
6646 container instances with /etc or /var unpopulated.
6648 * The kdbus client code has been updated to use the new Linux
6649 3.17 memfd subsystem instead of the old kdbus-specific one.
6651 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client and server now support
6652 FORCERENEW. There are also new configuration options to
6653 configure the vendor client identifier and broadcast mode
6656 * systemd will no longer inform the kernel about the current
6657 timezone, as this is necessarily incorrect and racy as the
6658 kernel has no understanding of DST and similar
6659 concepts. This hence means FAT timestamps will be always
6660 considered UTC, similar to what Android is already
6661 doing. Also, when the RTC is configured to the local time
6662 (rather than UTC) systemd will never synchronize back to it,
6663 as this might confuse Windows at a later boot.
6665 * systemd-analyze gained a new command "verify" for offline
6666 validation of unit files.
6668 * systemd-networkd gained support for a couple of additional
6669 settings for bonding networking setups. Also, the metric for
6670 statically configured routes may now be configured. For
6671 network interfaces where this is appropriate the peer IP
6672 address may now be configured.
6674 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client will no longer request
6675 broadcasting by default, as this tripped up some networks.
6676 For hardware where broadcast is required the feature should
6677 be switched back on using RequestBroadcast=yes.
6679 * systemd-networkd will now set up IPv4LL addresses (when
6680 enabled) even if DHCP is configured successfully.
6682 * udev will now default to respect network device names given
6683 by the kernel when the kernel indicates that these are
6684 predictable. This behavior can be tweaked by changing
6685 NamePolicy= in the relevant .link file.
6687 * A new library systemd-terminal has been added that
6688 implements full TTY stream parsing and rendering. This
6689 library is supposed to be used later on for implementing a
6690 full userspace VT subsystem, replacing the current kernel
6693 * A new tool systemd-journal-upload has been added to push
6694 journal data to a remote system running
6695 systemd-journal-remote.
6697 * journald will no longer forward all local data to another
6698 running syslog daemon. This change has been made because
6699 rsyslog (which appears to be the most commonly used syslog
6700 implementation these days) no longer makes use of this, and
6701 instead pulls the data out of the journal on its own. Since
6702 forwarding the messages to a non-existent syslog server is
6703 more expensive than we assumed we have now turned this
6704 off. If you run a syslog server that is not a recent rsyslog
6705 version, you have to turn this option on again
6706 (ForwardToSyslog= in journald.conf).
6708 * journald now optionally supports the LZ4 compressor for
6709 larger journal fields. This compressor should perform much
6710 better than XZ which was the previous default.
6712 * machinectl now shows the IP addresses of local containers,
6713 if it knows them, plus the interface name of the container.
6715 * A new tool "systemd-escape" has been added that makes it
6716 easy to escape strings to build unit names and similar.
6718 * sd_notify() messages may now include a new ERRNO= field
6719 which is parsed and collected by systemd and shown among the
6720 "systemctl status" output for a service.
6722 * A new component "systemd-firstboot" has been added that
6723 queries the most basic systemd information (timezone,
6724 hostname, root password) interactively on first
6725 boot. Alternatively it may also be used to provision these
6726 things offline on OS images installed into directories.
6728 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set
6730 net.ipv4.conf.default.promote_secondaries=1
6732 This has the benefit of no flushing secondary IP addresses
6733 when primary addresses are removed.
6735 Contributions from: Ansgar Burchardt, Bastien Nocera, Colin
6736 Walters, Dan Dedrick, Daniel Buch, Daniel Korostil, Daniel
6737 Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Denis
6738 Kenzior, Eelco Dolstra, Eric Cook, Hannes Reinecke, Harald
6739 Hoyer, Hong Shick Pak, Hui Wang, Jean-André Santoni, Jóhann
6740 B. Guðmundsson, Jon Severinsson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kevin
6741 Wells, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
6742 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
6743 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar,
6744 Miguel Angel Ajo, Mike Gilbert, Olivier Brunel, Robert
6745 Schiele, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd Simons, Stef
6746 Walter, Steven Noonan, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas
6747 Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Timofey Titovets,
6748 Tobias Geerinckx-Rice, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen, Umut
6749 Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6751 — Berlin, 2014-08-19
6755 * A new tool systemd-sysusers has been added. This tool
6756 creates system users and groups in /etc/passwd and
6757 /etc/group, based on static declarative system user/group
6758 definitions in /usr/lib/sysusers.d/. This is useful to
6759 enable factory resets and volatile systems that boot up with
6760 an empty /etc directory, and thus need system users and
6761 groups created during early boot. systemd now also ships
6762 with two default sysusers.d/ files for the most basic
6763 users and groups systemd and the core operating system
6766 * A new tmpfiles snippet has been added that rebuilds the
6767 essential files in /etc on boot, should they be missing.
6769 * A directive for ensuring automatic clean-up of
6770 /var/cache/man/ has been removed from the default
6771 configuration. This line should now be shipped by the man
6772 implementation. The necessary change has been made to the
6773 man-db implementation. Note that you need to update your man
6774 implementation to one that ships this line, otherwise no
6775 automatic clean-up of /var/cache/man will take place.
6777 * A new condition ConditionNeedsUpdate= has been added that
6778 may conditionalize services to only run when /etc or /var
6779 are "older" than the vendor operating system resources in
6780 /usr. This is useful for reconstructing or updating /etc
6781 after an offline update of /usr or a factory reset, on the
6782 next reboot. Services that want to run once after such an
6783 update or reset should use this condition and order
6784 themselves before the new systemd-update-done.service, which
6785 will mark the two directories as fully updated. A number of
6786 service files have been added making use of this, to rebuild
6787 the udev hardware database, the journald message catalog and
6788 dynamic loader cache (ldconfig). The systemd-sysusers tool
6789 described above also makes use of this now. With this in
6790 place it is now possible to start up a minimal operating
6791 system with /etc empty cleanly. For more information on the
6792 concepts involved see this recent blog story:
6794 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/stateless.html
6796 * A new system group "input" has been introduced, and all
6797 input device nodes get this group assigned. This is useful
6798 for system-level software to get access to input devices. It
6799 complements what is already done for "audio" and "video".
6801 * systemd-networkd learnt minimal DHCPv4 server support in
6802 addition to the existing DHCPv4 client support. It also
6803 learnt DHCPv6 client and IPv6 Router Solicitation client
6804 support. The DHCPv4 client gained support for static routes
6805 passed in from the server. Note that the [DHCPv4] section
6806 known in older systemd-networkd versions has been renamed to
6807 [DHCP] and is now also used by the DHCPv6 client. Existing
6808 .network files using settings of this section should be
6809 updated, though compatibility is maintained. Optionally, the
6810 client hostname may now be sent to the DHCP server.
6812 * networkd gained support for vxlan virtual networks as well
6813 as tun/tap and dummy devices.
6815 * networkd gained support for automatic allocation of address
6816 ranges for interfaces from a system-wide pool of
6817 addresses. This is useful for dynamically managing a large
6818 number of interfaces with a single network configuration
6819 file. In particular this is useful to easily assign
6820 appropriate IP addresses to the veth links of a large number
6821 of nspawn instances.
6823 * RPM macros for processing sysusers, sysctl and binfmt
6824 drop-in snippets at package installation time have been
6827 * The /etc/os-release file should now be placed in
6828 /usr/lib/os-release. The old location is automatically
6829 created as symlink. /usr/lib is the more appropriate
6830 location of this file, since it shall actually describe the
6831 vendor operating system shipped in /usr, and not the
6832 configuration stored in /etc.
6834 * .mount units gained a new boolean SloppyOptions= setting
6835 that maps to mount(8)'s -s option which enables permissive
6836 parsing of unknown mount options.
6838 * tmpfiles learnt a new "L+" directive which creates a symlink
6839 but (unlike "L") deletes a pre-existing file first, should
6840 it already exist and not already be the correct
6841 symlink. Similarly, "b+", "c+" and "p+" directives have been
6842 added as well, which create block and character devices, as
6843 well as fifos in the filesystem, possibly removing any
6844 pre-existing files of different types.
6846 * For tmpfiles' "L", "L+", "C" and "C+" directives the final
6847 'argument' field (which so far specified the source to
6848 symlink/copy the files from) is now optional. If omitted the
6849 same file os copied from /usr/share/factory/ suffixed by the
6850 full destination path. This is useful for populating /etc
6851 with essential files, by copying them from vendor defaults
6852 shipped in /usr/share/factory/etc.
6854 * A new command "systemctl preset-all" has been added that
6855 applies the service preset settings to all installed unit
6856 files. A new switch --preset-mode= has been added that
6857 controls whether only enable or only disable operations
6860 * A new command "systemctl is-system-running" has been added
6861 that allows checking the overall state of the system, for
6862 example whether it is fully up and running.
6864 * When the system boots up with an empty /etc, the equivalent
6865 to "systemctl preset-all" is executed during early boot, to
6866 make sure all default services are enabled after a factory
6869 * systemd now contains a minimal preset file that enables the
6870 most basic services systemd ships by default.
6872 * Unit files' [Install] section gained a new DefaultInstance=
6873 field for defining the default instance to create if a
6874 template unit is enabled with no instance specified.
6876 * A new passive target cryptsetup-pre.target has been added
6877 that may be used by services that need to make they run and
6878 finish before the first LUKS cryptographic device is set up.
6880 * The /dev/loop-control and /dev/btrfs-control device nodes
6881 are now owned by the "disk" group by default, opening up
6882 access to this group.
6884 * systemd-coredump will now automatically generate a
6885 stack trace of all core dumps taking place on the system,
6886 based on elfutils' libdw library. This stack trace is logged
6889 * systemd-coredump may now optionally store coredumps directly
6890 on disk (in /var/lib/systemd/coredump, possibly compressed),
6891 instead of storing them unconditionally in the journal. This
6892 mode is the new default. A new configuration file
6893 /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been added to configure this
6894 and other parameters of systemd-coredump.
6896 * coredumpctl gained a new "info" verb to show details about a
6897 specific coredump. A new switch "-1" has also been added
6898 that makes sure to only show information about the most
6899 recent entry instead of all entries. Also, as the tool is
6900 generally useful now the "systemd-" prefix of the binary
6901 name has been removed. Distributions that want to maintain
6902 compatibility with the old name should add a symlink from
6903 the old name to the new name.
6905 * journald's SplitMode= now defaults to "uid". This makes sure
6906 that unprivileged users can access their own coredumps with
6907 coredumpctl without restrictions.
6909 * New kernel command line options "systemd.wants=" (for
6910 pulling an additional unit during boot), "systemd.mask="
6911 (for masking a specific unit for the boot), and
6912 "systemd.debug-shell" (for enabling the debug shell on tty9)
6913 have been added. This is implemented in the new generator
6914 "systemd-debug-generator".
6916 * systemd-nspawn will now by default filter a couple of
6917 syscalls for containers, among them those required for
6918 kernel module loading, direct x86 IO port access, swap
6919 management, and kexec. Most importantly though
6920 open_by_handle_at() is now prohibited for containers,
6921 closing a hole similar to a recently discussed vulnerability
6922 in docker regarding access to files on file hierarchies the
6923 container should normally not have access to. Note that, for
6924 nspawn, we generally make no security claims anyway (and
6925 this is explicitly documented in the man page), so this is
6926 just a fix for one of the most obvious problems.
6928 * A new man page file-hierarchy(7) has been added that
6929 contains a minimized, modernized version of the file system
6930 layout systemd expects, similar in style to the FHS
6931 specification or hier(5). A new tool systemd-path(1) has
6932 been added to query many of these paths for the local
6935 * Automatic time-based clean-up of $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR is no
6936 longer done. Since the directory now has a per-user size
6937 limit, and is cleaned on logout this appears unnecessary,
6938 in particular since this now brings the lifecycle of this
6939 directory closer in line with how IPC objects are handled.
6941 * systemd.pc now exports a number of additional directories,
6942 including $libdir (which is useful to identify the library
6943 path for the primary architecture of the system), and a
6944 couple of drop-in directories.
6946 * udev's predictable network interface names now use the dev_port
6947 sysfs attribute, introduced in linux 3.15 instead of dev_id to
6948 distinguish between ports of the same PCI function. dev_id should
6949 only be used for ports using the same HW address, hence the need
6952 * machined has been updated to export the OS version of a
6953 container (read from /etc/os-release and
6954 /usr/lib/os-release) on the bus. This is now shown in
6955 "machinectl status" for a machine.
6957 * A new service setting RestartForceExitStatus= has been
6958 added. If configured to a set of exit signals or process
6959 return values, the service will be restarted when the main
6960 daemon process exits with any of them, regardless of the
6963 * systemctl's -H switch for connecting to remote systemd
6964 machines has been extended so that it may be used to
6965 directly connect to a specific container on the
6966 host. "systemctl -H root@foobar:waldi" will now connect as
6967 user "root" to host "foobar", and then proceed directly to
6968 the container named "waldi". Note that currently you have to
6969 authenticate as user "root" for this to work, as entering
6970 containers is a privileged operation.
6972 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Benjamin Steinwender,
6973 Carl Schaefer, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian King, Cristian
6974 Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Eugene
6975 Yakubovich, Filipe Brandenburger, Frederic Crozat, Hristo
6976 Venev, Jan Engelhardt, Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6977 Poettering, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine
6978 Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
6979 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Sekletar, Patrik Flykt, Ronan Le
6980 Martret, Ronny Chevalier, Ruediger Oertel, Steven Noonan,
6981 Susant Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Thomas Hindoe
6982 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Hirst, Umut Tezduyar
6983 Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6985 — Berlin, 2014-07-03
6989 * As an experimental feature, udev now tries to lock the
6990 disk device node (flock(LOCK_SH|LOCK_NB)) while it
6991 executes events for the disk or any of its partitions.
6992 Applications like partitioning programs can lock the
6993 disk device node (flock(LOCK_EX)) and claim temporary
6994 device ownership that way; udev will entirely skip all event
6995 handling for this disk and its partitions. If the disk
6996 was opened for writing, the close will trigger a partition
6997 table rescan in udev's "watch" facility, and if needed
6998 synthesize "change" events for the disk and all its partitions.
6999 This is now unconditionally enabled, and if it turns out to
7000 cause major problems, we might turn it on only for specific
7001 devices, or might need to disable it entirely. Device Mapper
7002 devices are excluded from this logic.
7004 * We temporarily dropped the "-l" switch for fsck invocations,
7005 since they collide with the flock() logic above. util-linux
7006 upstream has been changed already to avoid this conflict,
7007 and we will re-add "-l" as soon as util-linux with this
7008 change has been released.
7010 * The dependency on libattr has been removed. Since a long
7011 time, the extended attribute calls have moved to glibc, and
7012 libattr is thus unnecessary.
7014 * Virtualization detection works without privileges now. This
7015 means the systemd-detect-virt binary no longer requires
7016 CAP_SYS_PTRACE file capabilities, and our daemons can run
7017 with fewer privileges.
7019 * systemd-networkd now runs under its own "systemd-network"
7020 user. It retains the CAP_NET_ADMIN, CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE,
7021 CAP_NET_BROADCAST, CAP_NET_RAW capabilities though, but
7022 loses the ability to write to files owned by root this way.
7024 * Similarly, systemd-resolved now runs under its own
7025 "systemd-resolve" user with no capabilities remaining.
7027 * Similarly, systemd-bus-proxyd now runs under its own
7028 "systemd-bus-proxy" user with only CAP_IPC_OWNER remaining.
7030 * systemd-networkd gained support for setting up "veth"
7031 virtual Ethernet devices for container connectivity, as well
7032 as GRE and VTI tunnels.
7034 * systemd-networkd will no longer automatically attempt to
7035 manually load kernel modules necessary for certain tunnel
7036 transports. Instead, it is assumed the kernel loads them
7037 automatically when required. This only works correctly on
7038 very new kernels. On older kernels, please consider adding
7039 the kernel modules to /etc/modules-load.d/ as a work-around.
7041 * The resolv.conf file systemd-resolved generates has been
7042 moved to /run/systemd/resolve/. If you have a symlink from
7043 /etc/resolv.conf, it might be necessary to correct it.
7045 * Two new service settings, ProtectHome= and ProtectSystem=,
7046 have been added. When enabled, they will make the user data
7047 (such as /home) inaccessible or read-only and the system
7048 (such as /usr) read-only, for specific services. This allows
7049 very light-weight per-service sandboxing to avoid
7050 modifications of user data or system files from
7051 services. These two new switches have been enabled for all
7052 of systemd's long-running services, where appropriate.
7054 * Socket units gained new SocketUser= and SocketGroup=
7055 settings to set the owner user and group of AF_UNIX sockets
7056 and FIFOs in the file system.
7058 * Socket units gained a new RemoveOnStop= setting. If enabled,
7059 all FIFOS and sockets in the file system will be removed
7060 when the specific socket unit is stopped.
7062 * Socket units gained a new Symlinks= setting. It takes a list
7063 of symlinks to create to file system sockets or FIFOs
7064 created by the specific Unix sockets. This is useful to
7065 manage symlinks to socket nodes with the same lifecycle as
7068 * The /dev/log socket and /dev/initctl FIFO have been moved to
7069 /run, and have been replaced by symlinks. This allows
7070 connecting to these facilities even if PrivateDevices=yes is
7071 used for a service (which makes /dev/log itself unavailable,
7072 but /run is left). This also has the benefit of ensuring
7073 that /dev only contains device nodes, directories and
7074 symlinks, and nothing else.
7076 * sd-daemon gained two new calls sd_pid_notify() and
7077 sd_pid_notifyf(). They are similar to sd_notify() and
7078 sd_notifyf(), but allow overriding of the source PID of
7079 notification messages if permissions permit this. This is
7080 useful to send notify messages on behalf of a different
7081 process (for example, the parent process). The
7082 systemd-notify tool has been updated to make use of this
7083 when sending messages (so that notification messages now
7084 originate from the shell script invoking systemd-notify and
7085 not the systemd-notify process itself. This should minimize
7086 a race where systemd fails to associate notification
7087 messages to services when the originating process already
7090 * A new "on-abnormal" setting for Restart= has been added. If
7091 set, it will result in automatic restarts on all "abnormal"
7092 reasons for a process to exit, which includes unclean
7093 signals, core dumps, timeouts and watchdog timeouts, but
7094 does not include clean and unclean exit codes or clean
7095 signals. Restart=on-abnormal is an alternative for
7096 Restart=on-failure for services that shall be able to
7097 terminate and avoid restarts on certain errors, by
7098 indicating so with an unclean exit code. Restart=on-failure
7099 or Restart=on-abnormal is now the recommended setting for
7100 all long-running services.
7102 * If the InaccessibleDirectories= service setting points to a
7103 mount point (or if there are any submounts contained within
7104 it), it is now attempted to completely unmount it, to make
7105 the file systems truly unavailable for the respective
7108 * The ReadOnlyDirectories= service setting and
7109 systemd-nspawn's --read-only parameter are now recursively
7110 applied to all submounts, too.
7112 * Mount units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs.
7114 * The support for SysV and LSB init scripts has been removed
7115 from the systemd daemon itself. Instead, it is now
7116 implemented as a generator that creates native systemd units
7117 from these scripts when needed. This enables us to remove a
7118 substantial amount of legacy code from PID 1, following the
7119 fact that many distributions only ship a very small number
7120 of LSB/SysV init scripts nowadays.
7122 * Privileged Xen (dom0) domains are not considered
7123 virtualization anymore by the virtualization detection
7124 logic. After all, they generally have unrestricted access to
7125 the hardware and usually are used to manage the unprivileged
7128 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new "C" line type, for copying
7129 files or entire directories.
7131 * systemd-tmpfiles "m" lines are now fully equivalent to "z"
7132 lines. So far, they have been non-globbing versions of the
7133 latter, and have thus been redundant. In future, it is
7134 recommended to only use "z". "m" has hence been removed
7135 from the documentation, even though it stays supported.
7137 * A tmpfiles snippet to recreate the most basic structure in
7138 /var has been added. This is enough to create the /var/run →
7139 /run symlink and create a couple of structural
7140 directories. This allows systems to boot up with an empty or
7141 volatile /var. Of course, while with this change, the core OS
7142 now is capable with dealing with a volatile /var, not all
7143 user services are ready for it. However, we hope that sooner
7144 or later, many service daemons will be changed upstream so
7145 that they are able to automatically create their necessary
7146 directories in /var at boot, should they be missing. This is
7147 the first step to allow state-less systems that only require
7148 the vendor image for /usr to boot.
7150 * systemd-nspawn has gained a new --tmpfs= switch to mount an
7151 empty tmpfs instance to a specific directory. This is
7152 particularly useful for making use of the automatic
7153 reconstruction of /var (see above), by passing --tmpfs=/var.
7155 * Access modes specified in tmpfiles snippets may now be
7156 prefixed with "~", which indicates that they shall be masked
7157 by whether the existing file or directory is currently
7158 writable, readable or executable at all. Also, if specified,
7159 the sgid/suid/sticky bits will be masked for all
7162 * A new passive target unit "network-pre.target" has been
7163 added which is useful for services that shall run before any
7164 network is configured, for example firewall scripts.
7166 * The "floppy" group that previously owned the /dev/fd*
7167 devices is no longer used. The "disk" group is now used
7168 instead. Distributions should probably deprecate usage of
7171 Contributions from: Camilo Aguilar, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian
7172 King, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, David
7173 Strauss, Denis Tikhomirov, John, Jonathan Liu, Kay Sievers,
7174 Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mark Eichin, Ronny
7175 Chevalier, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
7176 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew
7179 — Berlin, 2014-06-11
7183 * A new "systemd-timesyncd" daemon has been added for
7184 synchronizing the system clock across the network. It
7185 implements an SNTP client. In contrast to NTP
7186 implementations such as chrony or the NTP reference server,
7187 this only implements a client side, and does not bother with
7188 the full NTP complexity, focusing only on querying time from
7189 one remote server and synchronizing the local clock to
7190 it. Unless you intend to serve NTP to networked clients or
7191 want to connect to local hardware clocks, this simple NTP
7192 client should be more than appropriate for most
7193 installations. The daemon runs with minimal privileges, and
7194 has been hooked up with networkd to only operate when
7195 network connectivity is available. The daemon saves the
7196 current clock to disk every time a new NTP sync has been
7197 acquired, and uses this to possibly correct the system clock
7198 early at bootup, in order to accommodate for systems that
7199 lack an RTC such as the Raspberry Pi and embedded devices,
7200 and to make sure that time monotonically progresses on these
7201 systems, even if it is not always correct. To make use of
7202 this daemon, a new system user and group "systemd-timesync"
7203 needs to be created on installation of systemd.
7205 * The queue "seqnum" interface of libudev has been disabled, as
7206 it was generally incompatible with device namespacing as
7207 sequence numbers of devices go "missing" if the devices are
7208 part of a different namespace.
7210 * "systemctl list-timers" and "systemctl list-sockets" gained
7211 a --recursive switch for showing units of these types also
7212 for all local containers, similar in style to the already
7213 supported --recursive switch for "systemctl list-units".
7215 * A new RebootArgument= setting has been added for service
7216 units, which may be used to specify a kernel reboot argument
7217 to use when triggering reboots with StartLimitAction=.
7219 * A new FailureAction= setting has been added for service
7220 units which may be used to specify an operation to trigger
7221 when a service fails. This works similarly to
7222 StartLimitAction=, but unlike it, controls what is done
7223 immediately rather than only after several attempts to
7224 restart the service in question.
7226 * hostnamed got updated to also expose the kernel name,
7227 release, and version on the bus. This is useful for
7228 executing commands like hostnamectl with the -H switch.
7229 systemd-analyze makes use of this to properly display
7230 details when running non-locally.
7232 * The bootchart tool can now show cgroup information in the
7233 graphs it generates.
7235 * The CFS CPU quota cgroup attribute is now exposed for
7236 services. The new CPUQuota= switch has been added for this
7237 which takes a percentage value. Setting this will have the
7238 result that a service may never get more CPU time than the
7239 specified percentage, even if the machine is otherwise idle.
7241 * systemd-networkd learned IPIP and SIT tunnel support.
7243 * LSB init scripts exposing a dependency on $network will now
7244 get a dependency on network-online.target rather than simply
7245 network.target. This should bring LSB handling closer to
7246 what it was on SysV systems.
7248 * A new fsck.repair= kernel option has been added to control
7249 how fsck shall deal with unclean file systems at boot.
7251 * The (.ini) configuration file parser will now silently ignore
7252 sections whose names begin with "X-". This may be used to maintain
7253 application-specific extension sections in unit files.
7255 * machined gained a new API to query the IP addresses of
7256 registered containers. "machinectl status" has been updated
7257 to show these addresses in its output.
7259 * A new call sd_uid_get_display() has been added to the
7260 sd-login APIs for querying the "primary" session of a
7261 user. The "primary" session of the user is elected from the
7262 user's sessions and generally a graphical session is
7263 preferred over a text one.
7265 * A minimal systemd-resolved daemon has been added. It
7266 currently simply acts as a companion to systemd-networkd and
7267 manages resolv.conf based on per-interface DNS
7268 configuration, possibly supplied via DHCP. In the long run
7269 we hope to extend this into a local DNSSEC enabled DNS and
7272 * The systemd-networkd-wait-online tool is now enabled by
7273 default. It will delay network-online.target until a network
7274 connection has been configured. The tool primarily integrates
7275 with networkd, but will also make a best effort to make sense
7276 of network configuration performed in some other way.
7278 * Two new service options StartupCPUShares= and
7279 StartupBlockIOWeight= have been added that work similarly to
7280 CPUShares= and BlockIOWeight= however only apply during
7281 system startup. This is useful to prioritize certain services
7282 differently during bootup than during normal runtime.
7284 * hostnamed has been changed to prefer the statically
7285 configured hostname in /etc/hostname (unless set to
7286 'localhost' or empty) over any dynamic one supplied by
7287 dhcp. With this change, the rules for picking the hostname
7288 match more closely the rules of other configuration settings
7289 where the local administrator's configuration in /etc always
7290 overrides any other settings.
7292 Contributions from: Ali H. Caliskan, Alison Chaiken, Bas van
7293 den Berg, Brandon Philips, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
7294 Dan Kilman, Dave Reisner, David Härdeman, David Herrmann,
7295 David Strauss, Dimitris Spingos, Djalal Harouni, Eelco
7296 Dolstra, Evan Nemerson, Florian Albrechtskirchinger, Greg
7297 Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan
7298 Engelhardt, Jani Nikula, Jason St. John, Jeffrey Clark,
7299 Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas
7300 Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
7301 Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
7302 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Nis
7303 Martensen, Patrik Flykt, Philip Lorenz, poma, Ray Strode,
7304 Reyad Attiyat, Robert Milasan, Scott Thrasher, Stef Walter,
7305 Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas Bächler,
7306 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar
7307 Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Will Woods, Zbigniew
7310 — Beijing, 2014-05-28
7314 * When restoring the screen brightness at boot, stay away from
7315 the darkest setting or from the lowest 5% of the available
7316 range, depending on which is the larger value of both. This
7317 should effectively protect the user from rebooting into a
7318 black screen, should the brightness have been set to minimum
7321 * sd-login gained a new sd_machine_get_class() call to
7322 determine the class ("vm" or "container") of a machine
7323 registered with machined.
7325 * sd-login gained new calls
7326 sd_peer_get_{session,owner_uid,unit,user_unit,slice,machine_name}(),
7327 to query the identity of the peer of a local AF_UNIX
7328 connection. They operate similarly to their sd_pid_get_xyz()
7331 * PID 1 will now maintain a system-wide system state engine
7332 with the states "starting", "running", "degraded",
7333 "maintenance", "stopping". These states are bound to system
7334 startup, normal runtime, runtime with at least one failed
7335 service, rescue/emergency mode and system shutdown. This
7336 state is shown in the "systemctl status" output when no unit
7337 name is passed. It is useful to determine system state, in
7338 particularly when doing so for many systems or containers at
7341 * A new command "list-machines" has been added to "systemctl"
7342 that lists all local OS containers and shows their system
7343 state (see above), if systemd runs inside of them.
7345 * systemctl gained a new "-r" switch to recursively enumerate
7346 units on all local containers, when used with the
7347 "list-unit" command (which is the default one that is
7348 executed when no parameters are specified).
7350 * The GPT automatic partition discovery logic will now honour
7351 two GPT partition flags: one may be set on a partition to
7352 cause it to be mounted read-only, and the other may be set
7353 on a partition to ignore it during automatic discovery.
7355 * Two new GPT type UUIDs have been added for automatic root
7356 partition discovery, for 32-bit and 64-bit ARM. This is not
7357 particularly useful for discovering the root directory on
7358 these architectures during bare-metal boots (since UEFI is
7359 not common there), but still very useful to allow booting of
7360 ARM disk images in nspawn with the -i option.
7362 * MAC addresses of interfaces created with nspawn's
7363 --network-interface= switch will now be generated from the
7364 machine name, and thus be stable between multiple invocations
7367 * logind will now automatically remove all IPC objects owned
7368 by a user if she or he fully logs out. This makes sure that
7369 users who are logged out cannot continue to consume IPC
7370 resources. This covers SysV memory, semaphores and message
7371 queues as well as POSIX shared memory and message
7372 queues. Traditionally, SysV and POSIX IPC had no lifecycle
7373 limits. With this functionality, that is corrected. This may
7374 be turned off by using the RemoveIPC= switch of logind.conf.
7376 * The systemd-machine-id-setup and tmpfiles tools gained a
7377 --root= switch to operate on a specific root directory,
7380 * journald can now forward logged messages to the TTYs of all
7381 logged in users ("wall"). This is the default for all
7382 emergency messages now.
7384 * A new tool systemd-journal-remote has been added to stream
7385 journal log messages across the network.
7387 * /sys/fs/cgroup/ is now mounted read-only after all cgroup
7388 controller trees are mounted into it. Note that the
7389 directories mounted beneath it are not read-only. This is a
7390 security measure and is particularly useful because glibc
7391 actually includes a search logic to pick any tmpfs it can
7392 find to implement shm_open() if /dev/shm is not available
7393 (which it might very well be in namespaced setups).
7395 * machinectl gained a new "poweroff" command to cleanly power
7396 down a local OS container.
7398 * The PrivateDevices= unit file setting will now also drop the
7399 CAP_MKNOD capability from the capability bound set, and
7400 imply DevicePolicy=closed.
7402 * PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork= and PrivateTmp= is now used
7403 comprehensively on all long-running systemd services where
7404 this is appropriate.
7406 * systemd-udevd will now run in a disassociated mount
7407 namespace. To mount directories from udev rules, make sure to
7408 pull in mount units via SYSTEMD_WANTS properties.
7410 * The kdbus support gained support for uploading policy into
7411 the kernel. sd-bus gained support for creating "monitoring"
7412 connections that can eavesdrop into all bus communication
7413 for debugging purposes.
7415 * Timestamps may now be specified in seconds since the UNIX
7416 epoch Jan 1st, 1970 by specifying "@" followed by the value
7419 * Native tcpwrap support in systemd has been removed. tcpwrap
7420 is old code, not really maintained anymore and has serious
7421 shortcomings, and better options such as firewalls
7422 exist. For setups that require tcpwrap usage, please
7423 consider invoking your socket-activated service via tcpd,
7424 like on traditional inetd.
7426 * A new system.conf configuration option
7427 DefaultTimerAccuracySec= has been added that controls the
7428 default AccuracySec= setting of .timer units.
7430 * Timer units gained a new WakeSystem= switch. If enabled,
7431 timers configured this way will cause the system to resume
7432 from system suspend (if the system supports that, which most
7435 * Timer units gained a new Persistent= switch. If enabled,
7436 timers configured this way will save to disk when they have
7437 been last triggered. This information is then used on next
7438 reboot to possible execute overdue timer events, that
7439 could not take place because the system was powered off.
7440 This enables simple anacron-like behaviour for timer units.
7442 * systemctl's "list-timers" will now also list the time a
7443 timer unit was last triggered in addition to the next time
7444 it will be triggered.
7446 * systemd-networkd will now assign predictable IPv4LL
7447 addresses to its local interfaces.
7449 Contributions from: Brandon Philips, Daniel Buch, Daniel Mack,
7450 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gerd Hoffmann, Greg
7451 Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Jason St. John, Josh
7452 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marc-Antoine
7453 Perennou, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Miklos Vajna,
7454 Patrik Flykt, poma, Sebastian Thorarensen, Thomas Bächler,
7455 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen,
7456 Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Wieland Hoffmann, Zbigniew
7459 — Berlin, 2014-03-25
7463 * A new unit file setting RestrictAddressFamilies= has been
7464 added to restrict which socket address families unit
7465 processes gain access to. This takes address family names
7466 like "AF_INET" or "AF_UNIX", and is useful to minimize the
7467 attack surface of services via exotic protocol stacks. This
7468 is built on seccomp system call filters.
7470 * Two new unit file settings RuntimeDirectory= and
7471 RuntimeDirectoryMode= have been added that may be used to
7472 manage a per-daemon runtime directories below /run. This is
7473 an alternative for setting up directory permissions with
7474 tmpfiles snippets, and has the advantage that the runtime
7475 directory's lifetime is bound to the daemon runtime and that
7476 the daemon starts up with an empty directory each time. This
7477 is particularly useful when writing services that drop
7478 privileges using the User= or Group= setting.
7480 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports globbing for
7481 matching against device group names.
7483 * The systemd configuration file system.conf gained new
7484 settings DefaultCPUAccounting=, DefaultBlockIOAccounting=,
7485 DefaultMemoryAccounting= to globally turn on/off accounting
7486 for specific resources (cgroups) for all units. These
7487 settings may still be overridden individually in each unit
7490 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator is now able to discover /srv and
7491 root partitions in addition to /home and swap partitions. It
7492 also supports LUKS-encrypted partitions now. With this in
7493 place, automatic discovery of partitions to mount following
7494 the Discoverable Partitions Specification
7495 (https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/DiscoverablePartitionsSpec)
7496 is now a lot more complete. This allows booting without
7497 /etc/fstab and without root= on the kernel command line on
7498 systems prepared appropriately.
7500 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --image= switch which allows
7501 booting up disk images and Linux installations on any block
7502 device that follow the Discoverable Partitions Specification
7503 (see above). This means that installations made with
7504 appropriately updated installers may now be started and
7505 deployed using container managers, completely
7506 unmodified. (We hope that libvirt-lxc will add support for
7507 this feature soon, too.)
7509 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-macvlan= setting to
7510 set up a private macvlan interface for the
7511 container. Similarly, systemd-networkd gained a new
7512 Kind=macvlan setting in .netdev files.
7514 * systemd-networkd now supports configuring local addresses
7517 * A new tool systemd-network-wait-online has been added to
7518 synchronously wait for network connectivity using
7521 * The sd-bus.h bus API gained a new sd_bus_track object for
7522 tracking the lifecycle of bus peers. Note that sd-bus.h is
7523 still not a public API though (unless you specify
7524 --enable-kdbus on the configure command line, which however
7525 voids your warranty and you get no API stability guarantee).
7527 * The $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR runtime directories for each user are
7528 now individual tmpfs instances, which has the benefit of
7529 introducing separate pools for each user, with individual
7530 size limits, and thus making sure that unprivileged clients
7531 can no longer negatively impact the system or other users by
7532 filling up their $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR. A new logind.conf setting
7533 RuntimeDirectorySize= has been introduced that allows
7534 controlling the default size limit for all users. It
7535 defaults to 10% of the available physical memory. This is no
7536 replacement for quotas on tmpfs though (which the kernel
7537 still does not support), as /dev/shm and /tmp are still
7538 shared resources used by both the system and unprivileged
7541 * logind will now automatically turn off automatic suspending
7542 on laptop lid close when more than one display is
7543 connected. This was previously expected to be implemented
7544 individually in desktop environments (such as GNOME),
7545 however has been added to logind now, in order to fix a
7546 boot-time race where a desktop environment might not have
7547 been started yet and thus not been able to take an inhibitor
7548 lock at the time where logind already suspends the system
7549 due to a closed lid.
7551 * logind will now wait at least 30s after each system
7552 suspend/resume cycle, and 3min after system boot before
7553 suspending the system due to a closed laptop lid. This
7554 should give USB docking stations and similar enough time to
7555 be probed and configured after system resume and boot in
7556 order to then act as suspend blocker.
7558 * systemd-run gained a new --property= setting which allows
7559 initialization of resource control properties (and others)
7560 for the created scope or service unit. Example: "systemd-run
7561 --property=BlockIOWeight=10 updatedb" may be used to run
7562 updatedb at a low block IO scheduling weight.
7564 * systemd-run's --uid=, --gid=, --setenv=, --setenv= switches
7565 now also work in --scope mode.
7567 * When systemd is compiled with kdbus support, basic support
7568 for enforced policies is now in place. (Note that enabling
7569 kdbus still voids your warranty and no API compatibility
7572 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Ansgar Burchardt, Armin
7573 K., Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
7574 Harald Hoyer, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jasper St. Pierre, Kay
7575 Sievers, Kieran Clancy, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
7576 Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Mark Oteiza, Martin Pitt,
7577 Mike Gilbert, Peter Rajnoha, poma, Samuli Suominen, Stef
7578 Walter, Susant Sahani, Tero Roponen, Thomas Andersen, Thomas
7579 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom
7580 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zachary Cook,
7581 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7583 — Berlin, 2014-03-12
7587 * systemd will now relabel /dev after loading the SMACK policy
7588 according to SMACK rules.
7590 * A new unit file option AppArmorProfile= has been added to
7591 set the AppArmor profile for the processes of a unit.
7593 * A new condition check ConditionArchitecture= has been added
7594 to conditionalize units based on the system architecture, as
7595 reported by uname()'s "machine" field.
7597 * systemd-networkd now supports matching on the system
7598 virtualization, architecture, kernel command line, host name
7601 * logind is now a lot more aggressive when suspending the
7602 machine due to a closed laptop lid. Instead of acting only
7603 on the lid close action, it will continuously watch the lid
7604 status and act on it. This is useful for laptops where the
7605 power button is on the outside of the chassis so that it can
7606 be reached without opening the lid (such as the Lenovo
7607 Yoga). On those machines, logind will now immediately
7608 re-suspend the machine if the power button has been
7609 accidentally pressed while the laptop was suspended and in a
7610 backpack or similar.
7612 * logind will now watch SW_DOCK switches and inhibit reaction
7613 to the lid switch if it is pressed. This means that logind
7614 will not suspend the machine anymore if the lid is closed
7615 and the system is docked, if the laptop supports SW_DOCK
7616 notifications via the input layer. Note that ACPI docking
7617 stations do not generate this currently. Also note that this
7618 logic is usually not fully sufficient and Desktop
7619 Environments should take a lid switch inhibitor lock when an
7620 external display is connected, as systemd will not watch
7623 * nspawn will now make use of the devices cgroup controller by
7624 default, and only permit creation of and access to the usual
7625 API device nodes like /dev/null or /dev/random, as well as
7626 access to (but not creation of) the pty devices.
7628 * We will now ship a default .network file for
7629 systemd-networkd that automatically configures DHCP for
7630 network interfaces created by nspawn's --network-veth or
7631 --network-bridge= switches.
7633 * systemd will now understand the usual M, K, G, T suffixes
7634 according to SI conventions (i.e. to the base 1000) when
7635 referring to throughput and hardware metrics. It will stay
7636 with IEC conventions (i.e. to the base 1024) for software
7637 metrics, according to what is customary according to
7638 Wikipedia. We explicitly document which base applies for
7639 each configuration option.
7641 * The DeviceAllow= setting in unit files now supports a syntax
7642 to whitelist an entire group of devices node majors at once,
7643 based on the /proc/devices listing. For example, with the
7644 string "char-pts", it is now possible to whitelist all
7645 current and future pseudo-TTYs at once.
7647 * sd-event learned a new "post" event source. Event sources of
7648 this type are triggered by the dispatching of any event
7649 source of a type that is not "post". This is useful for
7650 implementing clean-up and check event sources that are
7651 triggered by other work being done in the program.
7653 * systemd-networkd is no longer statically enabled, but uses
7654 the usual [Install] sections so that it can be
7655 enabled/disabled using systemctl. It still is enabled by
7658 * When creating a veth interface pair with systemd-nspawn, the
7659 host side will now be prefixed with "vb-" if
7660 --network-bridge= is used, and with "ve-" if --network-veth
7661 is used. This way, it is easy to distinguish these cases on
7662 the host, for example to apply different configuration to
7663 them with systemd-networkd.
7665 * The compatibility libraries for libsystemd-journal.so,
7666 libsystem-id128.so, libsystemd-login.so and
7667 libsystemd-daemon.so do not make use of IFUNC
7668 anymore. Instead, we now build libsystemd.so multiple times
7669 under these alternative names. This means that the footprint
7670 is drastically increased, but given that these are
7671 transitional compatibility libraries, this should not matter
7672 much. This change has been made necessary to support the ARM
7673 platform for these compatibility libraries, as the ARM
7674 toolchain is not really at the same level as the toolchain
7675 for other architectures like x86 and does not support
7676 IFUNC. Please make sure to use --enable-compat-libs only
7677 during a transitional period!
7679 * The .include syntax has been deprecated and is not documented
7680 anymore. Drop-in files in .d directories should be used instead.
7682 Contributions from: Andreas Fuchs, Armin K., Colin Walters,
7683 Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
7684 Holger Schurig, Jason A. Donenfeld, Jason St. John, Jasper
7685 St. Pierre, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Łukasz Stelmach,
7686 Marcel Holtmann, Michael Scherer, Michal Sekletar, Mike
7687 Gilbert, Samuli Suominen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
7688 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
7689 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7691 — Berlin, 2014-02-24
7695 * A new component "systemd-networkd" has been added that can
7696 be used to configure local network interfaces statically or
7697 via DHCP. It is capable of bringing up bridges, VLANs, and
7698 bonding. Currently, no hook-ups for interactive network
7699 configuration are provided. Use this for your initrd,
7700 container, embedded, or server setup if you need a simple,
7701 yet powerful, network configuration solution. This
7702 configuration subsystem is quite nifty, as it allows wildcard
7703 hotplug matching in interfaces. For example, with a single
7704 configuration snippet, you can configure that all Ethernet
7705 interfaces showing up are automatically added to a bridge,
7706 or similar. It supports link-sensing and more.
7708 * A new tool "systemd-socket-proxyd" has been added which can
7709 act as a bidirectional proxy for TCP sockets. This is
7710 useful for adding socket activation support to services that
7711 do not actually support socket activation, including virtual
7712 machines and the like.
7714 * Add a new tool to save/restore rfkill state on
7717 * Save/restore state of keyboard backlights in addition to
7718 display backlights on shutdown/boot.
7720 * udev learned a new SECLABEL{} construct to label device
7721 nodes with a specific security label when they appear. For
7722 now, only SECLABEL{selinux} is supported, but the syntax is
7723 prepared for additional security frameworks.
7725 * udev gained a new scheme to configure link-level attributes
7726 from files in /etc/systemd/network/*.link. These files can
7727 match against MAC address, device path, driver name and type,
7728 and will apply attributes like the naming policy, link speed,
7729 MTU, duplex settings, Wake-on-LAN settings, MAC address, MAC
7730 address assignment policy (randomized, ...).
7732 * The configuration of network interface naming rules for
7733 "permanent interface names" has changed: a new NamePolicy=
7734 setting in the [Link] section of .link files determines the
7735 priority of possible naming schemes (onboard, slot, MAC,
7736 path). The default value of this setting is determined by
7737 /usr/lib/net/links/99-default.link. Old
7738 80-net-name-slot.rules udev configuration file has been
7739 removed, so local configuration overriding this file should
7740 be adapted to override 99-default.link instead.
7742 * When the User= switch is used in a unit file, also
7743 initialize $SHELL= based on the user database entry.
7745 * systemd no longer depends on libdbus. All communication is
7746 now done with sd-bus, systemd's low-level bus library
7749 * kdbus support has been added to PID 1 itself. When kdbus is
7750 enabled, this causes PID 1 to set up the system bus and
7751 enable support for a new ".busname" unit type that
7752 encapsulates bus name activation on kdbus. It works a little
7753 bit like ".socket" units, except for bus names. A new
7754 generator has been added that converts classic dbus1 service
7755 activation files automatically into native systemd .busname
7758 * sd-bus: add a light-weight vtable implementation that allows
7759 defining objects on the bus with a simple static const
7760 vtable array of its methods, signals and properties.
7762 * systemd will not generate or install static dbus
7763 introspection data anymore to /usr/share/dbus-1/interfaces,
7764 as the precise format of these files is unclear, and
7765 nothing makes use of it.
7767 * A proxy daemon is now provided to proxy clients connecting
7768 via classic D-Bus AF_UNIX sockets to kdbus, to provide full
7769 compatibility with classic D-Bus.
7771 * A bus driver implementation has been added that supports the
7772 classic D-Bus bus driver calls on kdbus, also for
7773 compatibility purposes.
7775 * A new API "sd-event.h" has been added that implements a
7776 minimal event loop API built around epoll. It provides a
7777 couple of features that direct epoll usage is lacking:
7778 prioritization of events, scales to large numbers of timer
7779 events, per-event timer slack (accuracy), system-wide
7780 coalescing of timer events, exit handlers, watchdog
7781 supervision support using systemd's sd_notify() API, child
7784 * A new API "sd-rntl.h" has been added that provides an API
7785 around the route netlink interface of the kernel, similar in
7786 style to "sd-bus.h".
7788 * A new API "sd-dhcp-client.h" has been added that provides a
7789 small DHCPv4 client-side implementation. This is used by
7792 * There is a new kernel command line option
7793 "systemd.restore_state=0|1". When set to "0", none of the
7794 systemd tools will restore saved runtime state to hardware
7795 devices. More specifically, the rfkill and backlight states
7798 * The FsckPassNo= compatibility option in mount/service units
7799 has been removed. The fstab generator will now add the
7800 necessary dependencies automatically, and does not require
7801 PID1's support for that anymore.
7803 * journalctl gained a new switch, --list-boots, that lists
7804 recent boots with their times and boot IDs.
7806 * The various tools like systemctl, loginctl, timedatectl,
7807 busctl, systemd-run, ... have gained a new switch "-M" to
7808 connect to a specific, local OS container (as direct
7809 connection, without requiring SSH). This works on any
7810 container that is registered with machined, such as those
7811 created by libvirt-lxc or nspawn.
7813 * systemd-run and systemd-analyze also gained support for "-H"
7814 to connect to remote hosts via SSH. This is particularly
7815 useful for systemd-run because it enables queuing of jobs
7816 onto remote systems.
7818 * machinectl gained a new command "login" to open a getty
7819 login in any local container. This works with any container
7820 that is registered with machined (such as those created by
7821 libvirt-lxc or nspawn), and which runs systemd inside.
7823 * machinectl gained a new "reboot" command that may be used to
7824 trigger a reboot on a specific container that is registered
7825 with machined. This works on any container that runs an init
7826 system of some kind.
7828 * systemctl gained a new "list-timers" command to print a nice
7829 listing of installed timer units with the times they elapse
7832 * Alternative reboot() parameters may now be specified on the
7833 "systemctl reboot" command line and are passed to the
7834 reboot() system call.
7836 * systemctl gained a new --job-mode= switch to configure the
7837 mode to queue a job with. This is a more generic version of
7838 --fail, --irreversible, and --ignore-dependencies, which are
7839 still available but not advertised anymore.
7841 * /etc/systemd/system.conf gained new settings to configure
7842 various default timeouts of units, as well as the default
7843 start limit interval and burst. These may still be overridden
7846 * PID1 will now export on the bus profile data of the security
7847 policy upload process (such as the SELinux policy upload to
7850 * journald: when forwarding logs to the console, include
7851 timestamps (following the setting in
7852 /sys/module/printk/parameters/time).
7854 * OnCalendar= in timer units now understands the special
7855 strings "yearly" and "annually". (Both are equivalent)
7857 * The accuracy of timer units is now configurable with the new
7858 AccuracySec= setting. It defaults to 1min.
7860 * A new dependency type JoinsNamespaceOf= has been added that
7861 allows running two services within the same /tmp and network
7862 namespace, if PrivateNetwork= or PrivateTmp= are used.
7864 * A new command "cat" has been added to systemctl. It outputs
7865 the original unit file of a unit, and concatenates the
7866 contents of additional "drop-in" unit file snippets, so that
7867 the full configuration is shown.
7869 * systemctl now supports globbing on the various "list-xyz"
7870 commands, like "list-units" or "list-sockets", as well as on
7871 those commands which take multiple unit names.
7873 * journalctl's --unit= switch gained support for globbing.
7875 * All systemd daemons now make use of the watchdog logic so
7876 that systemd automatically notices when they hang.
7878 * If the $container_ttys environment variable is set,
7879 getty-generator will automatically spawn a getty for each
7880 listed tty. This is useful for container managers to request
7881 login gettys to be spawned on as many ttys as needed.
7883 * %h, %s, %U specifier support is not available anymore when
7884 used in unit files for PID 1. This is because NSS calls are
7885 not safe from PID 1. They stay available for --user
7886 instances of systemd, and as special case for the root user.
7888 * loginctl gained a new "--no-legend" switch to turn off output
7891 * The "sd-login.h" API gained three new calls:
7892 sd_session_is_remote(), sd_session_get_remote_user(),
7893 sd_session_get_remote_host() to query information about
7896 * The udev hardware database now also carries vendor/product
7897 information of SDIO devices.
7899 * The "sd-daemon.h" API gained a new sd_watchdog_enabled() to
7900 determine whether watchdog notifications are requested by
7903 * Socket-activated per-connection services now include a
7904 short description of the connection parameters in the
7907 * tmpfiles gained a new "--boot" option. When this is not used,
7908 only lines where the command character is not suffixed with
7909 "!" are executed. When this option is specified, those
7910 options are executed too. This partitions tmpfiles
7911 directives into those that can be safely executed at any
7912 time, and those which should be run only at boot (for
7913 example, a line that creates /run/nologin).
7915 * A new API "sd-resolve.h" has been added which provides a simple
7916 asynchronous wrapper around glibc NSS host name resolution
7917 calls, such as getaddrinfo(). In contrast to glibc's
7918 getaddrinfo_a(), it does not use signals. In contrast to most
7919 other asynchronous name resolution libraries, this one does
7920 not reimplement DNS, but reuses NSS, so that alternate
7921 host name resolution systems continue to work, such as mDNS,
7922 LDAP, etc. This API is based on libasyncns, but it has been
7923 cleaned up for inclusion in systemd.
7925 * The APIs "sd-journal.h", "sd-login.h", "sd-id128.h",
7926 "sd-daemon.h" are no longer found in individual libraries
7927 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-login.so,
7928 libsystemd-id128.so, libsystemd-daemon.so. Instead, we have
7929 merged them into a single library, libsystemd.so, which
7930 provides all symbols. The reason for this is cyclic
7931 dependencies, as these libraries tend to use each other's
7932 symbols. So far, we have managed to workaround that by linking
7933 a copy of a good part of our code into each of these
7934 libraries again and again, which, however, makes certain
7935 things hard to do, like sharing static variables. Also, it
7936 substantially increases footprint. With this change, there
7937 is only one library for the basic APIs systemd
7938 provides. Also, "sd-bus.h", "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h",
7939 "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h", "sd-utf8.h" are found in this
7940 library as well, however are subject to the --enable-kdbus
7941 switch (see below). Note that "sd-dhcp-client.h" is not part
7942 of this library (this is because it only consumes, never
7943 provides, services of/to other APIs). To make the transition
7944 easy from the separate libraries to the unified one, we
7945 provide the --enable-compat-libs compile-time switch which
7946 will generate stub libraries that are compatible with the
7947 old ones but redirect all calls to the new one.
7949 * All of the kdbus logic and the new APIs "sd-bus.h",
7950 "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h", "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h",
7951 and "sd-utf8.h" are compile-time optional via the
7952 "--enable-kdbus" switch, and they are not compiled in by
7953 default. To make use of kdbus, you have to explicitly enable
7954 the switch. Note however, that neither the kernel nor the
7955 userspace API for all of this is considered stable yet. We
7956 want to maintain the freedom to still change the APIs for
7957 now. By specifying this build-time switch, you acknowledge
7958 that you are aware of the instability of the current
7961 * Also, note that while kdbus is pretty much complete,
7962 it lacks one thing: proper policy support. This means you
7963 can build a fully working system with all features; however,
7964 it will be highly insecure. Policy support will be added in
7965 one of the next releases, at the same time that we will
7966 declare the APIs stable.
7968 * When the kernel command line argument "kdbus" is specified,
7969 systemd will automatically load the kdbus.ko kernel module. At
7970 this stage of development, it is only useful for testing kdbus
7971 and should not be used in production. Note: if "--enable-kdbus"
7972 is specified, and the kdbus.ko kernel module is available, and
7973 "kdbus" is added to the kernel command line, the entire system
7974 runs with kdbus instead of dbus-daemon, with the above mentioned
7975 problem of missing the system policy enforcement. Also a future
7976 version of kdbus.ko or a newer systemd will not be compatible with
7977 each other, and will unlikely be able to boot the machine if only
7978 one of them is updated.
7980 * systemctl gained a new "import-environment" command which
7981 uploads the caller's environment (or parts thereof) into the
7982 service manager so that it is inherited by services started
7983 by the manager. This is useful to upload variables like
7984 $DISPLAY into the user service manager.
7986 * A new PrivateDevices= switch has been added to service units
7987 which allows running a service with a namespaced /dev
7988 directory that does not contain any device nodes for
7989 physical devices. More specifically, it only includes devices
7990 such as /dev/null, /dev/urandom, and /dev/zero which are API
7993 * logind has been extended to support behaviour like VT
7994 switching on seats that do not support a VT. This makes
7995 multi-session available on seats that are not the first seat
7996 (seat0), and on systems where kernel support for VTs has
7997 been disabled at compile-time.
7999 * If a process holds a delay lock for system sleep or shutdown
8000 and fails to release it in time, we will now log its
8001 identity. This makes it easier to identify processes that
8002 cause slow suspends or power-offs.
8004 * When parsing /etc/crypttab, support for a new key-slot=
8005 option as supported by Debian is added. It allows indicating
8006 which LUKS slot to use on disk, speeding up key loading.
8008 * The sd_journal_sendv() API call has been checked and
8009 officially declared to be async-signal-safe so that it may
8010 be invoked from signal handlers for logging purposes.
8012 * Boot-time status output is now enabled automatically after a
8013 short timeout if boot does not progress, in order to give
8014 the user an indication what she or he is waiting for.
8016 * The boot-time output has been improved to show how much time
8017 remains until jobs expire.
8019 * The KillMode= switch in service units gained a new possible
8020 value "mixed". If set, and the unit is shut down, then the
8021 initial SIGTERM signal is sent only to the main daemon
8022 process, while the following SIGKILL signal is sent to
8023 all remaining processes of the service.
8025 * When a scope unit is registered, a new property "Controller"
8026 may be set. If set to a valid bus name, systemd will send a
8027 RequestStop() signal to this name when it would like to shut
8028 down the scope. This may be used to hook manager logic into
8029 the shutdown logic of scope units. Also, scope units may now
8030 be put in a special "abandoned" state, in which case the
8031 manager process which created them takes no further
8032 responsibilities for it.
8034 * When reading unit files, systemd will now verify
8035 the access mode of these files, and warn about certain
8036 suspicious combinations. This has been added to make it
8037 easier to track down packaging bugs where unit files are
8038 marked executable or world-writable.
8040 * systemd-nspawn gained a new "--setenv=" switch to set
8041 container-wide environment variables. The similar option in
8042 systemd-activate was renamed from "--environment=" to
8043 "--setenv=" for consistency.
8045 * systemd-nspawn has been updated to create a new kdbus domain
8046 for each container that is invoked, thus allowing each
8047 container to have its own set of system and user buses,
8048 independent of the host.
8050 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --drop-capability= switch to run
8051 the container with less capabilities than the default. Both
8052 --drop-capability= and --capability= now take the special
8053 string "all" for dropping or keeping all capabilities.
8055 * systemd-nspawn gained new switches for executing containers
8056 with specific SELinux labels set.
8058 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --quiet switch to not generate
8059 any additional output but the container's own console
8062 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --share-system switch to run a
8063 container without PID namespacing enabled.
8065 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --register= switch to control
8066 whether the container is registered with systemd-machined or
8067 not. This is useful for containers that do not run full
8068 OS images, but only specific apps.
8070 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --keep-unit which may be used
8071 when invoked as the only program from a service unit, and
8072 results in registration of the unit service itself in
8073 systemd-machined, instead of a newly opened scope unit.
8075 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-interface= switch for
8076 moving arbitrary interfaces to the container. The new
8077 --network-veth switch creates a virtual Ethernet connection
8078 between host and container. The new --network-bridge=
8079 switch then allows assigning the host side of this virtual
8080 Ethernet connection to a bridge device.
8082 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --personality= switch for
8083 setting the kernel personality for the container. This is
8084 useful when running a 32-bit container on a 64-bit host. A
8085 similar option Personality= is now also available for service
8088 * logind will now also track a "Desktop" identifier for each
8089 session which encodes the desktop environment of it. This is
8090 useful for desktop environments that want to identify
8091 multiple running sessions of itself easily.
8093 * A new SELinuxContext= setting for service units has been
8094 added that allows setting a specific SELinux execution
8095 context for a service.
8097 * Most systemd client tools will now honour $SYSTEMD_LESS for
8098 settings of the "less" pager. By default, these tools will
8099 override $LESS to allow certain operations to work, such as
8100 jump-to-the-end. With $SYSTEMD_LESS, it is possible to
8101 influence this logic.
8103 * systemd's "seccomp" hook-up has been changed to make use of
8104 the libseccomp library instead of using its own
8105 implementation. This has benefits for portability among
8108 * For usage together with SystemCallFilter=, a new
8109 SystemCallErrorNumber= setting has been introduced that
8110 allows configuration of a system error number to be returned
8111 on filtered system calls, instead of immediately killing the
8112 process. Also, SystemCallArchitectures= has been added to
8113 limit access to system calls of a particular architecture
8114 (in order to turn off support for unused secondary
8115 architectures). There is also a global
8116 SystemCallArchitectures= setting in system.conf now to turn
8117 off support for non-native system calls system-wide.
8119 * systemd requires a kernel with a working name_to_handle_at(),
8120 please see the kernel config requirements in the README file.
8122 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alex Jia, Anatol Pomozov,
8123 Ansgar Burchardt, AppleBloom, Auke Kok, Bastien Nocera,
8124 Chengwei Yang, Christian Seiler, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
8125 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniele Medri, Daniel J
8126 Walsh, Daniel Mack, Dan McGee, Dave Reisner, David Coppa,
8127 David Herrmann, David Strauss, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry Pisklov,
8128 Elia Pinto, Florian Weimer, George McCollister, Goffredo
8129 Baroncelli, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Igor
8130 Zhbanov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
8131 Jason St. John, Jasper St. Pierre, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jose
8132 Ignacio Naranjo, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kristian Høgsberg,
8133 Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
8134 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
8135 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Felipe Rasia de
8136 Mello, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
8137 Marineau, Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar,
8138 Michele Curti, Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt,
8139 Pavel Holica, Raudi, Richard Marko, Ronny Chevalier, Sébastien
8140 Luttringer, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters,
8141 Stefan Beller, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefeve, Sylvia Else,
8142 Tero Roponen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
8143 Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Unai Uribarri, Václav
8144 Pavlín, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, William Giokas, Yang
8145 Zhiyong, Yin Kangkai, Yuxuan Shui, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8147 — Berlin, 2014-02-20
8151 * logind has gained support for facilitating privileged input
8152 and drm device access for unprivileged clients. This work is
8153 useful to allow Wayland display servers (and similar
8154 programs, such as kmscon) to run under the user's ID and
8155 access input and drm devices which are normally
8156 protected. When this is used (and the kernel is new enough)
8157 logind will "mute" IO on the file descriptors passed to
8158 Wayland as long as it is in the background and "unmute" it
8159 if it returns into the foreground. This allows secure
8160 session switching without allowing background sessions to
8161 eavesdrop on input and display data. This also introduces
8162 session switching support if VT support is turned off in the
8163 kernel, and on seats that are not seat0.
8165 * A new kernel command line option luks.options= is understood
8166 now which allows specifying LUKS options for usage for LUKS
8167 encrypted partitions specified with luks.uuid=.
8169 * tmpfiles.d(5) snippets may now use specifier expansion in
8170 path names. More specifically %m, %b, %H, %v, are now
8171 replaced by the local machine id, boot id, hostname, and
8172 kernel version number.
8174 * A new tmpfiles.d(5) command "m" has been introduced which
8175 may be used to change the owner/group/access mode of a file
8176 or directory if it exists, but do nothing if it does not.
8178 * This release removes high-level support for the
8179 MemorySoftLimit= cgroup setting. The underlying kernel
8180 cgroup attribute memory.soft_limit= is currently badly
8181 designed and likely to be removed from the kernel API in its
8182 current form, hence we should not expose it for now.
8184 * The memory.use_hierarchy cgroup attribute is now enabled for
8185 all cgroups systemd creates in the memory cgroup
8186 hierarchy. This option is likely to be come the built-in
8187 default in the kernel anyway, and the non-hierarchical mode
8188 never made much sense in the intrinsically hierarchical
8191 * A new field _SYSTEMD_SLICE= is logged along with all journal
8192 messages containing the slice a message was generated
8193 from. This is useful to allow easy per-customer filtering of
8194 logs among other things.
8196 * systemd-journald will no longer adjust the group of journal
8197 files it creates to the "systemd-journal" group. Instead we
8198 rely on the journal directory to be owned by the
8199 "systemd-journal" group, and its setgid bit set, so that the
8200 kernel file system layer will automatically enforce that
8201 journal files inherit this group assignment. The reason for
8202 this change is that we cannot allow NSS look-ups from
8203 journald which would be necessary to resolve
8204 "systemd-journal" to a numeric GID, because this might
8205 create deadlocks if NSS involves synchronous queries to
8206 other daemons (such as nscd, or sssd) which in turn are
8207 logging clients of journald and might block on it, which
8208 would then dead lock. A tmpfiles.d(5) snippet included in
8209 systemd will make sure the setgid bit and group are
8210 properly set on the journal directory if it exists on every
8211 boot. However, we recommend adjusting it manually after
8212 upgrades too (or from RPM scriptlets), so that the change is
8213 not delayed until next reboot.
8215 * Backlight and random seed files in /var/lib/ have moved into
8216 the /var/lib/systemd/ directory, in order to centralize all
8217 systemd generated files in one directory.
8219 * Boot time performance measurements (as displayed by
8220 "systemd-analyze" for example) will now read ACPI 5.0 FPDT
8221 performance information if that's available to determine how
8222 much time BIOS and boot loader initialization required. With
8223 a sufficiently new BIOS you hence no longer need to boot
8224 with Gummiboot to get access to such information.
8226 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Chen Jie, Colin Walters,
8227 Cristian Rodríguez, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David
8228 Mackey, David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Evan Callicoat, Gao
8229 feng, Harald Hoyer, Jimmie Tauriainen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
8230 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt,
8231 Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Mike Gilbert, Patrick McCarty,
8232 Sebastian Ott, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8234 — Berlin, 2013-10-02
8238 * The Restart= option for services now understands a new
8239 on-watchdog setting, which will restart the service
8240 automatically if the service stops sending out watchdog keep
8241 alive messages (as configured with WatchdogSec=).
8243 * The getty generator (which is responsible for bringing up a
8244 getty on configured serial consoles) will no longer only
8245 start a getty on the primary kernel console but on all
8246 others, too. This makes the order in which console= is
8247 specified on the kernel command line less important.
8249 * libsystemd-logind gained a new sd_session_get_vt() call to
8250 retrieve the VT number of a session.
8252 * If the option "tries=0" is set for an entry of /etc/crypttab
8253 its passphrase is queried indefinitely instead of any
8254 maximum number of tries.
8256 * If a service with a configure PID file terminates its PID
8257 file will now be removed automatically if it still exists
8258 afterwards. This should put an end to stale PID files.
8260 * systemd-run will now also take relative binary path names
8261 for execution and no longer insists on absolute paths.
8263 * InaccessibleDirectories= and ReadOnlyDirectories= now take
8264 paths that are optionally prefixed with "-" to indicate that
8265 it should not be considered a failure if they do not exist.
8267 * journalctl -o (and similar commands) now understands a new
8268 output mode "short-precise", it is similar to "short" but
8269 shows timestamps with usec accuracy.
8271 * The option "discard" (as known from Debian) is now
8272 synonymous to "allow-discards" in /etc/crypttab. In fact,
8273 "discard" is preferred now (since it is easier to remember
8276 * Some licensing clean-ups were made, so that more code is now
8277 LGPL-2.1 licensed than before.
8279 * A minimal tool to save/restore the display backlight
8280 brightness across reboots has been added. It will store the
8281 backlight setting as late as possible at shutdown, and
8282 restore it as early as possible during reboot.
8284 * A logic to automatically discover and enable home and swap
8285 partitions on GPT disks has been added. With this in place
8286 /etc/fstab becomes optional for many setups as systemd can
8287 discover certain partitions located on the root disk
8288 automatically. Home partitions are recognized under their
8289 GPT type ID 933ac7e12eb44f13b8440e14e2aef915. Swap
8290 partitions are recognized under their GPT type ID
8291 0657fd6da4ab43c484e50933c84b4f4f.
8293 * systemd will no longer pass any environment from the kernel
8294 or initrd to system services. If you want to set an
8295 environment for all services, do so via the kernel command
8296 line systemd.setenv= assignment.
8298 * The systemd-sysctl tool no longer natively reads the file
8299 /etc/sysctl.conf. If desired, the file should be symlinked
8300 from /etc/sysctl.d/99-sysctl.conf. Apart from providing
8301 legacy support by a symlink rather than built-in code, it
8302 also makes the otherwise hidden order of application of the
8303 different files visible. (Note that this partly reverts to a
8304 pre-198 application order of sysctl knobs!)
8306 * The "systemctl set-log-level" and "systemctl dump" commands
8307 have been moved to systemd-analyze.
8309 * systemd-run learned the new --remain-after-exit switch,
8310 which causes the scope unit not to be cleaned up
8311 automatically after the process terminated.
8313 * tmpfiles learned a new --exclude-prefix= switch to exclude
8314 certain paths from operation.
8316 * journald will now automatically flush all messages to disk
8317 as soon as a message at the log level CRIT, ALERT or EMERG
8320 Contributions from: Andrew Cook, Brandon Philips, Christian
8321 Hesse, Christoph Junghans, Colin Walters, Daniel Schaal,
8322 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gao feng, George
8323 McCollister, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer,
8324 Herczeg Zsolt, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt,
8325 Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Khem Raj, Lennart Poettering,
8326 Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
8327 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau,
8328 Michael Scherer, Michael Stapelberg, Michal Sekletar, Michał
8329 Górny, Olivier Brunel, Ondrej Balaz, Ronny Chevalier, Shawn
8330 Landden, Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
8331 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, WANG Chao,
8332 William Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8334 — Berlin, 2013-09-13
8338 * The documentation has been updated to cover the various new
8339 concepts introduced with 205.
8341 * Unit files now understand the new %v specifier which
8342 resolves to the kernel version string as returned by "uname
8345 * systemctl now supports filtering the unit list output by
8346 load state, active state and sub state, using the new
8349 * "systemctl status" will now show the results of the
8350 condition checks (like ConditionPathExists= and similar) of
8351 the last start attempts of the unit. They are also logged to
8354 * "journalctl -b" may now be used to look for boot output of a
8355 specific boot. Try "journalctl -b -1" for the previous boot,
8356 but the syntax is substantially more powerful.
8358 * "journalctl --show-cursor" has been added which prints the
8359 cursor string the last shown log line. This may then be used
8360 with the new "journalctl --after-cursor=" switch to continue
8361 browsing logs from that point on.
8363 * "journalctl --force" may now be used to force regeneration
8366 * Creation of "dead" device nodes has been moved from udev
8367 into kmod and tmpfiles. Previously, udev would read the kmod
8368 databases to pre-generate dead device nodes based on meta
8369 information contained in kernel modules, so that these would
8370 be auto-loaded on access rather then at boot. As this
8371 does not really have much to do with the exposing actual
8372 kernel devices to userspace this has always been slightly
8373 alien in the udev codebase. Following the new scheme kmod
8374 will now generate a runtime snippet for tmpfiles from the
8375 module meta information and it now is tmpfiles' job to the
8376 create the nodes. This also allows overriding access and
8377 other parameters for the nodes using the usual tmpfiles
8378 facilities. As side effect this allows us to remove the
8379 CAP_SYS_MKNOD capability bit from udevd entirely.
8381 * logind's device ACLs may now be applied to these "dead"
8382 devices nodes too, thus finally allowing managed access to
8383 devices such as /dev/snd/sequencer without loading the
8384 backing module right-away.
8386 * A new RPM macro has been added that may be used to apply
8387 tmpfiles configuration during package installation.
8389 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= now can
8390 detect User-Mode-Linux machines (UML).
8392 * journald will now implicitly log the effective capabilities
8393 set of processes in the message metadata.
8395 * systemd-cryptsetup has gained support for TrueCrypt volumes.
8397 * The initrd interface has been simplified (more specifically,
8398 support for passing performance data via environment
8399 variables and fsck results via files in /run has been
8400 removed). These features were non-essential, and are
8401 nowadays available in a much nicer way by having systemd in
8402 the initrd serialize its state and have the hosts systemd
8403 deserialize it again.
8405 * The udev "keymap" data files and tools to apply keyboard
8406 specific mappings of scan to key codes, and force-release
8407 scan code lists have been entirely replaced by a udev
8408 "keyboard" builtin and a hwdb data file.
8410 * systemd will now honour the kernel's "quiet" command line
8411 argument also during late shutdown, resulting in a
8412 completely silent shutdown when used.
8414 * There's now an option to control the SO_REUSEPORT socket
8415 option in .socket units.
8417 * Instance units will now automatically get a per-template
8418 subslice of system.slice unless something else is explicitly
8419 configured. For example, instances of sshd@.service will now
8420 implicitly be placed in system-sshd.slice rather than
8421 system.slice as before.
8423 * Test coverage support may now be enabled at build time.
8425 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Harald
8426 Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt, Jan
8427 Janssen, Jason St. John, Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
8428 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Martin Pitt, Michael
8429 Olbrich, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Ross Lagerwall, Shawn Landden,
8430 Thomas H.P. Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tomasz Torcz, William
8431 Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8433 — Berlin, 2013-07-23
8437 * Two new unit types have been introduced:
8439 Scope units are very similar to service units, however, are
8440 created out of pre-existing processes — instead of PID 1
8441 forking off the processes. By using scope units it is
8442 possible for system services and applications to group their
8443 own child processes (worker processes) in a powerful way
8444 which then maybe used to organize them, or kill them
8445 together, or apply resource limits on them.
8447 Slice units may be used to partition system resources in an
8448 hierarchical fashion and then assign other units to them. By
8449 default there are now three slices: system.slice (for all
8450 system services), user.slice (for all user sessions),
8451 machine.slice (for VMs and containers).
8453 Slices and scopes have been introduced primarily in
8454 context of the work to move cgroup handling to a
8455 single-writer scheme, where only PID 1
8456 creates/removes/manages cgroups.
8458 * There's a new concept of "transient" units. In contrast to
8459 normal units these units are created via an API at runtime,
8460 not from configuration from disk. More specifically this
8461 means it is now possible to run arbitrary programs as
8462 independent services, with all execution parameters passed
8463 in via bus APIs rather than read from disk. Transient units
8464 make systemd substantially more dynamic then it ever was,
8465 and useful as a general batch manager.
8467 * logind has been updated to make use of scope and slice units
8468 for managing user sessions. As a user logs in he will get
8469 his own private slice unit, to which all sessions are added
8470 as scope units. We also added support for automatically
8471 adding an instance of user@.service for the user into the
8472 slice. Effectively logind will no longer create cgroup
8473 hierarchies on its own now, it will defer entirely to PID 1
8474 for this by means of scope, service and slice units. Since
8475 user sessions this way become entities managed by PID 1
8476 the output of "systemctl" is now a lot more comprehensive.
8478 * A new mini-daemon "systemd-machined" has been added which
8479 may be used by virtualization managers to register local
8480 VMs/containers. nspawn has been updated accordingly, and
8481 libvirt will be updated shortly. machined will collect a bit
8482 of meta information about the VMs/containers, and assign
8483 them their own scope unit (see above). The collected
8484 meta-data is then made available via the "machinectl" tool,
8485 and exposed in "ps" and similar tools. machined/machinectl
8486 is compile-time optional.
8488 * As discussed earlier, the low-level cgroup configuration
8489 options ControlGroup=, ControlGroupModify=,
8490 ControlGroupPersistent=, ControlGroupAttribute= have been
8491 removed. Please use high-level attribute settings instead as
8492 well as slice units.
8494 * A new bus call SetUnitProperties() has been added to alter
8495 various runtime parameters of a unit. This is primarily
8496 useful to alter cgroup parameters dynamically in a nice way,
8497 but will be extended later on to make more properties
8498 modifiable at runtime. systemctl gained a new set-properties
8499 command that wraps this call.
8501 * A new tool "systemd-run" has been added which can be used to
8502 run arbitrary command lines as transient services or scopes,
8503 while configuring a number of settings via the command
8504 line. This tool is currently very basic, however already
8505 very useful. We plan to extend this tool to even allow
8506 queuing of execution jobs with time triggers from the
8507 command line, similar in fashion to "at".
8509 * nspawn will now inform the user explicitly that kernels with
8510 audit enabled break containers, and suggest the user to turn
8513 * Support for detecting the IMA and AppArmor security
8514 frameworks with ConditionSecurity= has been added.
8516 * journalctl gained a new "-k" switch for showing only kernel
8517 messages, mimicking dmesg output; in addition to "--user"
8518 and "--system" switches for showing only user's own logs
8521 * systemd-delta can now show information about drop-in
8522 snippets extending unit files.
8524 * libsystemd-bus has been substantially updated but is still
8525 not available as public API.
8527 * systemd will now look for the "debug" argument on the kernel
8528 command line and enable debug logging, similar to what
8529 "systemd.log_level=debug" already did before.
8531 * "systemctl set-default", "systemctl get-default" has been
8532 added to configure the default.target symlink, which
8533 controls what to boot into by default.
8535 * "systemctl set-log-level" has been added as a convenient
8536 way to raise and lower systemd logging threshold.
8538 * "systemd-analyze plot" will now show the time the various
8539 generators needed for execution, as well as information
8540 about the unit file loading.
8542 * libsystemd-journal gained a new sd_journal_open_files() call
8543 for opening specific journal files. journactl also gained a
8544 new switch to expose this new functionality. Previously we
8545 only supported opening all files from a directory, or all
8546 files from the system, as opening individual files only is
8547 racy due to journal file rotation.
8549 * systemd gained the new DefaultEnvironment= setting in
8550 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set environment variables for
8553 * If a privileged process logs a journal message with the
8554 OBJECT_PID= field set, then journald will automatically
8555 augment this with additional OBJECT_UID=, OBJECT_GID=,
8556 OBJECT_COMM=, OBJECT_EXE=, ... fields. This is useful if
8557 system services want to log events about specific client
8558 processes. journactl/systemctl has been updated to make use
8559 of this information if all log messages regarding a specific
8562 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Chengwei Yang, Colin Walters,
8563 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Albers, Daniel Wallace, Dave
8564 Reisner, David Coppa, David King, David Strauss, Eelco
8565 Dolstra, Gabriel de Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander
8566 Steffens, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason St. John, Johan
8567 Heikkilä, Karel Zak, Karol Lewandowski, Kay Sievers, Lennart
8568 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marius Vollmer,
8569 Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tremer,
8570 Michal Schmidt, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Nirbheek Chauhan,
8571 Pierre Neidhardt, Ross Burton, Ross Lagerwall, Sean McGovern,
8572 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
8573 Václav Pavlín, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
8574 Łukasz Stelmach, 장동준
8578 * The Python bindings gained some minimal support for the APIs
8579 exposed by libsystemd-logind.
8581 * ConditionSecurity= gained support for detecting SMACK. Since
8582 this condition already supports SELinux and AppArmor we only
8583 miss IMA for this. Patches welcome!
8585 Contributions from: Karol Lewandowski, Lennart Poettering,
8586 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8590 * systemd-nspawn will now create /etc/resolv.conf if
8591 necessary, before bind-mounting the host's file onto it.
8593 * systemd-nspawn will now store meta information about a
8594 container on the container's cgroup as extended attribute
8595 fields, including the root directory.
8597 * The cgroup hierarchy has been reworked in many ways. All
8598 objects any of the components systemd creates in the cgroup
8599 tree are now suffixed. More specifically, user sessions are
8600 now placed in cgroups suffixed with ".session", users in
8601 cgroups suffixed with ".user", and nspawn containers in
8602 cgroups suffixed with ".nspawn". Furthermore, all cgroup
8603 names are now escaped in a simple scheme to avoid collision
8604 of userspace object names with kernel filenames. This work
8605 is preparation for making these objects relocatable in the
8606 cgroup tree, in order to allow easy resource partitioning of
8607 these objects without causing naming conflicts.
8609 * systemctl list-dependencies gained the new switches
8610 --plain, --reverse, --after and --before.
8612 * systemd-inhibit now shows the process name of processes that
8613 have taken an inhibitor lock.
8615 * nss-myhostname will now also resolve "localhost"
8616 implicitly. This makes /etc/hosts an optional file and
8617 nicely handles that on IPv6 ::1 maps to both "localhost" and
8620 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call
8621 sd_get_machine_names() to enumerate running containers and
8622 VMs (currently only supported by very new libvirt and
8623 nspawn). sd_login_monitor can now be used to watch
8624 VMs/containers coming and going.
8626 * .include is not allowed recursively anymore, and only in
8627 unit files. Usually it is better to use drop-in snippets in
8628 .d/*.conf anyway, as introduced with systemd 198.
8630 * systemd-analyze gained a new "critical-chain" command that
8631 determines the slowest chain of units run during system
8632 boot-up. It is very useful for tracking down where
8633 optimizing boot time is the most beneficial.
8635 * systemd will no longer allow manipulating service paths in
8636 the name=systemd:/system cgroup tree using ControlGroup= in
8637 units. (But is still fine with it in all other dirs.)
8639 * There's a new systemd-nspawn@.service service file that may
8640 be used to easily run nspawn containers as system
8641 services. With the container's root directory in
8642 /var/lib/container/foobar it is now sufficient to run
8643 "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foobar.service" to boot it.
8645 * systemd-cgls gained a new parameter "--machine" to list only
8646 the processes within a certain container.
8648 * ConditionSecurity= now can check for "apparmor". We still
8649 are lacking checks for SMACK and IMA for this condition
8650 check though. Patches welcome!
8652 * A new configuration file /etc/systemd/sleep.conf has been
8653 added that may be used to configure which kernel operation
8654 systemd is supposed to execute when "suspend", "hibernate"
8655 or "hybrid-sleep" is requested. This makes the new kernel
8656 "freeze" state accessible to the user.
8658 * ENV{SYSTEMD_WANTS} in udev rules will now implicitly escape
8659 the passed argument if applicable.
8661 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
8662 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
8663 Evangelos Foutras, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Josh
8664 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
8665 MUNEDA Takahiro, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel
8666 Chen, Nirbheek Chauhan, Ronny Chevalier, Ross Lagerwall, Tom
8667 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
8672 * The output of 'systemctl list-jobs' got some polishing. The
8673 '--type=' argument may now be passed more than once. A new
8674 command 'systemctl list-sockets' has been added which shows
8675 a list of kernel sockets systemd is listening on with the
8676 socket units they belong to, plus the units these socket
8679 * The experimental libsystemd-bus library got substantial
8680 updates to work in conjunction with the (also experimental)
8681 kdbus kernel project. It works well enough to exchange
8682 messages with some sophistication. Note that kdbus is not
8683 ready yet, and the library is mostly an elaborate test case
8684 for now, and not installable.
8686 * systemd gained a new unit 'systemd-static-nodes.service'
8687 that generates static device nodes earlier during boot, and
8688 can run in conjunction with udev.
8690 * libsystemd-login gained a new call sd_pid_get_user_unit()
8691 to retrieve the user systemd unit a process is running
8692 in. This is useful for systems where systemd is used as
8695 * systemd-nspawn now places all containers in the new /machine
8696 top-level cgroup directory in the name=systemd
8697 hierarchy. libvirt will soon do the same, so that we get a
8698 uniform separation of /system, /user and /machine for system
8699 services, user processes and containers/virtual
8700 machines. This new cgroup hierarchy is also useful to stick
8701 stable names to specific container instances, which can be
8702 recognized later this way (this name may be controlled
8703 via systemd-nspawn's new -M switch). libsystemd-login also
8704 gained a new call sd_pid_get_machine_name() to retrieve the
8705 name of the container/VM a specific process belongs to.
8707 * bootchart can now store its data in the journal.
8709 * libsystemd-journal gained a new call
8710 sd_journal_add_conjunction() for AND expressions to the
8711 matching logic. This can be used to express more complex
8712 logical expressions.
8714 * journactl can now take multiple --unit= and --user-unit=
8717 * The cryptsetup logic now understands the "luks.key=" kernel
8718 command line switch for specifying a file to read the
8719 decryption key from. Also, if a configured key file is not
8720 found the tool will now automatically fall back to prompting
8723 * Python systemd.journal module was updated to wrap recently
8724 added functions from libsystemd-journal. The interface was
8725 changed to bring the low level interface in s.j._Reader
8726 closer to the C API, and the high level interface in
8727 s.j.Reader was updated to wrap and convert all data about
8730 Contributions from: Anatol Pomozov, Auke Kok, Harald Hoyer,
8731 Henrik Grindal Bakken, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart
8732 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas Marius Vollmer,
8733 Martin Jansa, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
8734 Mirco Tischler, Pali Rohar, Simon Peeters, Steven Hiscocks,
8735 Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8739 * journalctl --update-catalog now understands a new --root=
8740 option to operate on catalogs found in a different root
8743 * During shutdown after systemd has terminated all running
8744 services a final killing loop kills all remaining left-over
8745 processes. We will now print the name of these processes
8746 when we send SIGKILL to them, since this usually indicates a
8749 * If /etc/crypttab refers to password files stored on
8750 configured mount points automatic dependencies will now be
8751 generated to ensure the specific mount is established first
8752 before the key file is attempted to be read.
8754 * 'systemctl status' will now show information about the
8755 network sockets a socket unit is listening on.
8757 * 'systemctl status' will also shown information about any
8758 drop-in configuration file for units. (Drop-In configuration
8759 files in this context are files such as
8760 /etc/systemd/systemd/foobar.service.d/*.conf)
8762 * systemd-cgtop now optionally shows summed up CPU times of
8763 cgroups. Press '%' while running cgtop to switch between
8764 percentage and absolute mode. This is useful to determine
8765 which cgroups use up the most CPU time over the entire
8766 runtime of the system. systemd-cgtop has also been updated
8767 to be 'pipeable' for processing with further shell tools.
8769 * 'hostnamectl set-hostname' will now allow setting of FQDN
8772 * The formatting and parsing of time span values has been
8773 changed. The parser now understands fractional expressions
8774 such as "5.5h". The formatter will now output fractional
8775 expressions for all time spans under 1min, i.e. "5.123456s"
8776 rather than "5s 123ms 456us". For time spans under 1s
8777 millisecond values are shown, for those under 1ms
8778 microsecond values are shown. This should greatly improve
8779 all time-related output of systemd.
8781 * libsystemd-login and libsystemd-journal gained new
8782 functions for querying the poll() events mask and poll()
8783 timeout value for integration into arbitrary event
8786 * localectl gained the ability to list available X11 keymaps
8787 (models, layouts, variants, options).
8789 * 'systemd-analyze dot' gained the ability to filter for
8790 specific units via shell-style globs, to create smaller,
8791 more useful graphs. I.e. it is now possible to create simple
8792 graphs of all the dependencies between only target units, or
8793 of all units that Avahi has dependencies with.
8795 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Dr. Tilmann Bubeck,
8796 Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers, Kelly
8797 Anderson, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Maksim Melnikau,
8798 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marius Vollmer, Martin Pitt, Michal
8799 Schmidt, Oleksii Shevchuk, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie,
8800 Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Weißschuh, Umut Tezduyar, Václav
8801 Pavlín, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Łukasz Stelmach
8805 * The boot-time readahead implementation for rotating media
8806 will now read the read-ahead data in multiple passes which
8807 consist of all read requests made in equidistant time
8808 intervals. This means instead of strictly reading read-ahead
8809 data in its physical order on disk we now try to find a
8810 middle ground between physical and access time order.
8812 * /etc/os-release files gained a new BUILD_ID= field for usage
8813 on operating systems that provide continuous builds of OS
8816 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers,
8817 Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin Pitt, Václav Pavlín
8818 William Douglas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8822 * systemd-python gained an API exposing libsystemd-daemon.
8824 * The SMACK setup logic gained support for uploading CIPSO
8827 * Behaviour of PrivateTmp=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
8828 ReadOnlyDirectories= and InaccessibleDirectories= has
8829 changed. The private /tmp and /var/tmp directories are now
8830 shared by all processes of a service (which means
8831 ExecStartPre= may now leave data in /tmp that ExecStart= of
8832 the same service can still access). When a service is
8833 stopped its temporary directories are immediately deleted
8834 (normal clean-up with tmpfiles is still done in addition to
8837 * By default, systemd will now set a couple of sysctl
8838 variables in the kernel: the safe sysrq options are turned
8839 on, IP route verification is turned on, and source routing
8840 disabled. The recently added hardlink and softlink
8841 protection of the kernel is turned on. These settings should
8842 be reasonably safe, and good defaults for all new systems.
8844 * The predictable network naming logic may now be turned off
8845 with a new kernel command line switch: net.ifnames=0.
8847 * A new libsystemd-bus module has been added that implements a
8848 pretty complete D-Bus client library. For details see:
8850 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2013-March/009797.html
8852 * journald will now explicitly flush the journal files to disk
8853 at the latest 5min after each write. The file will then also
8854 be marked offline until the next write. This should increase
8855 reliability in case of a crash. The synchronization delay
8856 can be configured via SyncIntervalSec= in journald.conf.
8858 * There's a new remote-fs-setup.target unit that can be used
8859 to pull in specific services when at least one remote file
8860 system is to be mounted.
8862 * There are new targets timers.target and paths.target as
8863 canonical targets to pull user timer and path units in
8864 from. This complements sockets.target with a similar
8865 purpose for socket units.
8867 * libudev gained a new call udev_device_set_attribute_value()
8868 to set sysfs attributes of a device.
8870 * The udev daemon now sets the default number of worker
8871 processes executed in parallel based on the number of available
8872 CPUs instead of the amount of available RAM. This is supposed
8873 to provide a more reliable default and limit a too aggressive
8874 parallelism for setups with 1000s of devices connected.
8876 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Walters, Cristian
8877 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Hannes
8878 Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
8879 Engelhardt, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
8880 Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Bridon, Michael Biebl,
8881 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nathaniel Chen,
8882 Oleksii Shevchuk, Ozan Çağlayan, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
8883 Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
8884 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8888 * Configuration of unit files may now be extended via drop-in
8889 files without having to edit/override the unit files
8890 themselves. More specifically, if the administrator wants to
8891 change one value for a service file foobar.service he can
8892 now do so by dropping in a configuration snippet into
8893 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf. The unit logic
8894 will load all these snippets and apply them on top of the
8895 main unit configuration file, possibly extending or
8896 overriding its settings. Using these drop-in snippets is
8897 generally nicer than the two earlier options for changing
8898 unit files locally: copying the files from
8899 /usr/lib/systemd/system/ to /etc/systemd/system/ and editing
8900 them there; or creating a new file in /etc/systemd/system/
8901 that incorporates the original one via ".include". Drop-in
8902 snippets into these .d/ directories can be placed in any
8903 directory systemd looks for units in, and the usual
8904 overriding semantics between /usr/lib, /etc and /run apply
8907 * Most unit file settings which take lists of items can now be
8908 reset by assigning the empty string to them. For example,
8909 normally, settings such as Environment=FOO=BAR append a new
8910 environment variable assignment to the environment block,
8911 each time they are used. By assigning Environment= the empty
8912 string the environment block can be reset to empty. This is
8913 particularly useful with the .d/*.conf drop-in snippets
8914 mentioned above, since this adds the ability to reset list
8915 settings from vendor unit files via these drop-ins.
8917 * systemctl gained a new "list-dependencies" command for
8918 listing the dependencies of a unit recursively.
8920 * Inhibitors are now honored and listed by "systemctl
8921 suspend", "systemctl poweroff" (and similar) too, not only
8922 GNOME. These commands will also list active sessions by
8925 * Resource limits (as exposed by the various control group
8926 controllers) can now be controlled dynamically at runtime
8927 for all units. More specifically, you can now use a command
8928 like "systemctl set-cgroup-attr foobar.service cpu.shares
8929 2000" to alter the CPU shares a specific service gets. These
8930 settings are stored persistently on disk, and thus allow the
8931 administrator to easily adjust the resource usage of
8932 services with a few simple commands. This dynamic resource
8933 management logic is also available to other programs via the
8934 bus. Almost any kernel cgroup attribute and controller is
8937 * systemd-vconsole-setup will now copy all font settings to
8938 all allocated VTs, where it previously applied them only to
8941 * libsystemd-login gained the new sd_session_get_tty() API
8944 * This release drops support for a few legacy or
8945 distribution-specific LSB facility names when parsing init
8946 scripts: $x-display-manager, $mail-transfer-agent,
8947 $mail-transport-agent, $mail-transfer-agent, $smtp,
8948 $null. Also, the mail-transfer-agent.target unit backing
8949 this has been removed. Distributions which want to retain
8950 compatibility with this should carry the burden for
8951 supporting this themselves and patch support for these back
8952 in, if they really need to. Also, the facilities $syslog and
8953 $local_fs are now ignored, since systemd does not support
8954 early-boot LSB init scripts anymore, and these facilities
8955 are implied anyway for normal services. syslog.target has
8958 * There are new bus calls on PID1's Manager object for
8959 cancelling jobs, and removing snapshot units. Previously,
8960 both calls were only available on the Job and Snapshot
8963 * systemd-journal-gatewayd gained SSL support.
8965 * The various "environment" files, such as /etc/locale.conf
8966 now support continuation lines with a backslash ("\") as
8967 last character in the line, similarly in style (but different)
8968 to how this is supported in shells.
8970 * For normal user processes the _SYSTEMD_USER_UNIT= field is
8971 now implicitly appended to every log entry logged. systemctl
8972 has been updated to filter by this field when operating on a
8973 user systemd instance.
8975 * nspawn will now implicitly add the CAP_AUDIT_WRITE and
8976 CAP_AUDIT_CONTROL capabilities to the capabilities set for
8977 the container. This makes it easier to boot unmodified
8978 Fedora systems in a container, which however still requires
8979 audit=0 to be passed on the kernel command line. Auditing in
8980 kernel and userspace is unfortunately still too broken in
8981 context of containers, hence we recommend compiling it out
8982 of the kernel or using audit=0. Hopefully this will be fixed
8983 one day for good in the kernel.
8985 * nspawn gained the new --bind= and --bind-ro= parameters to
8986 bind mount specific directories from the host into the
8989 * nspawn will now mount its own devpts file system instance
8990 into the container, in order not to leak pty devices from
8991 the host into the container.
8993 * systemd will now read the firmware boot time performance
8994 information from the EFI variables, if the used boot loader
8995 supports this, and takes it into account for boot performance
8996 analysis via "systemd-analyze". This is currently supported
8997 only in conjunction with Gummiboot, but could be supported
8998 by other boot loaders too. For details see:
9000 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/BootLoaderInterface
9002 * A new generator has been added that automatically mounts the
9003 EFI System Partition (ESP) to /boot, if that directory
9004 exists, is empty, and no other file system has been
9005 configured to be mounted there.
9007 * logind will now send out PrepareForSleep(false) out
9008 unconditionally, after coming back from suspend. This may be
9009 used by applications as asynchronous notification for
9010 system resume events.
9012 * "systemctl unlock-sessions" has been added, that allows
9013 unlocking the screens of all user sessions at once, similar
9014 to how "systemctl lock-sessions" already locked all users
9015 sessions. This is backed by a new D-Bus call UnlockSessions().
9017 * "loginctl seat-status" will now show the master device of a
9018 seat. (i.e. the device of a seat that needs to be around for
9019 the seat to be considered available, usually the graphics
9022 * tmpfiles gained a new "X" line type, that allows
9023 configuration of files and directories (with wildcards) that
9024 shall be excluded from automatic cleanup ("aging").
9026 * udev default rules set the device node permissions now only
9027 at "add" events, and do not change them any longer with a
9028 later "change" event.
9030 * The log messages for lid events and power/sleep keypresses
9031 now carry a message ID.
9033 * We now have a substantially larger unit test suite, but this
9034 continues to be work in progress.
9036 * udevadm hwdb gained a new --root= parameter to change the
9037 root directory to operate relative to.
9039 * logind will now issue a background sync() request to the kernel
9040 early at shutdown, so that dirty buffers are flushed to disk early
9041 instead of at the last moment, in order to optimize shutdown
9044 * A new bootctl tool has been added that is an interface for
9045 certain boot loader operations. This is currently a preview
9046 and is likely to be extended into a small mechanism daemon
9047 like timedated, localed, hostnamed, and can be used by
9048 graphical UIs to enumerate available boot options, and
9049 request boot into firmware operations.
9051 * systemd-bootchart has been relicensed to LGPLv2.1+ to match
9052 the rest of the package. It also has been updated to work
9053 correctly in initrds.
9055 * polkit previously has been runtime optional, and is now also
9056 compile time optional via a configure switch.
9058 * systemd-analyze has been reimplemented in C. Also "systemctl
9059 dot" has moved into systemd-analyze.
9061 * "systemctl status" with no further parameters will now print
9062 the status of all active or failed units.
9064 * Operations such as "systemctl start" can now be executed
9065 with a new mode "--irreversible" which may be used to queue
9066 operations that cannot accidentally be reversed by a later
9067 job queuing. This is by default used to make shutdown
9068 requests more robust.
9070 * The Python API of systemd now gained a new module for
9071 reading journal files.
9073 * A new tool kernel-install has been added that can install
9074 kernel images according to the Boot Loader Specification:
9076 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/BootLoaderSpec
9078 * Boot time console output has been improved to provide
9079 animated boot time output for hanging jobs.
9081 * A new tool systemd-activate has been added which can be used
9082 to test socket activation with, directly from the command
9083 line. This should make it much easier to test and debug
9084 socket activation in daemons.
9086 * journalctl gained a new "--reverse" (or -r) option to show
9087 journal output in reverse order (i.e. newest line first).
9089 * journalctl gained a new "--pager-end" (or -e) option to jump
9090 to immediately jump to the end of the journal in the
9091 pager. This is only supported in conjunction with "less".
9093 * journalctl gained a new "--user-unit=" option, that works
9094 similarly to "--unit=" but filters for user units rather than
9097 * A number of unit files to ease adoption of systemd in
9098 initrds has been added. This moves some minimal logic from
9099 the various initrd implementations into systemd proper.
9101 * The journal files are now owned by a new group
9102 "systemd-journal", which exists specifically to allow access
9103 to the journal, and nothing else. Previously, we used the
9104 "adm" group for that, which however possibly covers more
9105 than just journal/log file access. This new group is now
9106 already used by systemd-journal-gatewayd to ensure this
9107 daemon gets access to the journal files and as little else
9108 as possible. Note that "make install" will also set FS ACLs
9109 up for /var/log/journal to give "adm" and "wheel" read
9110 access to it, in addition to "systemd-journal" which owns
9111 the journal files. We recommend that packaging scripts also
9112 add read access to "adm" + "wheel" to /var/log/journal, and
9113 all existing/future journal files. To normal users and
9114 administrators little changes, however packagers need to
9115 ensure to create the "systemd-journal" system group at
9116 package installation time.
9118 * The systemd-journal-gatewayd now runs as unprivileged user
9119 systemd-journal-gateway:systemd-journal-gateway. Packaging
9120 scripts need to create these system user/group at
9123 * timedated now exposes a new boolean property CanNTP that
9124 indicates whether a local NTP service is available or not.
9126 * systemd-detect-virt will now also detect xen PVs
9128 * The pstore file system is now mounted by default, if it is
9131 * In addition to the SELinux and IMA policies we will now also
9132 load SMACK policies at early boot.
9134 Contributions from: Adel Gadllah, Aleksander Morgado, Auke
9135 Kok, Ayan George, Bastien Nocera, Colin Walters, Daniel Buch,
9136 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David Strauss,
9137 Eelco Dolstra, Enrico Scholz, Frederic Crozat, Harald Hoyer,
9138 Jan Janssen, Jonathan Callen, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
9139 Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin
9140 Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Max F. Albrecht, Michael Biebl, Michael
9141 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michal Vyskocil,
9142 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel Chen, Nestor
9143 Ovroy, Oleksii Shevchuk, Paul W. Frields, Piotr Drąg, Rob
9144 Clark, Ryan Lortie, Simon McVittie, Simon Peeters, Steven
9145 Hiscocks, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
9146 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, William Giokas, Zbigniew
9147 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeeshan Ali (Khattak)
9151 * Timer units now support calendar time events in addition to
9152 monotonic time events. That means you can now trigger a unit
9153 based on a calendar time specification such as "Thu,Fri
9154 2013-*-1,5 11:12:13" which refers to 11:12:13 of the first
9155 or fifth day of any month of the year 2013, given that it is
9156 a thursday or friday. This brings timer event support
9157 considerably closer to cron's capabilities. For details on
9158 the supported calendar time specification language see
9161 * udev now supports a number of different naming policies for
9162 network interfaces for predictable names, and a combination
9163 of these policies is now the default. Please see this wiki
9164 document for details:
9166 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PredictableNetworkInterfaceNames
9168 * Auke Kok's bootchart implementation has been added to the
9169 systemd tree. It is an optional component that can graph the
9170 boot in quite some detail. It is one of the best bootchart
9171 implementations around and minimal in its code and
9174 * nss-myhostname has been integrated into the systemd source
9175 tree. nss-myhostname guarantees that the local hostname
9176 always stays resolvable via NSS. It has been a weak
9177 requirement of systemd-hostnamed since a long time, and
9178 since its code is actually trivial we decided to just
9179 include it in systemd's source tree. It can be turned off
9180 with a configure switch.
9182 * The read-ahead logic is now capable of properly detecting
9183 whether a btrfs file system is on SSD or rotating media, in
9184 order to optimize the read-ahead scheme. Previously, it was
9185 only capable of detecting this on traditional file systems
9188 * In udev, additional device properties are now read from the
9189 IAB in addition to the OUI database. Also, Bluetooth company
9190 identities are attached to the devices as well.
9192 * In service files %U may be used as specifier that is
9193 replaced by the configured user name of the service.
9195 * nspawn may now be invoked without a controlling TTY. This
9196 makes it suitable for invocation as its own service. This
9197 may be used to set up a simple containerized server system
9198 using only core OS tools.
9200 * systemd and nspawn can now accept socket file descriptors
9201 when they are started for socket activation. This enables
9202 implementation of socket activated nspawn
9203 containers. i.e. think about autospawning an entire OS image
9204 when the first SSH or HTTP connection is received. We expect
9205 that similar functionality will also be added to libvirt-lxc
9208 * journalctl will now suppress ANSI color codes when
9209 presenting log data.
9211 * systemctl will no longer show control group information for
9212 a unit if the control group is empty anyway.
9214 * logind can now automatically suspend/hibernate/shutdown the
9217 * /etc/machine-info and hostnamed now also expose the chassis
9218 type of the system. This can be used to determine whether
9219 the local system is a laptop, desktop, handset or
9220 tablet. This information may either be configured by the
9221 user/vendor or is automatically determined from ACPI and DMI
9222 information if possible.
9224 * A number of polkit actions are now bound together with "imply"
9225 rules. This should simplify creating UIs because many actions
9226 will now authenticate similar ones as well.
9228 * Unit files learnt a new condition ConditionACPower= which
9229 may be used to conditionalize a unit depending on whether an
9230 AC power source is connected or not, of whether the system
9231 is running on battery power.
9233 * systemctl gained a new "is-failed" verb that may be used in
9234 shell scripts and suchlike to check whether a specific unit
9235 is in the "failed" state.
9237 * The EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now supports file
9238 globbing, and can hence be used to easily read a number of
9239 environment files at once.
9241 * systemd will no longer detect and recognize specific
9242 distributions. All distribution-specific #ifdeffery has been
9243 removed, systemd is now fully generic and
9244 distribution-agnostic. Effectively, not too much is lost as
9245 a lot of the code is still accessible via explicit configure
9246 switches. However, support for some distribution specific
9247 legacy configuration file formats has been dropped. We
9248 recommend distributions to simply adopt the configuration
9249 files everybody else uses now and convert the old
9250 configuration from packaging scripts. Most distributions
9251 already did that. If that's not possible or desirable,
9252 distributions are welcome to forward port the specific
9253 pieces of code locally from the git history.
9255 * When logging a message about a unit systemd will now always
9256 log the unit name in the message meta data.
9258 * localectl will now also discover system locale data that is
9259 not stored in locale archives, but directly unpacked.
9261 * logind will no longer unconditionally use framebuffer
9262 devices as seat masters, i.e. as devices that are required
9263 to be existing before a seat is considered preset. Instead,
9264 it will now look for all devices that are tagged as
9265 "seat-master" in udev. By default, framebuffer devices will
9266 be marked as such, but depending on local systems, other
9267 devices might be marked as well. This may be used to
9268 integrate graphics cards using closed source drivers (such
9269 as NVidia ones) more nicely into logind. Note however, that
9270 we recommend using the open source NVidia drivers instead,
9271 and no udev rules for the closed-source drivers will be
9272 shipped from us upstream.
9274 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alessandro Crismani, Auke
9275 Kok, Colin Walters, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David
9276 Herrmann, David Strauss, Dimitrios Apostolou, Eelco Dolstra,
9277 Eric Benoit, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Henrik
9278 Grindal Bakken, Hermann Gausterer, Kay Sievers, Lennart
9279 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
9280 Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael Biebl, Michael Terry,
9281 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Oleg
9282 Samarin, Pekka Lundstrom, Philip Nilsson, Ramkumar
9283 Ramachandra, Richard Yao, Robert Millan, Sami Kerola, Shawn
9284 Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Jarosch,
9285 Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew
9290 * udev gained support for loading additional device properties
9291 from an indexed database that is keyed by vendor/product IDs
9292 and similar device identifiers. For the beginning this
9293 "hwdb" is populated with data from the well-known PCI and
9294 USB database, but also includes PNP, ACPI and OID data. In
9295 the longer run this indexed database shall grow into
9296 becoming the one central database for non-essential
9297 userspace device metadata. Previously, data from the PCI/USB
9298 database was only attached to select devices, since the
9299 lookup was a relatively expensive operation due to O(n) time
9300 complexity (with n being the number of entries in the
9301 database). Since this is now O(1), we decided to add in this
9302 data for all devices where this is available, by
9303 default. Note that the indexed database needs to be rebuilt
9304 when new data files are installed. To achieve this you need
9305 to update your packaging scripts to invoke "udevadm hwdb
9306 --update" after installation of hwdb data files. For
9307 RPM-based distributions we introduced the new
9308 %udev_hwdb_update macro for this purpose.
9310 * The Journal gained support for the "Message Catalog", an
9311 indexed database to link up additional information with
9312 journal entries. For further details please check:
9314 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/catalog
9316 The indexed message catalog database also needs to be
9317 rebuilt after installation of message catalog files. Use
9318 "journalctl --update-catalog" for this. For RPM-based
9319 distributions we introduced the %journal_catalog_update
9320 macro for this purpose.
9322 * The Python Journal bindings gained support for the standard
9323 Python logging framework.
9325 * The Journal API gained new functions for checking whether
9326 the underlying file system of a journal file is capable of
9327 properly reporting file change notifications, or whether
9328 applications that want to reflect journal changes "live"
9329 need to recheck journal files continuously in appropriate
9332 * It is now possible to set the "age" field for tmpfiles
9333 entries to 0, indicating that files matching this entry
9334 shall always be removed when the directories are cleaned up.
9336 * coredumpctl gained a new "gdb" verb which invokes gdb
9337 right-away on the selected coredump.
9339 * There's now support for "hybrid sleep" on kernels that
9340 support this, in addition to "suspend" and "hibernate". Use
9341 "systemctl hybrid-sleep" to make use of this.
9343 * logind's HandleSuspendKey= setting (and related settings)
9344 now gained support for a new "lock" setting to simply
9345 request the screen lock on all local sessions, instead of
9346 actually executing a suspend or hibernation.
9348 * systemd will now mount the EFI variables file system by
9351 * Socket units now gained support for configuration of the
9352 SMACK security label.
9354 * timedatectl will now output the time of the last and next
9355 daylight saving change.
9357 * We dropped support for various legacy and distro-specific
9358 concepts, such as insserv, early-boot SysV services
9359 (i.e. those for non-standard runlevels such as 'b' or 'S')
9360 or ArchLinux /etc/rc.conf support. We recommend the
9361 distributions who still need support this to either continue
9362 to maintain the necessary patches downstream, or find a
9363 different solution. (Talk to us if you have questions!)
9365 * Various systemd components will now bypass polkit checks for
9366 root and otherwise handle properly if polkit is not found to
9367 be around. This should fix most issues for polkit-less
9368 systems. Quite frankly this should have been this way since
9369 day one. It is absolutely our intention to make systemd work
9370 fine on polkit-less systems, and we consider it a bug if
9371 something does not work as it should if polkit is not around.
9373 * For embedded systems it is now possible to build udev and
9374 systemd without blkid and/or kmod support.
9376 * "systemctl switch-root" is now capable of switching root
9377 more than once. I.e. in addition to transitions from the
9378 initrd to the host OS it is now possible to transition to
9379 further OS images from the host. This is useful to implement
9380 offline updating tools.
9382 * Various other additions have been made to the RPM macros
9383 shipped with systemd. Use %udev_rules_update() after
9384 installing new udev rules files. %_udevhwdbdir,
9385 %_udevrulesdir, %_journalcatalogdir, %_tmpfilesdir,
9386 %_sysctldir are now available which resolve to the right
9387 directories for packages to place various data files in.
9389 * journalctl gained the new --full switch (in addition to
9390 --all, to disable ellipsation for long messages.
9392 Contributions from: Anders Olofsson, Auke Kok, Ben Boeckel,
9393 Colin Walters, Cosimo Cecchi, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
9394 Eelco Dolstra, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers,
9395 Chun-Yi Lee, Lekensteyn, Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas,
9396 Marti Raudsepp, Martin Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Michael Biebl,
9397 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nis Martensen,
9398 Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Thomas
9399 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tony
9400 Camuso, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9404 * journalctl gained new --since= and --until= switches to
9405 filter by time. It also now supports nice filtering for
9406 units via --unit=/-u.
9408 * Type=oneshot services may use ExecReload= and do the
9411 * The journal daemon now supports time-based rotation and
9412 vacuuming, in addition to the usual disk-space based
9415 * The journal will now index the available field values for
9416 each field name. This enables clients to show pretty drop
9417 downs of available match values when filtering. The bash
9418 completion of journalctl has been updated
9419 accordingly. journalctl gained a new switch -F to list all
9420 values a certain field takes in the journal database.
9422 * More service events are now written as structured messages
9423 to the journal, and made recognizable via message IDs.
9425 * The timedated, localed and hostnamed mini-services which
9426 previously only provided support for changing time, locale
9427 and hostname settings from graphical DEs such as GNOME now
9428 also have a minimal (but very useful) text-based client
9429 utility each. This is probably the nicest way to changing
9430 these settings from the command line now, especially since
9431 it lists available options and is fully integrated with bash
9434 * There's now a new tool "systemd-coredumpctl" to list and
9435 extract coredumps from the journal.
9437 * We now install a README each in /var/log/ and
9438 /etc/rc.d/init.d explaining where the system logs and init
9439 scripts went. This hopefully should help folks who go to
9440 that dirs and look into the otherwise now empty void and
9441 scratch their heads.
9443 * When user-services are invoked (by systemd --user) the
9444 $MANAGERPID env var is set to the PID of systemd.
9446 * SIGRTMIN+24 when sent to a --user instance will now result
9447 in immediate termination of systemd.
9449 * gatewayd received numerous feature additions such as a
9450 "follow" mode, for live syncing and filtering.
9452 * browse.html now allows filtering and showing detailed
9453 information on specific entries. Keyboard navigation and
9454 mouse screen support has been added.
9456 * gatewayd/journalctl now supports HTML5/JSON
9457 Server-Sent-Events as output.
9459 * The SysV init script compatibility logic will now
9460 heuristically determine whether a script supports the
9461 "reload" verb, and only then make this available as
9464 * "systemctl status --follow" has been removed, use "journalctl
9467 * journald.conf's RuntimeMinSize=, PersistentMinSize= settings
9468 have been removed since they are hardly useful to be
9471 * And I'd like to take the opportunity to specifically mention
9472 Zbigniew for his great contributions. Zbigniew, you rock!
9474 Contributions from: Andrew Eikum, Christian Hesse, Colin
9475 Guthrie, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner, Eelco Dolstra, Ferenc
9476 Wágner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas
9477 Mikulėnas, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Michael Olbrich,
9478 Michael Stapelberg, Michal Schmidt, Sebastian Ott, Thomas
9479 Bächler, Umut Tezduyar, Will Woods, Wulf C. Krueger, Zbigniew
9480 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Сковорода Никита Андреевич
9484 * If /etc/vconsole.conf is non-existent or empty we will no
9485 longer load any console font or key map at boot by
9486 default. Instead the kernel defaults will be left
9487 intact. This is definitely the right thing to do, as no
9488 configuration should mean no configuration, and hard-coding
9489 font names that are different on all archs is probably a bad
9490 idea. Also, the kernel default key map and font should be
9491 good enough for most cases anyway, and mostly identical to
9492 the userspace fonts/key maps we previously overloaded them
9493 with. If distributions want to continue to default to a
9494 non-kernel font or key map they should ship a default
9495 /etc/vconsole.conf with the appropriate contents.
9497 Contributions from: Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave
9498 Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Tollef
9499 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9503 * journalctl gained a new --cursor= switch to show entries
9504 starting from the specified location in the journal.
9506 * We now enforce a size limit on journal entry fields exported
9507 with "-o json" in journalctl. Fields larger than 4K will be
9508 assigned null. This can be turned off with --all.
9510 * An (optional) journal gateway daemon is now available as
9511 "systemd-journal-gatewayd.service". This service provides
9512 access to the journal via HTTP and JSON. This functionality
9513 will be used to implement live log synchronization in both
9514 pull and push modes, but has various other users too, such
9515 as easy log access for debugging of embedded devices. Right
9516 now it is already useful to retrieve the journal via HTTP:
9518 # systemctl start systemd-journal-gatewayd.service
9519 # wget http://localhost:19531/entries
9521 This will download the journal contents in a
9522 /var/log/messages compatible format. The same as JSON:
9524 # curl -H"Accept: application/json" http://localhost:19531/entries
9526 This service is also accessible via a web browser where a
9527 single static HTML5 app is served that uses the JSON logic
9528 to enable the user to do some basic browsing of the
9529 journal. This will be extended later on. Here's an example
9530 screenshot of this app in its current state:
9532 http://0pointer.de/public/journal-gatewayd
9534 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Robert
9535 Milasan, Tom Gundersen
9539 * The bash completion logic is now available for journalctl
9542 * We do not mount the "cpuset" controller anymore together with
9543 "cpu" and "cpuacct", as "cpuset" groups generally cannot be
9544 started if no parameters are assigned to it. "cpuset" hence
9545 broke code that assumed it could create "cpu" groups and
9548 * journalctl -f will now subscribe to terminal size changes,
9549 and line break accordingly.
9551 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart
9552 Poettering, Lukas Nykrynm, Mirco Tischler, Václav Pavlín
9556 * nspawn will now create a symlink /etc/localtime in the
9557 container environment, copying the host's timezone
9558 setting. Previously this has been done via a bind mount, but
9559 since symlinks cannot be bind mounted this has now been
9560 changed to create/update the appropriate symlink.
9562 * journalctl -n's line number argument is now optional, and
9563 will default to 10 if omitted.
9565 * journald will now log the maximum size the journal files may
9566 take up on disk. This is particularly useful if the default
9567 built-in logic of determining this parameter from the file
9568 system size is used. Use "systemctl status
9569 systemd-journald.service" to see this information.
9571 * The multi-seat X wrapper tool has been stripped down. As X
9572 is now capable of enumerating graphics devices via udev in a
9573 seat-aware way the wrapper is not strictly necessary
9574 anymore. A stripped down temporary stop-gap is still shipped
9575 until the upstream display managers have been updated to
9576 fully support the new X logic. Expect this wrapper to be
9577 removed entirely in one of the next releases.
9579 * HandleSleepKey= in logind.conf has been split up into
9580 HandleSuspendKey= and HandleHibernateKey=. The old setting
9581 is not available anymore. X11 and the kernel are
9582 distinguishing between these keys and we should too. This
9583 also means the inhibition lock for these keys has been split
9586 Contributions from: Dave Airlie, Eelco Dolstra, Lennart
9587 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Václav Pavlín
9591 * Whenever a unit changes state we will now log this to the
9592 journal and show along the unit's own log output in
9595 * ConditionPathIsMountPoint= can now properly detect bind
9596 mount points too. (Previously, a bind mount of one file
9597 system to another place in the same file system could not be
9598 detected as mount, since they shared struct stat's st_dev
9601 * We will now mount the cgroup controllers cpu, cpuacct,
9602 cpuset and the controllers net_cls, net_prio together by
9605 * nspawn containers will now have a virtualized boot
9606 ID. (i.e. /proc/sys/kernel/random/boot_id is now mounted
9607 over with a randomized ID at container initialization). This
9608 has the effect of making "journalctl -b" do the right thing
9611 * The JSON output journal serialization has been updated not
9612 to generate "endless" list objects anymore, but rather one
9613 JSON object per line. This is more in line how most JSON
9614 parsers expect JSON objects. The new output mode
9615 "json-pretty" has been added to provide similar output, but
9616 neatly aligned for readability by humans.
9618 * We dropped all explicit sync() invocations in the shutdown
9619 code. The kernel does this implicitly anyway in the kernel
9620 reboot() syscall. halt(8)'s -n option is now a compatibility
9623 * We now support virtualized reboot() in containers, as
9624 supported by newer kernels. We will fall back to exit() if
9625 CAP_SYS_REBOOT is not available to the container. Also,
9626 nspawn makes use of this now and will actually reboot the
9627 container if the containerized OS asks for that.
9629 * journalctl will only show local log output by default
9630 now. Use --merge (-m) to show remote log output, too.
9632 * libsystemd-journal gained the new sd_journal_get_usage()
9633 call to determine the current disk usage of all journal
9634 files. This is exposed in the new "journalctl --disk-usage"
9637 * journald gained a new configuration setting SplitMode= in
9638 journald.conf which may be used to control how user journals
9639 are split off. See journald.conf(5) for details.
9641 * A new condition type ConditionFileNotEmpty= has been added.
9643 * tmpfiles' "w" lines now support file globbing, to write
9644 multiple files at once.
9646 * We added Python bindings for the journal submission
9647 APIs. More Python APIs for a number of selected APIs will
9648 likely follow. Note that we intend to add native bindings
9649 only for the Python language, as we consider it common
9650 enough to deserve bindings shipped within systemd. There are
9651 various projects outside of systemd that provide bindings
9652 for languages such as PHP or Lua.
9654 * Many conditions will now resolve specifiers such as %i. In
9655 addition, PathChanged= and related directives of .path units
9656 now support specifiers as well.
9658 * There's now a new RPM macro definition for the system preset
9661 * journald will now warn if it ca not forward a message to the
9662 syslog daemon because its socket is full.
9664 * timedated will no longer write or process /etc/timezone,
9665 except on Debian. As we do not support late mounted /usr
9666 anymore /etc/localtime always being a symlink is now safe,
9667 and hence the information in /etc/timezone is not necessary
9670 * logind will now always reserve one VT for a text getty (VT6
9671 by default). Previously if more than 6 X sessions where
9672 started they took up all the VTs with auto-spawned gettys,
9673 so that no text gettys were available anymore.
9675 * udev will now automatically inform the btrfs kernel logic
9676 about btrfs RAID components showing up. This should make
9677 simple hotplug based btrfs RAID assembly work.
9679 * PID 1 will now increase its RLIMIT_NOFILE to 64K by default
9680 (but not for its children which will stay at the kernel
9681 default). This should allow setups with a lot more listening
9684 * systemd will now always pass the configured timezone to the
9685 kernel at boot. timedated will do the same when the timezone
9688 * logind's inhibition logic has been updated. By default,
9689 logind will now handle the lid switch, the power and sleep
9690 keys all the time, even in graphical sessions. If DEs want
9691 to handle these events on their own they should take the new
9692 handle-power-key, handle-sleep-key and handle-lid-switch
9693 inhibitors during their runtime. A simple way to achieve
9694 that is to invoke the DE wrapped in an invocation of:
9696 systemd-inhibit --what=handle-power-key:handle-sleep-key:handle-lid-switch ...
9698 * Access to unit operations is now checked via SELinux taking
9699 the unit file label and client process label into account.
9701 * systemd will now notify the administrator in the journal
9702 when he over-mounts a non-empty directory.
9704 * There are new specifiers that are resolved in unit files,
9705 for the host name (%H), the machine ID (%m) and the boot ID
9708 Contributions from: Allin Cottrell, Auke Kok, Brandon Philips,
9709 Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner,
9710 Eelco Dolstra, Jan Engelhardt, Kay Sievers, Lennart
9711 Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
9712 Martin Pitt, Matthias Clasen, Michael Olbrich, Pierre Schmitz,
9713 Shawn Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
9714 Václav Pavlín, Yin Kangkai, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9718 * Support for reading structured kernel messages from
9719 /dev/kmsg has now been added and is enabled by default.
9721 * Support for reading kernel messages from /proc/kmsg has now
9722 been removed. If you want kernel messages in the journal
9723 make sure to run a recent kernel (>= 3.5) that supports
9724 reading structured messages from /dev/kmsg (see
9725 above). /proc/kmsg is now exclusive property of classic
9726 syslog daemons again.
9728 * The libudev API gained the new
9729 udev_device_new_from_device_id() call.
9731 * The logic for file system namespace (ReadOnlyDirectory=,
9732 ReadWriteDirectoy=, PrivateTmp=) has been reworked not to
9733 require pivot_root() anymore. This means fewer temporary
9734 directories are created below /tmp for this feature.
9736 * nspawn containers will now see and receive all submounts
9737 made on the host OS below the root file system of the
9740 * Forward Secure Sealing is now supported for Journal files,
9741 which provide cryptographical sealing of journal files so
9742 that attackers cannot alter log history anymore without this
9743 being detectable. Lennart will soon post a blog story about
9744 this explaining it in more detail.
9746 * There are two new service settings RestartPreventExitStatus=
9747 and SuccessExitStatus= which allow configuration of exit
9748 status (exit code or signal) which will be excepted from the
9749 restart logic, resp. consider successful.
9751 * journalctl gained the new --verify switch that can be used
9752 to check the integrity of the structure of journal files and
9753 (if Forward Secure Sealing is enabled) the contents of
9756 * nspawn containers will now be run with /dev/stdin, /dev/fd/
9757 and similar symlinks pre-created. This makes running shells
9758 as container init process a lot more fun.
9760 * The fstab support can now handle PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=
9763 * A new ConditionHost= condition has been added to match
9764 against the hostname (with globs) and machine ID. This is
9765 useful for clusters where a single OS image is used to
9766 provision a large number of hosts which shall run slightly
9767 different sets of services.
9769 * Services which hit the restart limit will now be placed in a
9772 Contributions from: Bertram Poettering, Dave Reisner, Huang
9773 Hang, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin
9774 Pitt, Simon Peeters, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9778 * When running in --user mode systemd will now become a
9779 subreaper (PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER). This should make the ps
9780 tree a lot more organized.
9782 * A new PartOf= unit dependency type has been introduced that
9783 may be used to group services in a natural way.
9785 * "systemctl enable" may now be used to enable instances of
9788 * journalctl now prints error log levels in red, and
9789 warning/notice log levels in bright white. It also supports
9790 filtering by log level now.
9792 * cgtop gained a new -n switch (similar to top), to configure
9793 the maximum number of iterations to run for. It also gained
9794 -b, to run in batch mode (accepting no input).
9796 * The suffix ".service" may now be omitted on most systemctl
9797 command lines involving service unit names.
9799 * There's a new bus call in logind to lock all sessions, as
9800 well as a loginctl verb for it "lock-sessions".
9802 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call sd_journal_perror()
9803 that works similar to libc perror() but logs to the journal
9804 and encodes structured information about the error number.
9806 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-size=
9809 * shutdown(8) now can send a (configurable) wall message when
9810 a shutdown is cancelled.
9812 * The mount propagation mode for the root file system will now
9813 default to "shared", which is useful to make containers work
9814 nicely out-of-the-box so that they receive new mounts from
9815 the host. This can be undone locally by running "mount
9816 --make-rprivate /" if needed.
9818 * The prefdm.service file has been removed. Distributions
9819 should maintain this unit downstream if they intend to keep
9820 it around. However, we recommend writing normal unit files
9821 for display managers instead.
9823 * Since systemd is a crucial part of the OS we will now
9824 default to a number of compiler switches that improve
9825 security (hardening) such as read-only relocations, stack
9826 protection, and suchlike.
9828 * The TimeoutSec= setting for services is now split into
9829 TimeoutStartSec= and TimeoutStopSec= to allow configuration
9830 of individual time outs for the start and the stop phase of
9833 Contributions from: Artur Zaprzala, Arvydas Sidorenko, Auke
9834 Kok, Bryan Kadzban, Dave Reisner, David Strauss, Harald Hoyer,
9835 Jim Meyering, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mantas
9836 Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Peter
9837 Alfredsen, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters, Terence Honles, Tom
9838 Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9842 * The journal and id128 C APIs are now fully documented as man
9845 * Extra safety checks have been added when transitioning from
9846 the initial RAM disk to the main system to avoid accidental
9849 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-offset=
9852 * systemctl -t can now be used to filter by unit load state.
9854 * The journal C API gained the new sd_journal_wait() call to
9855 make writing synchronous journal clients easier.
9857 * journalctl gained the new -D switch to show journals from a
9860 * journalctl now displays a special marker between log
9861 messages of two different boots.
9863 * The journal is now explicitly flushed to /var via a service
9864 systemd-journal-flush.service, rather than implicitly simply
9865 by seeing /var/log/journal to be writable.
9867 * journalctl (and the journal C APIs) can now match for much
9868 more complex expressions, with alternatives and
9871 * When transitioning from the initial RAM disk to the main
9872 system we will now kill all processes in a killing spree to
9873 ensure no processes stay around by accident.
9875 * Three new specifiers may be used in unit files: %u, %h, %s
9876 resolve to the user name, user home directory resp. user
9877 shell. This is useful for running systemd user instances.
9879 * We now automatically rotate journal files if their data
9880 object hash table gets a fill level > 75%. We also size the
9881 hash table based on the configured maximum file size. This
9882 together should lower hash collisions drastically and thus
9883 speed things up a bit.
9885 * journalctl gained the new "--header" switch to introspect
9886 header data of journal files.
9888 * A new setting SystemCallFilters= has been added to services
9889 which may be used to apply blacklists or whitelists to
9890 system calls. This is based on SECCOMP Mode 2 of Linux 3.5.
9892 * nspawn gained a new --link-journal= switch (and quicker: -j)
9893 to link the container journal with the host. This makes it
9894 very easy to centralize log viewing on the host for all
9895 guests while still keeping the journal files separated.
9897 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
9899 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Harald Hoyer, Kay
9900 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Paul Menzel, Rex
9901 Tsai, Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
9906 * Several tools now understand kernel command line arguments,
9907 which are only read when run in an initial RAM disk. They
9908 usually follow closely their normal counterparts, but are
9911 * There's a new tool to analyze the readahead files that are
9912 automatically generated at boot. Use:
9914 /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-readahead analyze /.readahead
9916 * We now provide an early debug shell on tty9 if this enabled. Use:
9918 systemctl enable debug-shell.service
9920 * All plymouth related units have been moved into the Plymouth
9921 package. Please make sure to upgrade your Plymouth version
9924 * systemd-tmpfiles now supports getting passed the basename of
9925 a configuration file only, in which case it will look for it
9926 in all appropriate directories automatically.
9928 * udevadm info now takes a /dev or /sys path as argument, and
9929 does the right thing. Example:
9931 udevadm info /dev/sda
9932 udevadm info /sys/class/block/sda
9934 * systemctl now prints a warning if a unit is stopped but a
9935 unit that might trigger it continues to run. Example: a
9936 service is stopped but the socket that activates it is left
9939 * "systemctl status" will now mention if the log output was
9940 shortened due to rotation since a service has been started.
9942 * The journal API now exposes functions to determine the
9943 "cutoff" times due to rotation.
9945 * journald now understands SIGUSR1 and SIGUSR2 for triggering
9946 immediately flushing of runtime logs to /var if possible,
9947 resp. for triggering immediate rotation of the journal
9950 * It is now considered an error if a service is attempted to
9951 be stopped that is not loaded.
9953 * XDG_RUNTIME_DIR now uses numeric UIDs instead of usernames.
9955 * systemd-analyze now supports Python 3
9957 * tmpfiles now supports cleaning up directories via aging
9958 where the first level dirs are always kept around but
9959 directories beneath it automatically aged. This is enabled
9960 by prefixing the age field with '~'.
9962 * Seat objects now expose CanGraphical, CanTTY properties
9963 which is required to deal with very fast bootups where the
9964 display manager might be running before the graphics drivers
9965 completed initialization.
9967 * Seat objects now expose a State property.
9969 * We now include RPM macros for service enabling/disabling
9970 based on the preset logic. We recommend RPM based
9971 distributions to make use of these macros if possible. This
9972 makes it simpler to reuse RPM spec files across
9975 * We now make sure that the collected systemd unit name is
9976 always valid when services log to the journal via
9979 * There's a new man page kernel-command-line(7) detailing all
9980 command line options we understand.
9982 * The fstab generator may now be disabled at boot by passing
9983 fstab=0 on the kernel command line.
9985 * A new kernel command line option modules-load= is now understood
9986 to load a specific kernel module statically, early at boot.
9988 * Unit names specified on the systemctl command line are now
9989 automatically escaped as needed. Also, if file system or
9990 device paths are specified they are automatically turned
9991 into the appropriate mount or device unit names. Example:
9993 systemctl status /home
9994 systemctl status /dev/sda
9996 * The SysVConsole= configuration option has been removed from
9997 system.conf parsing.
9999 * The SysV search path is no longer exported on the D-Bus
10002 * The Names= option has been removed from unit file parsing.
10004 * There's a new man page bootup(7) detailing the boot process.
10006 * Every unit and every generator we ship with systemd now
10007 comes with full documentation. The self-explanatory boot is
10010 * A couple of services gained "systemd-" prefixes in their
10011 name if they wrap systemd code, rather than only external
10012 code. Among them fsck@.service which is now
10013 systemd-fsck@.service.
10015 * The HaveWatchdog property has been removed from the D-Bus
10018 * systemd.confirm_spawn= on the kernel command line should now
10021 * There's a new man page crypttab(5) which details all options
10022 we actually understand.
10024 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --capability= switch to pass
10025 additional capabilities to the container.
10027 * timedated will now read known NTP implementation unit names
10028 from /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list,
10029 systemd-timedated-ntp.target has been removed.
10031 * journalctl gained a new switch "-b" that lists log data of
10032 the current boot only.
10034 * The notify socket is in the abstract namespace again, in
10035 order to support daemons which chroot() at start-up.
10037 * There is a new Storage= configuration option for journald
10038 which allows configuration of where log data should go. This
10039 also provides a way to disable journal logging entirely, so
10040 that data collected is only forwarded to the console, the
10041 kernel log buffer or another syslog implementation.
10043 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
10045 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Dave Reisner,
10046 David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
10047 Lukas Nykryn, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Paul Menzel,
10048 Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen
10052 * "systemctl help <unit>" now shows the man page if one is
10055 * Several new man pages have been added.
10057 * MaxLevelStore=, MaxLevelSyslog=, MaxLevelKMsg=,
10058 MaxLevelConsole= can now be specified in
10059 journald.conf. These options allow reducing the amount of
10060 data stored on disk or forwarded by the log level.
10062 * TimerSlackNSec= can now be specified in system.conf for
10063 PID1. This allows system-wide power savings.
10065 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lauri Kasanen,
10066 Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
10071 * logind is now capable of (optionally) handling power and
10072 sleep keys as well as the lid switch.
10074 * journalctl now understands the syntax "journalctl
10075 /usr/bin/avahi-daemon" to get all log output of a specific
10078 * CapabilityBoundingSet= in system.conf now also influences
10079 the capability bound set of usermode helpers of the kernel.
10081 Contributions from: Daniel Drake, Daniel J. Walsh, Gert
10082 Michael Kulyk, Harald Hoyer, Jean Delvare, Kay Sievers,
10083 Lennart Poettering, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Clasen, Paul
10084 Menzel, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Tom Gundersen
10088 * Note that we skipped 139 releases here in order to set the
10089 new version to something that is greater than both udev's
10090 and systemd's most recent version number.
10092 * udev: all udev sources are merged into the systemd source tree now.
10093 All future udev development will happen in the systemd tree. It
10094 is still fully supported to use the udev daemon and tools without
10095 systemd running, like in initramfs or other init systems. Building
10096 udev though, will require the *build* of the systemd tree, but
10097 udev can be properly *run* without systemd.
10099 * udev: /lib/udev/devices/ are not read anymore; systemd-tmpfiles
10100 should be used to create dead device nodes as workarounds for broken
10103 * udev: RUN+="socket:..." and udev_monitor_new_from_socket() is
10104 no longer supported. udev_monitor_new_from_netlink() needs to be
10105 used to subscribe to events.
10107 * udev: when udevd is started by systemd, processes which are left
10108 behind by forking them off of udev rules, are unconditionally cleaned
10109 up and killed now after the event handling has finished. Services or
10110 daemons must be started as systemd services. Services can be
10111 pulled-in by udev to get started, but they can no longer be directly
10112 forked by udev rules.
10114 * udev: the daemon binary is called systemd-udevd now and installed
10115 in /usr/lib/systemd/. Standalone builds or non-systemd systems need
10116 to adapt to that, create symlink, or rename the binary after building
10119 * libudev no longer provides these symbols:
10120 udev_monitor_from_socket()
10121 udev_queue_get_failed_list_entry()
10122 udev_get_{dev,sys,run}_path()
10123 The versions number was bumped and symbol versioning introduced.
10125 * systemd-loginctl and systemd-journalctl have been renamed
10126 to loginctl and journalctl to match systemctl.
10128 * The config files: /etc/systemd/systemd-logind.conf and
10129 /etc/systemd/systemd-journald.conf have been renamed to
10130 logind.conf and journald.conf. Package updates should rename
10131 the files to the new names on upgrade.
10133 * For almost all files the license is now LGPL2.1+, changed
10134 from the previous GPL2.0+. Exceptions are some minor stuff
10135 of udev (which will be changed to LGPL2.1 eventually, too),
10136 and the MIT licensed sd-daemon.[ch] library that is suitable
10137 to be used as drop-in files.
10139 * systemd and logind now handle system sleep states, in
10140 particular suspending and hibernating.
10142 * logind now implements a sleep/shutdown/idle inhibiting logic
10143 suitable for a variety of uses. Soonishly Lennart will blog
10144 about this in more detail.
10146 * var-run.mount and var-lock.mount are no longer provided
10147 (which previously bind mounted these directories to their new
10148 places). Distributions which have not converted these
10149 directories to symlinks should consider stealing these files
10150 from git history and add them downstream.
10152 * We introduced the Documentation= field for units and added
10153 this to all our shipped units. This is useful to make it
10154 easier to explore the boot and the purpose of the various
10157 * All smaller setup units (such as
10158 systemd-vconsole-setup.service) now detect properly if they
10159 are run in a container and are skipped when
10160 appropriate. This guarantees an entirely noise-free boot in
10161 Linux container environments such as systemd-nspawn.
10163 * A framework for implementing offline system updates is now
10164 integrated, for details see:
10165 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/SystemUpdates
10167 * A new service type Type=idle is available now which helps us
10168 avoiding ugly interleaving of getty output and boot status
10171 * There's now a system-wide CapabilityBoundingSet= option to
10172 globally reduce the set of capabilities for the
10173 system. This is useful to drop CAP_SYS_MKNOD, CAP_SYS_RAWIO,
10174 CAP_NET_RAW, CAP_SYS_MODULE, CAP_SYS_TIME, CAP_SYS_PTRACE or
10175 even CAP_NET_ADMIN system-wide for secure systems.
10177 * There are now system-wide DefaultLimitXXX= options to
10178 globally change the defaults of the various resource limits
10179 for all units started by PID 1.
10181 * Harald Hoyer's systemd test suite has been integrated into
10182 systemd which allows easy testing of systemd builds in qemu
10183 and nspawn. (This is really awesome! Ask us for details!)
10185 * The fstab parser is now implemented as generator, not inside
10188 * systemctl will now warn you if .mount units generated from
10189 /etc/fstab are out of date due to changes in fstab that
10190 have not been read by systemd yet.
10192 * systemd is now suitable for usage in initrds. Dracut has
10193 already been updated to make use of this. With this in place
10194 initrds get a slight bit faster but primarily are much
10195 easier to introspect and debug since "systemctl status" in
10196 the host system can be used to introspect initrd services,
10197 and the journal from the initrd is kept around too.
10199 * systemd-delta has been added, a tool to explore differences
10200 between user/admin configuration and vendor defaults.
10202 * PrivateTmp= now affects both /tmp and /var/tmp.
10204 * Boot time status messages are now much prettier and feature
10205 proper english language. Booting up systemd has never been
10208 * Read-ahead pack files now include the inode number of all
10209 files to pre-cache. When the inode changes the pre-caching
10210 is not attempted. This should be nicer to deal with updated
10211 packages which might result in changes of read-ahead
10214 * We now temporaritly lower the kernel's read_ahead_kb variable
10215 when collecting read-ahead data to ensure the kernel's
10216 built-in read-ahead does not add noise to our measurements
10217 of necessary blocks to pre-cache.
10219 * There's now RequiresMountsFor= to add automatic dependencies
10220 for all mounts necessary for a specific file system path.
10222 * MountAuto= and SwapAuto= have been removed from
10223 system.conf. Mounting file systems at boot has to take place
10226 * nspawn now learned a new switch --uuid= to set the machine
10227 ID on the command line.
10229 * nspawn now learned the -b switch to automatically search
10230 for an init system.
10232 * vt102 is now the default TERM for serial TTYs, upgraded from
10235 * systemd-logind now works on VT-less systems.
10237 * The build tree has been reorganized. The individual
10238 components now have directories of their own.
10240 * A new condition type ConditionPathIsReadWrite= is now available.
10242 * nspawn learned the new -C switch to create cgroups for the
10243 container in other hierarchies.
10245 * We now have support for hardware watchdogs, configurable in
10248 * The scheduled shutdown logic now has a public API.
10250 * We now mount /tmp as tmpfs by default, but this can be
10251 masked and /etc/fstab can override it.
10253 * Since udisks does not make use of /media anymore we are not
10254 mounting a tmpfs on it anymore.
10256 * journalctl gained a new --local switch to only interleave
10257 locally generated journal files.
10259 * We can now load the IMA policy at boot automatically.
10261 * The GTK tools have been split off into a systemd-ui.
10263 Contributions from: Andreas Schwab, Auke Kok, Ayan George,
10264 Colin Guthrie, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Ward, Elan
10265 Ruusamäe, Frederic Crozat, Gergely Nagy, Guillermo Vidal,
10266 Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Javier Jardón, Kay Sievers,
10267 Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Léo Gillot-Lamure,
10268 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Maxim
10269 A. Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal
10270 Schmidt, Nis Martensen, Patrick McCarty, Roberto Sassu, Shawn
10271 Landden, Sjoerd Simons, Sven Anders, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
10276 * This is mostly a bugfix release
10278 * Support optional initialization of the machine ID from the
10279 KVM or container configured UUID.
10281 * Support immediate reboots with "systemctl reboot -ff"
10283 * Show /etc/os-release data in systemd-analyze output
10285 * Many bugfixes for the journal, including endianness fixes and
10286 ensuring that disk space enforcement works
10288 * sd-login.h is C++ compatible again
10290 * Extend the /etc/os-release format on request of the Debian
10293 * We now refuse non-UTF8 strings used in various configuration
10294 and unit files. This is done to ensure we do not pass invalid
10295 data over D-Bus or expose it elsewhere.
10297 * Register Mimo USB Screens as suitable for automatic seat
10300 * Read SELinux client context from journal clients in a race
10303 * Reorder configuration file lookup order. /etc now always
10304 overrides /run in order to allow the administrator to always
10305 and unconditionally override vendor-supplied or
10306 automatically generated data.
10308 * The various user visible bits of the journal now have man
10309 pages. We still lack man pages for the journal API calls
10312 * We now ship all man pages in HTML format again in the
10315 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Dirk Eibach, Frederic
10316 Crozat, Harald Hoyer, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marti
10317 Raudsepp, Michal Schmidt, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Thierry
10322 * This is mostly a bugfix release
10324 * systems lacking /etc/os-release are no longer supported.
10326 * Various functionality updates to libsystemd-login.so
10328 * Track class of PAM logins to distinguish greeters from
10329 normal user logins.
10331 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael
10336 * This is an important bugfix release for v41.
10338 * Building man pages is now optional which should be useful
10339 for those building systemd from git but unwilling to install
10342 * Watchdog support for supervising services is now usable. In
10343 a future release support for hardware watchdogs
10344 (i.e. /dev/watchdog) will be added building on this.
10346 * Service start rate limiting is now configurable and can be
10347 turned off per service. When a start rate limit is hit a
10348 reboot can automatically be triggered.
10350 * New CanReboot(), CanPowerOff() bus calls in systemd-logind.
10352 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Bill Nottingham,
10353 Frederic Crozat, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal
10354 Schmidt, Michał Górny, Piotr Drąg
10358 * The systemd binary is installed /usr/lib/systemd/systemd now;
10359 An existing /sbin/init symlink needs to be adapted with the
10362 * The code that loads kernel modules has been ported to invoke
10363 libkmod directly, instead of modprobe. This means we do not
10364 support systems with module-init-tools anymore.
10366 * Watchdog support is now already useful, but still not
10369 * A new kernel command line option systemd.setenv= is
10370 understood to set system wide environment variables
10371 dynamically at boot.
10373 * We now limit the set of capabilities of systemd-journald.
10375 * We now set SIGPIPE to ignore by default, since it only is
10376 useful in shell pipelines, and has little use in general
10377 code. This can be disabled with IgnoreSIPIPE=no in unit
10380 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Kay Sievers, Lennart
10381 Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Tom Gundersen,
10386 * This is mostly a bugfix release
10388 * We now expose the reason why a service failed in the
10389 "Result" D-Bus property.
10391 * Rudimentary service watchdog support (will be completed over
10392 the next few releases.)
10394 * When systemd forks off in order execute some service we will
10395 now immediately changes its argv[0] to reflect which process
10396 it will execute. This is useful to minimize the time window
10397 with a generic argv[0], which makes bootcharts more useful
10399 Contributions from: Alvaro Soliverez, Chris Paulson-Ellis, Kay
10400 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt,
10401 Mike Kazantsev, Ray Strode
10405 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
10408 * New systemd-cgtop tool to show control groups by their
10411 * Linking against libacl for ACLs is optional again. If
10412 disabled, support tracking device access for active logins
10413 goes becomes unavailable, and so does access to the user
10414 journals by the respective users.
10416 * If a group "adm" exists, journal files are automatically
10417 owned by them, thus allow members of this group full access
10418 to the system journal as well as all user journals.
10420 * The journal now stores the SELinux context of the logging
10421 client for all entries.
10423 * Add C++ inclusion guards to all public headers
10425 * New output mode "cat" in the journal to print only text
10426 messages, without any meta data like date or time.
10428 * Include tiny X server wrapper as a temporary stop-gap to
10429 teach XOrg udev display enumeration. This is used by display
10430 managers such as gdm, and will go away as soon as XOrg
10431 learned native udev hotplugging for display devices.
10433 * Add new systemd-cat tool for executing arbitrary programs
10434 with STDERR/STDOUT connected to the journal. Can also act as
10435 BSD logger replacement, and does so by default.
10437 * Optionally store all locally generated coredumps in the
10438 journal along with meta data.
10440 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt four new commands: n, L, c, b, for
10441 writing short strings to files (for usage for /sys), and for
10442 creating symlinks, character and block device nodes.
10444 * New unit file option ControlGroupPersistent= to make cgroups
10445 persistent, following the mechanisms outlined in
10446 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PaxControlGroups
10448 * Support multiple local RTCs in a sane way
10450 * No longer monopolize IO when replaying readahead data on
10451 rotating disks, since we might starve non-file-system IO to
10452 death, since fanotify() will not see accesses done by blkid,
10455 * Do not show kernel threads in systemd-cgls anymore, unless
10456 requested with new -k switch.
10458 Contributions from: Dan Horák, Kay Sievers, Lennart
10459 Poettering, Michal Schmidt
10463 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
10466 * The git repository moved to:
10467 git://anongit.freedesktop.org/systemd/systemd
10468 ssh://git.freedesktop.org/git/systemd/systemd
10470 * First release with the journal
10471 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/the-journal.html
10473 * The journal replaces both systemd-kmsg-syslogd and
10474 systemd-stdout-bridge.
10476 * New sd_pid_get_unit() API call in libsystemd-logind
10478 * Many systemadm clean-ups
10480 * Introduce remote-fs-pre.target which is ordered before all
10481 remote mounts and may be used to start services before all
10484 * Added Mageia support
10486 * Add bash completion for systemd-loginctl
10488 * Actively monitor PID file creation for daemons which exit in
10489 the parent process before having finished writing the PID
10490 file in the daemon process. Daemons which do this need to be
10491 fixed (i.e. PID file creation must have finished before the
10492 parent exits), but we now react a bit more gracefully to them.
10494 * Add colourful boot output, mimicking the well-known output
10495 of existing distributions.
10497 * New option PassCredentials= for socket units, for
10498 compatibility with a recent kernel ABI breakage.
10500 * /etc/rc.local is now hooked in via a generator binary, and
10501 thus will no longer act as synchronization point during
10504 * systemctl list-unit-files now supports --root=.
10506 * systemd-tmpfiles now understands two new commands: z, Z for
10507 relabelling files according to the SELinux database. This is
10508 useful to apply SELinux labels to specific files in /sys,
10509 among other things.
10511 * Output of SysV services is now forwarded to both the console
10512 and the journal by default, not only just the console.
10514 * New man pages for all APIs from libsystemd-login.
10516 * The build tree got reorganized and the build system is a
10517 lot more modular allowing embedded setups to specifically
10518 select the components of systemd they are interested in.
10520 * Support for Linux systems lacking the kernel VT subsystem is
10523 * configure's --with-rootdir= got renamed to
10524 --with-rootprefix= to follow the naming used by udev and
10527 * Unless specified otherwise we will now install to /usr instead
10528 of /usr/local by default.
10530 * Processes with '@' in argv[0][0] are now excluded from the
10531 final shut-down killing spree, following the logic explained
10533 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/RootStorageDaemons
10535 * All processes remaining in a service cgroup when we enter
10536 the START or START_PRE states are now killed with
10537 SIGKILL. That means it is no longer possible to spawn
10538 background processes from ExecStart= lines (which was never
10539 supported anyway, and bad style).
10541 * New PropagateReloadTo=/PropagateReloadFrom= options to bind
10542 reloading of units together.
10544 Contributions from: Bill Nottingham, Daniel J. Walsh, Dave
10545 Reisner, Dexter Morgan, Gregs Gregs, Jonathan Nieder, Kay
10546 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
10547 Michał Górny, Ran Benita, Thomas Jarosch, Tim Waugh, Tollef
10548 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek